Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

42nd Annual Convention; Downtown Chicago, IL; 2016

Program by Day for Sunday, May 29, 2016


 

Business Meeting #6
Meeting of Current and Prospective ABA Program Directors and Faculty Who Use the CBA Learning Module Series
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions)
Presenting Authors:
This will be a meeting of current and prospective university ABA program directors and faculty who use the CBA Learning Module Series. The purpose of this meeting is to ensure that these program directors and faculty are getting the most out of the CBA Learning Module Series administrative features. The program has new features and reports that we believe are invaluable to student progress tracking and comparing cohort progress to everyone who uses the CBA Learning Module Series. We are also interested in receiving input from faculty on their ideas for features that could improve the program.
Keyword(s): BCBA, BDS, CBA, exam
 
 
Business Meeting #7
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia)
Presenting Authors:
The business meeting will review annual events and initiatives for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, presented by the current editor.
 
 
Business Meeting #8
Student Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Chair: Kenneth W. Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
ABAI Student members constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The student business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., awards, events, and dissemination).
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Professional Development, Student Committee, Student Representatives
 
 
Business Meeting #9
The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (TBA SIG) Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University)
Presenting Authors:
The Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG's mission is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis to all organisms in any setting where those activities occur. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG. We will also set goals for the coming year. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member of the TBA SIG. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments are welcome.
Keyword(s): SIG, TBA, Teaching BA
 
 
Business Meeting #10
The Behavior Analyst Editorial Board and Authors
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Skyway 260, Hyatt Regency, Blue East
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavior Analyst Editorial board members and prospective authors are invited to discuss the journal's past year and new directions.

Keyword(s): Behavior Analyst, Editorial Board
 
 
Business Meeting #11
WisABA: Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Presenting Authors:
Everyone interested in WisABA (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)--Wisconsin's ABAI Affiliate Chapter--is invited to gather and discuss the upcoming WisABA Convention, set 2016 goals, target sites for WisABA Roadshow presentations, and find ways to fulfill suggestions brought by participants. WisABA welcomes new participants, students, parents, and anyone interested in Wisconsin's behavioral goings-on.
 
 
Business Meeting #12
Clinical Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Clinical, Mental Health
 
 
Business Meeting #13
Military and Veterans Special Interest Group (MilVet SIG)
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Alpine, Swissotel
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center, LLC)
Presenting Authors:
The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US, UK, and Canadian military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population.
 
 
Business Meeting #14
OHABA: Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Chair: Tracy D. Guiou (BECA)
Presenting Authors:

Business meeting

Keyword(s): OHABA
 
 
Business Meeting #14a
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group (DI SIG) Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Chair: Ann Fairchild Filer (Beacon ABA Services), Wendy L. Littleton-Kozma (Evergreen Center, Criterion Child Enrichment)
Presenting Authors:

The Direct Instruction Special Interest Group (DI SIG) strives to coordinate and facilitate ongoing trainings and networking opportunities for all individuals interested in using this evidence-based instructional practice within the domains of academics, language, reasoning and problem solving. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the DI SIG. We will also set goals for the coming year. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member to attend.

Keyword(s): DI SIG, Direct Instruction
 
 
Special Event #15
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards Ceremony
Sunday, May 29, 2016
8:00 AM–9:20 AM
Grand Ballroom, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Opening Event, SABA Awards
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service: Behavior Analysis: A Consilient Future

Abstract:

Modern behavior analysis must be consilient to prosper as a discipline. E. O. Wilson wrote, "The love of complexity without reductionism makes art; the love of complexity with reductionism makes science." Necessarily our science will profit from integrating reductionistic and artistic elements in the service of answering significant questions about behavior and addressing behavioral and other psychological challenges facing humanity. Over his career Dr. Thompson has been fortunate to use such strategies for basic theoretical matters concerning the integration of behavior, as well as applied problems in pharmacology, architecture, development of children with autism, and making the lives of people with disabilities better.

 
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
 
Dr. Travis Thompson received his doctoral training in psychology at the University of Minnesota and completed postdoctoral work at the University of Maryland with Joseph V. Brady and at Cambridge University (UK) with Robert Hinde. His earliest work dealt with the relations among concepts from behavior analysis, ethology, and pharmacology. He was director of the John F. Kennedy Center for Human Development at Vanderbilt University and Smith Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Kansas Medical Center before returning to Minnesota in 2003. Dr. Thompson co-authored, with Charles R. Schuster, the first textbook in behavioral pharmacology and has done basic and applied interdisciplinary research in developmental disabilities, including genetics, pharmacology, and neuroscience. He was involved in developing one of the first large-scale behavioral intervention programs for individuals with intellectual disabilities, and for the past several years has directed home-based early intervention services for young children with autism in Minnesota. Dr. Thompson's publications include 225 articles and chapters and 29 books. A total of 48 doctoral students have completed their training under his mentorship. He has received numerous awards, including the APA Division 1 (Society for General Psychology) Ernest Hilgard Award, Division 25's Don Hake Award, and the Division 33 (Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities) Edgar Doll Award. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 

SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavioral Analysis: A Behavior-Analytic World View

Abstract:

What started in the late 1920s at Harvard University as a small research project of a young graduate student involving several rats, some Rube Goldberg-like apparatus, and a handful of home-made food pellets is quite different today. Behavior analysis has grown in numbers, knowledge, and impact, and we have changed in composition. We have become, and continue to become even more of an international movement. This presentation comprises a brief historical analysis of some of the variables that have contributed to this internationalization of behavior analysis. They include seminal individuals crossing the oceans in all directions to bring and take behavior analysis to the four corners of the earth; scientific, conceptual, and application developments within the discipline; broader cultural events and technological developments; and personal contacts and exchanges of ideas among behavior analysts from different countries. The breeching of obstacles such as economic and resource limitations, perceived cultural incompatibilities with a behavior-analytic world view, language barriers, entrenched competing world views, and physical distance has required persistence, dedication, commitment, and ingenuity, but our internationalization has great momentum. Indeed this internationalization is essential to our future well-being.

 
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
 
Andy is Centennial Professor of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught and conducted research for the last 44 years, although his colleagues have suggested that it is really more like 5 years, he is out of the country so frequently! His sojourns include two sabbatical years at the University of Lille, France (including one as a Fulbright Research Fellow); appointments as a Fellow of the Japanese Society for the Promotion of Science, a Global Professor at Keio University in Tokyo, a Visiting Professor at the Jordan University of Science and Technology; and as a Visiting Scholar at the Universities of Brasilia and São Paulo in Brazil, the National Autonomous University and the University of Guadalajara in Mexico; and University College London. When he has been in Morgantown he has hosted and mentored sabbatical visitors and students from universities in Australia, Brazil, Colombia, France, Japan, and Mexico, and has been the doctoral advisor of several international students at WVU. One outcome of these collaborations has been some 30 co-authored research publications with international scholars. Another is service on the editorial boards of three international journals, including three terms as the English Language Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. Through his many and diverse activities in the world arena, Andy has served as a behavior-analytic ambassador carrying in his portfolio outstanding teaching, scientific acumen, and good will in promoting the international development of our discipline.
 

SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Forty Years of Research: Doing a Lot, Learning a Little

Abstract:

Dr. Poling’s first publication appeared in 1976 and since that time he has conducted basic, translational, and applied research in several areas, resulting in publications in more than 50 different journals. This presentation will overview what he has learned regarding how to succeed as a researcher. Topics to be considered include selecting topics to study, being steadfastly pragmatic, persisting in the face of apparent failure, working successfully with other people, securing funds to support projects, writing well, publishing articles, and evaluating one’s own work.

 
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University)
 
Dr. Alan Poling is Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University. He received his BA from Alderson-Broaddus College, his MA from West Virginia University, and his Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. A Fellow of Divisions 3, 25, and 28 of the American Psychological Association, Dr. Poling has published 12 books and roughly 350 articles and book chapters and served as the research advisor of 35 Ph.D. recipients. They, and he, have conducted research and done conceptual work in several areas, including behavioral pharmacology, clinical psychopharmacology (with special emphasis on the effects of psychotropic drugs in people with developmental disabilities), applied behavior analysis, gender issues, animal welfare, quantitative analysis, learning processes, and research methods. Dr. Poling was recognized as a Distinguished Faculty Scholar at Western Michigan University in 1996 and as a Distinguished Alumnus of West Virginia University in 1999. In 2003, he received the Western Michigan University College of Arts and Sciences Outstanding Achievement in Research and Creative Activity Award. In 2016, he will receive a Lifetime Achievement Award from the California Association of Behavior Analysis, a Translational Research Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and an International Humanitarian Award from the American Psychological Association.
 

SABA Award: Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: University of California, Santa Barbara, Koegel Autism Center

Abstract:

We begin with a video example of children with autism in the 1960s, chained to their beds, receiving electric shocks, etc.; and then move on to a video example from modern times showing a child receiving a motivational pivotal response treatment. The emphasis here is on the power of programmatic research, with successive scientific findings building on each other to accomplish extremely dramatic results for improving the symptoms of autism. We will also discuss areas that still are in desperate need of research and intervention, such as parent stress, co-morbid disabilities, sex education, and employment.

 
LYNN KERN KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara), ROBERT L. KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara)
 
Lynn Kern Koegel, Ph.D., is the Clinical Director of the Koegel Autism Center at the University of California, Santa Barbara. She has been active in the development of programs to improve communication in children with autism, including the development of first words, development of grammatical structures, and pragmatics. Dr. Koegel is co-author and co-editor of major textbooks on autism and positive behavioral support and is co-author of the bestselling book Overcoming Autism: Finding the Answers, Strategies, and Hope That Can Transform a Child’s Life (Penguin, 2004). In addition to her published books and articles in the area of communication and language development, she has developed and published procedures and field manuals in the area of self-management and functional analysis that are used in school districts throughout the United States and have been translated in most major languages used throughout the world. Dr. Lynn Koegel is actively involved in providing support and intervention services in school districts, both locally in California and throughout the United States. Dr. Koegel, and her husband Robert, were awarded the first annual recipient of the Sesame Street Children’s Television Workshop Award for brightening the lives of children. She has also been featured in news reports on television stations throughout the United States and has appeared on episodes of the internationally broadcast ABC television series Supernanny
 
Robert Koegel, Ph.D., has focused his career on autism, specializing in language intervention, family support, and school integration. He has published more than 200 articles and papers relating to the treatment of autism. He is the founding editor of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. Models of his procedures have been used in public schools and in parent education programs throughout California, across the United States, and in other countries. He has trained health care and special education leaders in the United States and abroad. Dr. Koegel and his wife, Dr. Lynn Kern Koegel, are the developers of Pivotal Response Treatment, which focuses on motivation. They were the recipients of the first annual Children’s Television Workshop Sesame Street Award for Brightening the Lives of Children and the first annual Autism Speaks Award for Science and Research. The University of California, Santa Barbara, received a $2.35 million gift to expand the physical space of its autism center, which was renamed the Koegel Autism Center in recognition of the Koegels’ work on behalf of children with autism, and a large gift from the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Foundation to start the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Asperger Center, which is now part of the Koegel Autism Center.
 

SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Why Doesn't the World Appreciate ABA?

Abstract:

Almost every major challenge in the world today can be seen as a failure to appropriately shape behavior, including chronic disease, economic inequality, violence and climate change. Why, then, isn't the proven science and practice of benignly shaping behavior widely embraced by the public and all our institutions? The problem is that the public clings to emotional appeal, and ABA bristles with data, evidence and rationalism. Therein lies a communications challenge on which rest not only the prospects for the field, but those for the human race.

 
DAVID H. FREEDMAN (Journalist)
 
David H. Freedman is a contributing editor at The Atlantic, a contributor to Scientific American, and a consulting editor for Harvard's Brigham & Women's Hospital, and has at various times written regularly for The New York Times, Science, Newsweek, Discover, Forbes and Inc. He is the author of five books, the most recent of which is WRONG, about the problems with the published findings of medical scientists and other experts. Much of his current work is related to the roles of policy, industry and journalism in addressing health-related behavior change, as well as to the improvement of healthcare systems globally. He has served as a consulting journalist to several major academic medical centers, including Johns Hopkins, NYU and McGill University, and is the founding editor of a forthcoming global healthcare information resource. He received a Bachelor's degree in physics from Oberlin College. 
 
Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, BCBAs, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending.
 
Keyword(s): Opening Event, SABA Awards
 
 
Paper Session #16
Psychology as the Interdisciplinary Behaviorist Views It
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC
Chair: Øystein Vogt (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
 

Psychology as the Interdisciplinary Behaviorist Views It

Domain: Theory
ØYSTEIN VOGT (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
 
Abstract:

Causal categorisation arranges different fields within the ontogenetic level of behavioral science, psychology, in a system according to their causal and explanatory role, whether in terms of a distinction between or proximate and ultimate causes, mechanistic and contextual science, or final, efficient and material Aristotelian causal types. Although whether or not behavior analysis belongs to psychology is to some extent a semantic question, given that it does, it does not comprise the whole of psychology. It cannot replace neuroscience or perhaps even neurocognitve perspectives any more than evolutionary biology can replace genetics. Likewise, neuroscience or cognitive psychology cannot replace behavior analysis any more than genetics can replace evolutionary biology. The classical Mayrian distinction between proximate and ultimate causation in evolutionary biology confines psychology to the limited framework inherent in mechanistic causation (since proximal causal accounts are almost inevitably mechanistic in nature). Thus evolutionary psychology only cements a limited mechanistic psychology, in line with the dominating cognitivist paradigm. It is unfit to function as a unifying underlying theory of psychology and, more importantly, to charter interdisciplinary behavioral science. Evolutionary psychology is ripe with recent examples of unconvincing reduction of learning to mechanism. Another dimension that I identify, not forming an x-axis, as in level of selection, nor a y-axis, as in the causal categorisation between proximate and ultimate causation described above: Is level of reduction along a z-axis. Neurocognitivism is antireductionist relative to molecular and cellular neuroscience, which in turn is pro-reductionist relative to the former, forming a dimensional axis. A similar parallel dimensional axis arguably exists between atomic-molecular behavior analysis (pro-reductionist) and molar, or alternatively macro-molecular, behavior analysis (antireductionist). If all the pieces fall neatly into place the result should be a psychology that organises key fields along the lines of causal categorisation and levels of reduction, remedying both the causal categorical mistakes and classical Rylean categorical mistakes that continue to plague psychology, respectively. Or, in other words, psychology as the interdisciplinary behaviorist views it.

 
 
 
Special Event #17
Parents, Professionals and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Maryhaven Center of Hope)
Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter
 
 
Symposium #18
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism: A Latin America Case
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
Discussant: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto Cueto, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Alcanzando is a not for profit organization that provides educational services based on the principles of applied behavior analysis to children with autism around the Spanish speaking world. This Symposium is meant to share the data from their services over the last 7 years.

Keyword(s): autism, early intervention, latin america, spanish
 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Services in Latin America

ANTUANETE CHAVEZ (Alcanzando), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando), Sandra Granados (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the Ethical and Cultural considerations that should be in place when providing early intervention behavioral services to children with autism in various Spanish speaking countries.

 

Strategies to Promote Appropriate Play Skills in Children Within the Autism Spectrum

SILVIA ESCOBAR (Alcanzando), Patricia Rojas (Alcanzando), Belen Rodriguez (Alcanzando), Elizabeth Rojas (Alcanzando), Jarume Angulo (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Play and Social Skills are key necessary components to lead successful adult lives. This presentation will provide information regarding strategies that were found to be successful in teaching these skills to young children diagnosed in the Autism Spectrum in Peru.

 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Applications in Clinical Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D.
Abstract: The development of behavior analytic approaches in clinical areas other than intellectual and developmental disabilities began flourishing in the early 1970's and then dissipated in favor of alternative approaches that focused moreso on explanatory fictions and entity postulation to account for the behavior of individuals. Thankfully, the last decade has seen a resurgence in clinical behavior analysis with research and practice that focus' on these more mainstream areas typically dominated by clinical psychology but with efforts to remain behavior analytic at its roots. A primary approach to those suffering from behavioral and mental health issues is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy which brings behavior analytic principles and procedures into the mainstream and challenges the status quo. Generally, this approach posits that much suffering occurs due to relational responding and subsequent transformation of stimulus function which may bring aversive stimulation present wherever we may roam. In response to this, we are likely to engage in avoidant responding that restricts our contact with- and range of-reinforcers. This symposium will present on difficulties inherent in both building a coherent theoretical/scientific system to approach mainstream issues as well as practical difficulties in implementation of protocols while remaining within ethical and professional boundaries of applied behavior analysis. Data will be presented on applications within each talk.
Keyword(s): ACT, Clinical BA, Values, Verbal Behavior
 
Applying Behavior Analysis to Clinical Populations: A Case Study in Phobia
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis in the area of phobias has a long history of success. Today, research is still conducted in the area of phobias that rely on therapies developed 40 years ago in behavior analysis. Added to these is an understanding of derived avoidance via relational framing and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a clinical approach to experiential avoidance of the verbal sort. This case study sought to remediate cynophobia, or rather, fear of dogs, in a 9-year-old boy. Avoidant behavior was reported to have emerged and persisted 7 years, with no known aversive experience prior to onset. Previous exposure interventions were unsuccessful in reducing the child’s fearful behaviors. This study sought to decrease the avoidant behavior of the child through graduated exposure, distraction, and a rule-based verbal behavior component. Results of the intervention utilizing a multiple-baseline across dogs design show decreasing proximity to both sized dogs and increasing duration of exposure through increasing task demands. Implications of the verbal intervention are discussed in the context of expanding interest, understanding, and application by behavior analysts.
 
Effectiveness of a Brief Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Intervention to Increase Physical Therapy Adherence
ANN ROST (Missouri State University), Jennifer Ashley Battles (Missouri State)
Abstract: Compliance with physical therapy is one of the most salient difficulties physical therapists face with patients (Pisters, et. al., 2010). Methods to improve physical therapy adherence have only been mildly successful, and many modalities fail to address psychological components that effect compliance (Freidrich, et. al., 1998). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a third wave behavior analytic therapy that emphasizes mindfulness, values, and psychological flexibility and has recently been utilized to influence health behavior change (Hayes, 2014; Butryn, et. al., 2011). The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness of a brief ACT intervention on physical therapy adherence including compliance with prescribed home exercises and attendance at sessions. Participants were recruited from a campus physical therapy clinic and had a variety of physical injuries. Utilizing a single-subjects design, participants complete four individual ACT therapy sessions after measuring physical therapy adherence for a baseline period. Data was collected for the entire duration each participant was in physical therapy, ranging from six to eight weeks. Additional questionnaires were administered prior to and following the ACT intervention that assessed values connectedness, mindfulness, psychological flexibility, distress tolerance, and pain acceptance. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #20
Behavior Therapy for Families and Their Children
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM
Chair: Lihang He (Mississippi College)
 

Culturally Adapted Cognitive Behavior Family Therapy for Asian American Families of Children With Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
LIHANG HE (Mississippi College)
 
Abstract:

The prevalence of children with developmental disabilities has been growing in the past ten years. As the Asian Americans becoming the fastest immigrant group recently, mental health services for Asian American families of children with developmental disabilities will be increasingly needed in the next 20 or 30 years. Families of children with developmental disabilities usually experience stress, grief, isolation, and other psychological symptoms. Asian American families may experience higher stress and other difficulties such as stigma due to their cultural background, discrimination, and different acculturation status. Studies of cognitive behavior therapy (CBT), behavior parent training (BPT) and structural family therapy (SFT) to treat families of children with developmental disabilities will be analyzed thoroughly. Culturally sensitive approach for Asian American families will be explored by analyzing related studies implemented to this population. The integration of CBT, BPT, and SFT along with the culture considerations for Asian American families will be proposed by using the Developmental and Research Utilization Model (DRU).

 

Behavior Change in the Therapist's Office: A Methodological Consideration of Clinical Treatment and Service Delivery

Domain: Applied Research
PHILIP L. CONCORS (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Karen M. Zeltman (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Danielle Scott (Rowan University)
 
Abstract:

Behavior Analytic supports are typically delivered in the target environment within which problem behavior occurs. A triadic model of intervention is most common, whereby the clinician trains caregivers and educators on evidence-based intervention techniques as informed by a comprehensive behavior assessment. A dyadic model of treatment, characterized by the clinician directly implementing behavior-change interventions to the client, within an outpatient milieu, is less supported in the treatment literature. Potential confounds to successful outcomes within this model include questionable validity for observation of problem behavior, as well as limited generality of behavior change from clinic setting to home, school, or community environments. However, an outpatient clinic-based dyadic model of behavior intervention should be considered as a potentially viable method to effect meaningful behavior change for specific problems often addressed through the domain of Clinical Behavior Analysis. Three experimental analyses are considered: (1) Habit Reversal Training (HRT) was delivered to a female adolescent engaging in chronic eye-lash pulling; (2) Simplified Habit Reversal (SHR) treatment was provided to a 9-year-old male child engaging in repetitive, socially stigmatizing, hand movements; and, (3) Systematic Desensitization was implemented for a 6-year-old child displaying intense tantrum behavior in the presence of a dog.

 
 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Ethics of Social Media: Regulations, Research, and Recommendations
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth C. Nulty, M.S.
Abstract:

In the age of the internet, organizations and business rely on a web presence for advertising. Companies post information on their websites including the type of services provided, the credentials of their owner and employees, and their contact information. Behavior analytic organizations are no different than any other business utilizing websites and social media websites (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, blogs), in an effort to boost referrals. There is no harm in behavior analytic organizations and business in maintaining websites for advertising purposes unless the rights of consumers are violated with regards to confidentiality, disclosures, and a misrepresentation of practice. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), the American Psychological Association (APA), and HIPPA all have codes of conduct and/or regulations for professional behavior; however, many behavior analytic websites are in violation of these codes. Crucial changes in social media content are required in order for the consumers of behavior analysis to be protected. This symposium reviews the regulation from the BACB, APA, & HIPPA related to confidentiality and social media. A review of behavior analytic websites is discussed with regards to ethical violations based on the BACBs Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis, followed by recommendations for avoiding future violations on behavior analytic websites.

Keyword(s): ethics, public policy, regulations, social media
 

A Review of the BACB, APA, and HIPPA Regulations Related to Social Media

SOLANDY FORTE (Endicott College/CCSN)
Abstract:

It is essential for behavior analyst to understand the regulations that guide our profession and ethical practices with regards to social media including organizational and business websites, Facebook and Twitter accounts, and blogs. Many businesses and organizations use social media as a means to increase advertising for client referrals through the use of testimonials. A major concern with the use of testimonials is the lack of confidentiality related to testimonials. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), the American Psychological Association (APA), and HIPPA all have codes of conduct and/or regulations for professional behavior. While many of the regulations are comparable, subtle variations across each exist. This presentation compares and contrasts the regulations of BACB, APA, and HIPPA regarding professional behavior and the use of social media, as well as examines our obligation to follow such codes of conduct. A review of confidentiality standards is included, particularly around the use of written and video testimonials on websites.

 
A Review of Behavior Analysis Websites: A Research Project
ELIZABETH C. NULTY (Endicott College/CCSN)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis goes into effect on January 1, 2016. The BACB’s new code includes several regulations that are applicable to social media sites including professional websites for behavior analysis organizations and their corresponding Facebook account, Twitter account, and blogs. The 15 specific BACB compliance codes that may apply to social media accounts are reviewed. This presentation includes an analysis of over 50 behavior analytic websites for organizations from across the country. Each website was reviewed for ethical violations on the 15 compliance codes (i.e., boundaries of competence, integrity and reputation of the profession, patient/therapist relationship or professional boundaries, multiple relationships and conflict of interest exploitative relationships, confidentiality, disclosures, behavior analytic assessment, affirming principles, avoiding false or deceptive statements, intellectual property, statements by others, media presentation, testimonials and advertising, confidentiality and BABC intellectual property, discouraging misrepresentation). The results of this study revealed that over half of the websites reviewed were found to have at least one ethical violation.
 
Recommendations for Prevention of Ethical Violations on Social Media Sites
KARI ANNE DUNLOP (Endicott College/HMEA)
Abstract: Although behavior analysts are responsible for understanding their ethical obligations from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), many behavior analyst violate codes of professional conduct. A concern is the rate of ethical violation related to confidentiality and disclosures on the websites of behavior analytic organizations. With an increased use of web based advertising on social media (i.e., websites, Facebook and Twitter accounts, and blogs), behavior analysts must understand the how do develop social media sites without violating ethical standards. In a review of over 50 behavior analytic websites, over half were found to have at least one ethical violation according to the BACB’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis. This presentation includes recommendations for those behavior analysts responsible for social media content on websites (i.e., organization and business websites, Facebook and Twitter Accounts, and blogs). Suggestions are also included for the BACB’s consideration: the development of social media guidelines that include specific continuing education on the subject of social media content in an effort to provide better guidance to behavior analytic community.
 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Current Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Military and Veteran Community
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract: The current applications of applied behavior analysis (ABA) discussed in this symposium call attention to many of the social issues inherent in the practice of ABA with members of the military and veteran population. All presenters address the social significance of each problem they discuss, while explaining the potential benefits that ABA poses in understanding these problems and deriving potential behavioral solutions. The proposed solutions and future directions are intended to improve human social functioning within the military and veteran community, while also improving how those outside the community understand this population. Each author discusses issues ranging from the assessment and intervention of traumatic brain injury to the functional analysis of gambling within this population. Finally, there is a discussion about the greater civilian community’s perceptions of the military and law enforcement community and how this is influenced by recent controversial media reports of lethal use of force among police officers.
Keyword(s): gambling, law enforcement, military/veteran, TBI
 

Investigating Relationships Among Veterans' Service Experiences, Functions of Behavior, and Problem Gambling

SETH W. WHITING (Yale University), Marc Potenza (Yale University), Sherry McKee (Yale University), Carolyn Mazure (Yale University), Rani Hoff (Department of Veterans Affairs)
Abstract:

Gambling disorder is more common in military veterans than in the general population, but little is known about how military experiences affect gambling behavior. The present study investigated relationships among military service factors, problem gambling, and functions of gambling behavior in veterans. Veterans of Operation Iraqi Freedom, Operation Enduring Freedom, and Operation New Dawn (n=738) completed the Deployment Risk and Resilience Inventory which measured environmental factors and experiences pre-, peri-, and post-deployment, and other clinical assessments. A subset (N=156) completed the Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA). Approximately 4.2% of veterans indicated at-risk or probable pathological gambling (ARPG) and showed greater probabilities of escape-related conditions including post-traumatic stress disorder, substance dependence, panic disorder, and depression. For service experiences, those with ARPG reported higher general harassment during deployment, and lower social support and more stressful life events post-deployment. The GFA most frequently identified attention and tangible functions for gambling, and the rate of escape-maintained gambling mirrored the rate of ARPG. The study suggests problem gambling is a significant concern among veterans is related to several aspects of veteran experiences. How behavior analysis can contribute to treatment in this population via functional analyses and function-based interventions will be discussed.

 

Further Development of a Verbal Behavior-Based Assessment Instrument for Military and Veterans With Traumatic Brain Injury

THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract:

To date there have been 327,299 diagnoses of traumatic brain injury (TBI) since the wars began in 2001 (Congressional Research Report, 2015). Current methods of assessing TBI include neuropsychological assessment batteries which adequately reveal areas of deficit in language functioning. Yet these methods are not closely tied to the therapies used during rehabilitation, which include: speech and language pathology services; rest, relaxation, and avoidance of stress and substances. By contrast, verbal behavior assessments have been used to measure the functioning of operant learning channels in other populations and yield more specific information about possible interventions for rehabilitation. Given the absence of verbal behavior assessment and intervention tools for typically developing individuals, the authors present data on the first phase of development of the Verbal Operant Channel Assessment of Learning for Military and Veterans (VOCAL-MilVet). The authors connect current neuropsychological diagnostic terms with verbal behavior terminology. Next, the authors explain the results of administering the pilot instrument to a sample of veterans with and without TBI, while presenting specific items which characterize the various channels assessed by the instrument. Finally, implications for future instrument development and intervention for TBI are discussed.

 

Law Enforcement and Media Reports: Discrepancies and Social Implications

Amy D. Wiech (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii), JAMES MEADOR (Grand Canyon University), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract:

Police force occurs in less than 1.5% of police-citizen contacts (Miller, 2015). Yet, high profile deadly force incidents such as the Michael Brown and Freddie Gray shootings have sparked national debates and public outcry. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) includes the human behaviors of media consumption and opinion formation, which bear social relevance on other behaviors such as voting, political activism, and other social behavior (Cooper, Heron and Heward, 2007). This study examines the recent trends in media coverage of lethal use of force and the known patterns of police lethal use of force using the standard celeration chart. The authors contend that media reports of lethal conflict between law enforcement and suspects are discrepant from the raw data of these trends. These same relationships are observed on celeration charts as many media reports erroneously portray these lethal encounters as unlawful. The authors discuss the negative impact that these media reports bear on the social exchanges and overall perception between the police and the public (Bolgiano, Banks, and Patterson, 2015). The authors suggest several behavior analytic solutions to improve perceptions, encourage objective assessment of media coverage, and improve relations between police and the community at large.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #23
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Reducing Impulsivity: Current Knowledge & Future Directions
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Steeply discounting the value of delayed outcomes is robustly correlated with addictions and poor health decision-making. Longitudinal studies suggest that this form of impulsivity precedes and predicts acquisition of substance use, and animal studies reveal a similar pattern. Despite the evidence that delay discounting is a trait, this tutorial will review studies that have discovered methods for decreasing impulsive choice. We will discuss procedures that produce acute, context-dependent effects (e.g., framing effects), and when these may prove useful in positively influencing human decision making. We will also discuss learning-based procedures that have proven effective in humans (e.g., delay fading and working memory training) and nonhumans (e.g., interval-timing or delay-exposure training) in reducing impulsive choice. Finally, we will discuss practicality issues that will need to be addressed if learning-based approaches are going to impact human behavior. We will not discuss effects of drugs or neurological manipulations on impulsive choice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) define delay discounting and discuss why it is of relevance to health decision-making; (2) discuss the direction in which it is therapeutic to change delay discounting; (3) discuss the methods that have proven successful in changing delay discounting among humans and among non-humans.
 
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University)
Dr. Madden received his training from the University of North Texas, West Virginia University, and the University of Vermont. Dr. Madden's research is largely focused on the behavioral economics of addiction and health decision-making. His early research documented extreme impulsivity in individuals addicted to illicit drugs and cigarettes. Later research revealed that impulsive decision-making predicted cocaine self-administration in rats. His current work explores methods that may be used to therapeutically reduce impulsivity. Dr. Madden's second, line of research explores game-based behavioral-economic approaches to influencing children's health decision-making. These research endeavors have been supported with more than $4 million in grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the US Department of Agriculture. Dr. Madden frequently serves on NIH grant-review panels, he has published more than 70 papers in 25 different journals, and his peer-reviewed publications have been cited more than 4,500 times. From 2011 until 2015, he served as the Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has edited two books including the two-volume APA Handbook of Behavior Analysis. He is currently co-writing an introductory behavior analysis textbook.
Jillian Rung completed her BA at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale and is completing her third year of graduate training at Utah State University. Her previous work involved decision-making in dynamic environments, and her current research involves the environmental determinants of impulsivity and how processes, such as reward valuation, affect impulsive decision-making. Jillian has served as ad-hoc reviewer for the APA Graduate Student Association’s Basic Psychological Science Grant, and has also guest reviewed for several journals such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, and Cognition. When she finishes her Ph.D., she plans to continue her research on impulsive-decision making, with the goal of developing preventative behavioral training and treatment programs for addictions and related behavioral maladies.
Keyword(s): Delay disounting, Impulsivity
 
 
Panel #24
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
An Inquisition of Facilitated Communication
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jason Travers, Ph.D.
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
CHRISTOPHER HURLEY (Hurley McKenna & Mertz, P.C.)
Abstract: Facilitated communication, also known as "supported typing" and "rapid prompting method”, are becoming increasingly popular. To date, no evidence exists for the validity of either of these methods and facilitated communication remains clearly refuted. Despite proclamations to the contrary, no person has become an independent author of thoughts via these methods. Nonetheless, both methods have been endorsed by various professionals, parents, advocacy groups, government agencies, and university faculty. A growing anti-ABA sentiment stems largely from allegations made by users of these methods and have been disseminated by academic journals, professional and research conferences, and online media. Given facilitated communication is classified as potentially harmful, simply listing it (and others) as a method for professionals to avoid appears only a partially effective prophylactic. Professional behavior analysts may better adhere to their ethical obligation to abstain from unproven practices if prepared to recognize and respond to arguments from proponents of pseudoscientific and disproven interventions. Accordingly, an inquisition of panelists will be conducted to reveal common tactics used by proponents of facilitated communication. Panelists will respond to unrehearsed lines of questioning to demonstrate ways to respond to arguments for this and other disproven or controversial interventions.
Keyword(s): Autism, Communication, Developmental Disabilities, Ethics
 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Research on Common Classroom Behavior Management Procedures
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Claudia L. Dozier, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Previous research has suggested the efficacy of various classroom behavior management procedures for decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing appropriate behavior in classroom environments. In this symposium, three research studies will be presented that extend research on some of these common classroom procedures including the Good Behavior Game, descriptive praise, and token economies. Christopher Rubow will present research on procedural variations of the Good Behavior Game to increase intervention efficacy, treatment integrity, student engagement, and acceptability of the intervention. Bertilde Kamana will present research comparing the efficacy of and preference for descriptive and general praise for teaching new skills to young children. Erica Jowett Hirst will present research evaluating the influence of net token opportunity within the context of differential reinforcement versus response cost token economy procedures.

Keyword(s): classroom management, descriptive praise, GBG, token economy
 

Using ClassDojo and Merits to Improve Implementation and Outcomes of the Good Behavior Game

CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game is an effective classroom behavior management procedure, and procedural variations may make it more feasible and effective. In five second- to sixth-grade classrooms in an alternative school for students with emotional/behavioral disorders, we investigated the effects of the standard Good Behavior Game (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969) and the Good Behavior Game with procedural variations that involved training staff to implement the Game using a free online/mobile classroom behavior management platform, ClassDojo. Additionally, we added a merits component to the Game to increase student engagement. Results indicated the Good Behavior Game reduced disruption, increased teacher praise, and reduced teacher reprimands, but had little impact on student engagement; however, engagement increased when we added merits to the Game. For teachers using the standard Good Behavior Game, implementing the Game via ClassDojo significantly improved treatment integrity and outcomes. Treatment effects maintained throughout the entire school year for both classrooms that participated from September through May. Social validity measures from both teachers and students indicated strong preferences for ClassDojo and merits over the standard Good Behavior Game. Data from all classrooms strongly suggested the Good Behavior Game plus merits, implemented via ClassDojo, was the most effective and preferred intervention.

 

A Comparison of the Effects of Descriptive Praise and General Praise for Acquisition in Preschool-Age Children

BERTILDE U KAMANA (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (The University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Delivering praise for correct responding is common practice in behavioral instructional programs (e.g., Gable & Shores, 1980; Goetz & Bear, 1973). Descriptive praise refers to praise in which the individuals behavior is explicitly identified (Polick, Carr, & Hanney, 2012), whereas general praise refers to the mere affirmation of correctness in an individuals responding (Brophy, 1981). Descriptive praise is often recommended over general praise with teaching both typically developing children (National Association for Education of Young Children [NEAYC], 2009) and children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD; Sandall, Hemmeter, Smith, & McLean, 2005). Therefore, we extended research by isolating the type of praise delivered in the context of acquisition of novel tacts in preschool-age children and comparing the effects of these different types of praise. Results showed that descriptive praise was somewhat more effective for several participants; however, for the majority of participants, similar rates of acquisition occurred across the two types of praise. In these latter cases, results suggest that mere exposure to the correct response may have influenced acquisition. Finally, we assessed child preference for the different types of praise; preliminary results suggest no different preference for the two types of praise.

 

Evaluation of the Influence of Net Token Opportunity on the Efficacy of and Preference for Reinforcement and Response Cost in Token Economies

ERICA JOWETT HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Amy M. Harper (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Results regarding the efficacy of and preference for differential reinforcement (DR) and response cost (RC) within token economies have been inconsistent (e.g., Brent & Routh, 1978; Donaldson et al., 2014; Tanol et al., 2010). Therefore, it is possible that certain variables may influence the efficacy of and preference for the two procedures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether varying the opportunity for net tokens influences the effectiveness of or preference for these procedures. Results showed that when the opportunity for net tokens was equal, DRA and RC were similarly effective for increasing on-task behavior for the majority of preschool-age participants, and preference was idiosyncratic. When the opportunity for net tokens was unequal, all participants engaged in similar increases in on-task behavior. However, when DRA resulted in more opportunity for net tokens, all participants preferred DRA; whereas, when RC resulted in the opportunity for net tokens, preferences were idiosyncratic.

 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
Refinement of Reinforcement Techniques in Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents two studies that examine aspects of reinforcement in Organizational Behavior Management. The first study investigates the effects of different payout percentages in lottery systems. The second study examines the effects of delayed reinforcer delivery on responding. Issues related to applied reinforcement systems for employees will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Lotteries, OBM, Reward Delay
 

Further Effects of Lottery Odds on Responding: Experimental and Practical Applications

ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology), Leigh Edgerton (Florida Institute of Tech), Emily Inzana (Florida Institute of Technology), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract:

Lotteries are a commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management. Although common, there are many permutations of lotteries used in the literature and they are often combined with other interventions. One key variable that may influence the effectiveness of lotteries are the odds that the lottery will pay out to those who earn entry. Experiment 1 in the current investigation extended literature concerning how thin the odds of winning could become while maintaining responding. Experiment 2 used the results from the analog setting of experiment 1 and applied the lowest effective percent chance of winning to an applied problem faced by a human service organization.

 
Effects of Reward Delay on Staff Performance
ADRIANA FOX (Florida Institute of Technology/Connecticut Center for Child Development), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In the Organizational Behavior Management literature rewards are not always delivered immediately when they are earned. This study examined the effects of four common delays (no delay, 4 days, 7 days, 1 month) on employee responding. The implications of various delays will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #27
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Gateway Back Into the Community: Using ABA to Transition Institutionalized Individuals to Community-Based Care
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rishi Chelminski, M.S.
Chair: Rishi Chelminski (Services for the UnderServed)
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Service for the UnderServed)
JOSEPH O'KEEFE (Services for the UnderServed)
JAYRESA SASS (Services for the UnderServed)
Abstract:

Starting with the Olmstead decision of 1999, and accelerated by the nationwide transition to Managed Care, mental health institutions across the country are shuttering. States are under increasing pressure to move individuals out of such institutions and into community-based settings. If an individual engages in severe challenging behavior, executing this transition can be prohibitively difficult and dangerous. In 2014, one New York City agency was awarded a federal grant to integrate advanced care coordination and ABA-based practices into adult residential services. The agency applied this grant to assist the state of New York in the closure of a large mental health institution. Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Registered Behavioral Technicians were tapped to support the work of a newly-assigned interdisciplinary clinical team. In many cases, results were immediate; Challenging behaviors that had persisted for decades under the mental institution's previous auspices were drastically reduced in both frequency and intensity. Over the course of the next 15 months, the individuals in this facility were gradually moved to community-based housing. The discussants will reflect on the strengths and pitfalls of this approach to transition, as well as the overall potential for generalizing these results to other treatment settings.

Keyword(s): Adult Services, Care Coordination, Developmental Disabilities, Implementation
 
 
Symposium #28
Ontology From the Standpoint of Radical Behaviorism: Realism, Antirealism, and Pragmatism About Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: John C. Malone (University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

As a philosophy of psychology, and particularly as a philosophy of mind, radical behaviorism is inescapably bound to analyze and provide answers to ontological and epistemological issues that originate as a result of the advancement of the science of behavior, or as a result of its debate with other philosophies of mind and of psychology and the questions that they raise either as attacks or counter-arguments to radical behaviorist views. Issues and questions about the nature of knowledge, about the extent and limitations of induction and deduction, about the ontology of behavioral events, and the treatment of unobservables, and about truth criteria, will continue to arise in radical behaviorism. This symposium will be devoted to the analysis and discussion of some of these topics, both to track the philosophical roots of these views to their antecedents in American pragmatism, and to explore what role, if any, can radical behaviorism play in illuminating the debate between scientific realism and relativism in the philosophy of science

 

Ontology From the Standpoint of a Radical Behaviorist: Naturalizing Philosophy for Science

SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

Philosophical issues are sometimes viewed as playing a foundational role in the rule-governance of scientific practices such as assumptions, methodology, and explanation. Physics, chemistry, biology, and behavior analysis, however, began not with philosophy but with inductive exploration, measurement, and experimentation, expanding scope and power as the analysis progressed in often unpredictable ways. Traditional philosophical perspectives on ontology continue to arise in behavior analysis, either as incidental assumptions on theoretical issues or as programmatic work in attempts to incorporate or resolve formal ontological positions with radical behaviorism. This presentation argues that (i) ontology is a product of traditional mentalistic and representationalist perspectives in philosophy, and (ii) ontology serves no useful purpose for science, but it can be a source of confusion in scientific verbal behavior. Radical behaviorism has been shown to have strong roots in philosophical pragmatism and connections to phenomenology, both of which enable behavior analysis to dispense with contrived and insoluble verbal problems in philosophy in favor of a comprehensive functional analysis of the behavior of organisms. Further, it may be possible to apply the science of behavior to a functional analysis of ontological verbal behavior.

 

Subjectivity and Objectivity: Some Problems for the Skinnerian Analysis of Privacy

ALVARO A CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

The distinction between public and private events has played a central role in Skinners radical behaviorism. According to Skinner, private events occur within the skin and are accessible only to the individual in contact with them. Despite the considerable influence of Skinners conception of privacy in the behavioral community, not everyone accepts it. One issue in dispute is the assumption of privacy in principle: although everybody admits the existence of private behavioral phenomena, not everyone accepts a private world inaccessible to third parties forever. Another issue in dispute is the relevance of private events for a science of behavior. Even when accepting the privacy in principle assumption, some authors deem private phenomena of little or no relevance for a science of behavior. This presentation will examine a further issue in this debate: Mixing the subjective-objective (S-O) distinction with the public-private (Pu-Pr) distinction is a mistake. The Pu-Pr distinction describes the fact that it is possible to restrict the access of third parties to what a person does. In contrast, the S-O distinction describes a conception about knowledge, and is an instance of epistemological dualism. As previously stated, it is a conception. Nobody can deny the fact that behavioral phenomena occur somewhere in a private-public continuum, but not everybody has to admit the epistemological subjective-objective assumption. This paper will explore whether Skinner made this mistaken identification in his definition of private versus public events, and the implications of mixing the private-public distinction with the subjective-objective dichotomy, as this can shed light on the issues in discussion. Further, William James' notion of experience, as developed in his famous "Does 'Consciousness' Exist" will be offered as an exemplar of an alternative view that deals with privacy but eschews epistemological dualism.

 
Overcoming the Philosophical Fallacy: Instrumentalism and Transactionalism to the Help of Radical Behaviorism
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: Radical behaviorism as a philosophy of mind and psychology is a direct descendant of American pragmatic naturalism. Continuous debates in radical behaviorism suggest that we are still prey to what John Dewey called “the philosophical fallacy”: the assumption that our verbal constructs and concepts are ultimately real objects, a “metaphysics of nature.” This often unstated identification is at the root of conceptual debates regarding among others the nature of privacy, and the possibility, extent, and limitations of multi-level approaches to behavior. In this paper, I will argue first that these debates arise as a result of conflicting epistemologies and conflicting ontological assumptions. Further, I will defend the view that pragmatist views, like those proposed by Dewey and others, emphasizing the mutuality between organism and environment, the notion of behavior as transaction, and the consequent reconceptualization in our understanding of nature, and particularly of experience as action, point out at the urgency of analyzing metaphysical claims and their scope in radical behaviorist epistemology, and suggest alternatives to the conceptual stagnation and confusion originating from the philosophical fallacy. A return to the pragmatic naturalism roots of radical behaviorism as the former deals with issues of epistemology and ontology, I argue, is more in line with the tenets of modern behaviorism, and supports a more integrative view of behavior-as-mind than traditionally offered.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #29
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A Functional-Cognitive Framework for Cooperation Between Functional and Cognitive Researchers and Practitioners

Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D.
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC)
JAN DE HOUWER (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Sean Hughes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
After receiving his PhD from the University of Leuven (Belgium) in 1997, Jan De Houwer was a Lecturer at the University of Southampton (UK) from 1998 to 2001. Since 2001, he works at Ghent University (Belgium) where he heads the Learning and Implicit Processes Laboratory. His research is related to the manner in which spontaneous (automatic) preferences are learned and can be measured. Regarding the learning of preferences, he focuses on the role of stimulus pairings (associative learning). With regard to the measurement of preferences, he developed new reaction time measures and examined the processes underlying various measures. Jan De Houwer (co-)authored more than 250 publications in international journals including Psychological Bulletin and Behavioral and Brain Sciences. He was co-editor of the journal Cognition and Emotion and is a member of the editorial board of several journals including Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, Psychological Bulletin, and Personality and Social Psychology Review.
Abstract:

Functional (e.g., Skinnerian) and cognitive approaches in psychology are often seen as competing and mutually exclusive. We argue that although both types of approaches have fundamentally different aims, they are situated at different levels of explanation and can therefore be mutually supportive. More specifically, whereas functional research on the environmental determinants of behavior can help constrain cognitive theories about the mental processes that mediate environment-behavior relations, cognitive research can highlight new empirical phenomena that could help functional researchers to refine behavioral principles and their conceptual or theoretical analyses. We then highlight two implications of our framework for psychotherapy and research on human cognition. First, the framework clarifies the relation between behavior therapy, cognitive behavior therapy, and acceptance and commitment therapy. Second, it sheds new light on the study of rule-governed behavior.

Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand cognitive and functional psychology as fundamentally different but not mutually exclusive approaches in psychology; (2) understand the functional-cognitive framework for psychological research as a framework for interactions between cognitive and functional psychology; (3) identify potential benefits of a possible cooperation between cognitive and functional psychology.
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Prompting and Error Correction Procedures
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
Discussant: John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.S.
Abstract: Prompting and error correction are two essential components of teaching which can result in rapid behavior change. Despite the effectiveness of these procedures, there are numerous questions which remain to be addressed by researchers. These questions include what variables make error correction the most effective, how effective are various prompt types, and what is the most effective prompting systems. This symposium includes four different papers which examine several variables affecting the effectiveness of prompting and/or error correction. The first presentation explores parameters of error correction as it relates to learning. The second presentation discusses the comparison of two different prompting procedures to teach expressive labels to individuals diagnosed with ASD. The third presentation evaluated the effectiveness of positional prompts on increasing receptive labeling. The final presentation includes data from a randomized control trial comparing three different prompt systems for teaching expressive labels. Practical implications and future research will be discussed. The discussant will provide further considerations on how this research can be used in clinical settings and what is needed in future research.
Keyword(s): error correction, multiple prompts, positional prompt
 
Using an Abbreviated Assessment to Compare the Effectiveness of Different Error-Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition
JENNIFER OWSIANY (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Previous research supports the use of a variety of error-correction procedures to facilitate skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. At present there is no quick and easy way for caregivers to determine which error-correction procedure is most effective for an individual learner. In the current study we used an abbreviated assessment to rapidly compare the effects of error-correction procedures on skill acquisition for three children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. First, we conducted an abbreviated assessment exposing participants to 36 to 60 trials of each error correction procedure. Next, we conducted validation assessments and compared the effectiveness of the different error-correction procedures. Finally, we assessed participants’ preference for the different error-correction procedures using a concurrent-chains assessment. Overall these findings suggest that an abbreviated assessment consisting of 36 to 60 trials may be a useful tool for identifying the most effective error-correction procedure for individual learners diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder.
 
Evaluation of Multiple Alternative Prompts During Tact Training
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Prompting is an essential component of discrete trial teaching and can be used to help promote language development. Today, there are multiple prompt types teachers can use to promote language and can include full vocal prompts, partial vocal prompts, and written prompts. This study compared two methods of fading prompts while teaching expressive labels to three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first method involved use of an echoic prompt and prompt fading procedure. The second method involved providing multiple alternative answers and fading by increasing the difficulty of the discrimination. The results of an adapted alternating-treatments design indicated that both procedures were effective relative to a no-intervention control condition. The use of multiple alternatives did not increase error rates or teaching time compared to using an echoic prompt. Furthermore, all of the children responded more accurately during maintenance probes for labels taught using the multiple-alternative prompt. Both clinical implications and areas for future research will be discussed during the presentation.
 
An Evaluation of Various Prompting Systems: A Randomized Control Trial
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Prompting is an essential component of discrete trial teaching. Researchers have developed prompting systems which essentially act as rules for when a teacher should provide and/or fade a prompt. To date, there are multiple prompting systems which have been evaluated in empirical research and implemented within clinical practice. These prompting systems include: no-no prompting, simultaneous prompting, least to most prompting, most to least prompting, constant time delay, and flexible prompt fading. This study we compared the use of three prompting systems (i.e., most-to-least prompting, constant time delay, and flexible prompt fading) to teach expressive labels of cartoon characters for 30 individuals diagnosed with ASD. The researchers utilized a randomized control group design to evaluate the effectiveness and the efficiency of the three prompting procedures. The data will be discussed in terms of statistical significance of effectiveness and efficiency between the three prompting strategies. Additionally, single-subject data will also be presented to provide an analysis of individual performance. Both clinical implications and areas for future research will be discussed during the presentation.
 

The Effectiveness of Positional Prompts for Teaching Receptive Labels to Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KEVIN MILLER (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

There are multiple prompting methods with which a teacher can use to teach children diagnosed with autism to correctly label pictures. These can include, but are not limited to, full physical, partial physical, gestural, and reduction of the field prompts. Teachers can also utilize positional prompts to promote correct responding by placing the correct target closer to the learner. Positional prompts have been described by professionals in curriculum books and explored within various clinical studies. Despite the widespread use of positional prompts several professionals have recommended against their use citing the possibility of establishing faulty stimulus control. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of positional prompts to teach six children diagnosed with autism receptive labels (i.e., nine cartoon or comic book characters). The results of a multiple baseline across behaviors indicated that positional prompts were effective for some participants and ineffective for others. The potential variables responsible for the outcomes will be discussed when analyzing the data collected for each participant. Both practical implications and future areas of research will be described.

 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment of Problem Behavior Without Extinction
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four papers on the assesssment and treatment of problem behavior in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder without the use of extinction. The first presentation by Clelia Deltour describes the assessment and treatment of problem behavior during activity transitions using differential reinforcement of appropriate behavior without extinction. The second presentation by Zoe Newman will describe a comparison of positive and negative reinforcement of approrpiate requests in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from social situations, without extinction. The third presentation by Rebecca Schulman will describe an evaluation of the effects of within activity choices on escape-maintained problem behavior, without the use of extinction. The fourth paper by Chelsea Fleck will describe the treatment of meal refusal by manipulation of meal preference and modified protective equipment. Dr. SungWoo Kahng will serve as discussant.

Keyword(s): Escape, Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior, Without Extinction
 

Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Occurring During Activity Transitions

CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), Stacy Cohen (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Children with autism often present with difficulties during transitions (Davis, 1987). It is therefore important to develop procedures for assessing and treating problem behavior during transitions. The purpose of the present study was to replicate McCord, Thomson, and Iwata (2001) by developing and conducting an assessment and intervention for the transition-related problem behavior of two participants with disabilities. Following some pre-assessment analyses, we conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior during transitions between activities. The results suggested that problem behavior occurred in transitions involving a worsening in activity preference, for example terminating a preferred or neutral activity and initiating a non-preferred activity. Finally, we examined the effectiveness of an intervention consisting of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction on the problem behavior occurring during the transitions identified as problematic. The results suggested that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction effectively decreased problem behavior in all targeted activity transitions. Future directions will be discussed. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) was collected for at least 30% of all trials and averaged over 90% for all scored responses.

 

Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape From Social Interactions

ZOE NEWMAN (University of Florida), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Some individuals diagnosed with autism and related disabilities engage in dangerous behavior when presented with social demands. We compared the efficacy and social validity of differential positive and negative reinforcement in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from social interactions. We conducted latency functional analyses of aggression in a 16-year-old male individual diagnosed with autism and Landau-Kleffner syndrome. The results of the initial analogue analysis were inconclusive, therefore we conducted a modified analysis that included a control and test for verbal attention and physical proximity. After determining aggression was maintained by social avoidance in the form of physical proximity, we compared the use of positive reinforcement (requests for food) and negative reinforcement (requests to be alone) using a reversal design. Results indicate both procedures were equally effective in reducing rates of problem behavior to zero without the use of extinction. Social validity was assessed through surveys of caregivers and the participant's preference, and caregivers were satisfied with the procedures and the results. Generalization of treatment effects was assessed by extending the procedures to caregivers using a multiple-baseline design, and effectiveness of treatment was replicated across all caregivers. Overall, subject was able to engage in appropriate social interactions in order to access functional and arbitrary reinforcers as an alternative to aggression.

 
Effects of Within Activity Choice Interventions on Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
REBECCA SCHULMAN (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Historically, individuals with developmental disabilities have been given few opportunities to make choices in their daily lives across various contexts. However, research has shown that not only are individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) capable of making choices, but that choice-making interventions can be effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. To date, studies have evaluated the effects of across-activity choices (e.g., order of demands) on problem behavior and task engagement. Within activity choices (e.g., choice of materials, work location) has not been evaluated in isolation. The current study assessed the effects of providing within-activity choice for individuals who exhibited escape maintained problem behavior, with and without extinction. Results showed idiosyncratic effects of the within-activity choice across two participants in terms of rates of problem behavior, task engagement, and preference for the choice-making intervention.
 
Treating Meal Refusal Related to Competing Protective Equipment
CHELSEA R. FLECK (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism and related disabilities often engage in self-injurious behavior that can create tissue damage. Protective equipment is sometimes used to decrease the severity of tissue damage when self-injury occurs. However, wearing protective equipment may be incompatible with some forms of adaptive behavior, such as meal consumption. The purpose of this analysis was to identify a treatment for meal refusal in a child diagnosed with autism who wore protective gloves to prevent tissue damage from face pinching. A second participant, also diagnosed with autism, wore protective gloves and arm splints. Two treatments were evaluated: one involved manipulation of the reinforcing efficacy of the meal (HP Meal), and the other allowed continued access to protective equipment during meal presentation (Modified Equipment). Both treatments produced increases in meal consumption for the first participant, and an additional differential reinforcement manipulation (HP Meal + DRA) was necessary to produce increases in eating in the second participant. Interobserver agreement was collected for 37.7% of sessions with 100% agreement.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Non-Vocal to Verbal: Improving Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Vincent Joseph Carbone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A typically developing 2 year old would be saying sentences with 2 to 4 words. A 4 year old would have a vocabulary of over 1000 words and be able to put together sentences of 4 or 5 words (Mannheim, 2015) . Significant proportions of children with autism do not acquire functional speech and remain non vocal even until age 9 or later. The studies in this symposium demosntrate effectiveness of specific behavioral technologies, namely sign mand training with prompts with and without delays and intraverbal training in inducing first instances of speech and in increasing vocal responding in children with autism. An additional study assessed tact-mand transfer in 7 early learners with autism, established this abstract relation in participants for whom it was initially absent, and concluded that functional independence (absence of tact-mand transfer) may often be a temporary aspect of an early learner's repertoire.

Keyword(s): Inducing vocalization, Prompt Delay, sign-mand, Tact-mand transfer
 

Inducing Vocalization in Non-Vocal Children With Autism

SMITA AWASTHI (Queen's University Belfast), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The current study spanning 5 years examines the effectiveness of sign mand training with vocal prompts and intraverbal training in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children on the autism spectrum. These technologies leverage the power of motivating operations. A total of 91 non-vocal children between the ages of 1.5 to 13 years participated in the study that uses several multiple baseline design sub-studies across subjects. The interventions were carried out in 6 centers across 4 cities in India. 81.6% of children below the age of 6 years became vocal and the success rate was 87% in children between 6-13 years. Vocals emerged as mands, echoics and intraverbals in 23%, 24% and 21% respectively of the 75 who acquired vocals. 64% of the children acquired their first vocal within 180 days. Both the technologies were effective in inducing first instances of speech in 82.4% of the participants. The time to vocalization and the stimulus conditions under which they emerged are explored.

 

Increasing the Vocal Responding of Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities

VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract:

Some reports estimate that approximately one-third to one-half of individuals with autism do not use speech functionally (National Research Council, 2001). The high incidence of non-vocal persons with autism has lead parents, educators, and clinicians to search for procedures that may facilitate the development of vocal responding and potentially lead to effective vocal verbal behavior repertoires. The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of manual sign mand training combined with time delay and vocal prompting procedures on the production of vocal responses in non-vocal children with developmental disabilities. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to verify the effectiveness of this intervention. All participants showed increases in vocal production following the implementation of the independent variables.

 

Assessing and Establishing an Abstract Relation Between Tacts and Mands in Early Learners With Autism

GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract:

The present study replicated and extended Hall & Sundberg (1987) by first assessing tact-mand transfer in 7 early learners with autism (4 vocal, 3 signing plus vocal), ranging from 3.6-5.8 years of age. All participants met VB MAPP entry criteria of tacting at least 4 items and manding at least 4 visible, but 0 missing items via the interrupted chain procedure. For each participant, the study targeted 3 tact-mand response forms for each of 3 chains of behavior (9 total) and probed mands after all tacts were trained to criterion. If 0/9 untrained mands emerged, a participant was considered nave with respect to tact-mand transfer and received mand training on targets previously trained as tacts--a version of multiple exemplar instruction. After each mand was trained, remaining untrained mands were probed to assess the point of transfer. Results showed that untrained mands emerged after direct mand training on 4-5 targets with 2 participants, 1 target with 3 participants and 0 targets with 2 participants. Findings from participants requiring multiple exemplar instruction replicate those of Hall & Sundberg, and suggest that functional independence (absence of tact-mand transfer) is a temporary aspect of the learners repertoire rather than a static entity.

 

Role of Intraverbal Training in Inducing First Instances of Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism

SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

A variety of technologies such as Echoic training, Shaping, Antecedent Rapid Motor Imitation sequence, Stimulus Stimulus Pairing (SSP) procedures and Mand training with and without time delay continue to be studied for their effectiveness in increasing vocalizations in children with autism. Intraverbal fill-in training with rhymes, fun and contextual fill-ins builds anticipation and excitement creating opportunities for vocals to be emitted under the control of specific verbal stimuli. In the current study spanning 5 years involving simultaneous administration of sign mand training with vocal prompts and intraverbal fill in training to children with no vocal-verbal repertoire, the latter was found valuable in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children with autism. Of the 91 children, each serving as a single subject, first instances of speech were induced successfully in 75 and of these, 51 had at least one vocal emerge during intraverbal training. 16 participants had vocals emerge predominantly under intraverbal fill- in training. Inter observer agreement was taken for every specific vocal acquired for every participant and was at 100% throughout the study. The role of motivating operations in intraverbal fill-in training and comparisons with vocals emerging as echoics and mands during implementation of intervention package are explored

 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Investigations With Individuals With Autism: Token Economies, Resurgence, and Response Variability
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present investigations that incorporated findings from basic research to design evaluations of clinical interventions with individuals with autism. Findings from basic research have recently begun to be recognized as valuable sources of information to researchers interested in applied problems. Procedures and results from basic research are interpreted in ways that further the conceptual understanding of behavior change. Using procedures from basic research may allow translational and applied researchers to determine how to increase the effectiveness of clinical interventions. The first investigation incorporates basic-research findings on token and tandem schedules of reinforcement to compare methods of increasing compliance and decreasing escape-maintained problem behavior. Two investigations in this symposium incorporate basic-research findings on resurgence to investigate methods to decrease the likelihood that problem behavior will recur following successful implementation of FCT. The fourth study incorporates basic research on lag schedules of reinforcement to increase the variability in vocal mands. The importance of translational research will be highlighted throughout.

Keyword(s): FCT, Resurgence, Token Economies, Translational Research
 
Comparison of Token and Tandem Reinforcement Schedules in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Mary Elizabeth Daniels (Missouri State University), Stephanie L. Aholt (Missouri State University), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Ginny Keenan (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Token economies are widely used, research-based interventions for the treatment of problem behavior (e.g., in increasing compliance). However, few studies have compared the effectiveness of token economies to other reinforcement-based procedures. Results from basic and translational investigations suggest that second-order schedules of reinforcement that deliver stimulus changes for the completion of each response requirement in the schedule (e.g., token delivery in token schedules) produce longer pre-ratio pauses and slower rates of responding in the initial schedule requirements or links than in corresponding second-order schedules that do NOT involve stimulus changes for the completion of each response requirement (e.g., tandem reinforcement schedules). It could therefore be the case that token economies are relatively less effective than single-schedule (i.e., "back-up" reinforcement only, without token delivery) reinforcement procedures. The purpose of this study was to compare token and tandem reinforcement schedules (identical with the exception of token delivery) in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior with two children with autism. A functional analysis was conducted that confirmed that both subjects emitted escape-maintained problem behavior. A multiple schedule was implemented to compare token and tandem schedules with respect to compliance, pre-ratio pausing, and problem behavior. Results thus far suggest that tokens are not superior in any measure.
 
Increasing Communication Under Conditions in Which the Resurgence of Problem Behavior is Probable: Applications of Serial FCT
SARAH SHAW (Vanderbilt), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Kate Chazin (Vanderbilt), Lillian Stiff (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Behavior Analysis Consulting Services), Danielle Bartlemay (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: During the maintenance stages of functional communication training (FCT), failure to reinforce mands could result in a resurgence of problem behavior. Recent translational work on arbitrary human responses suggests that incorporating multiple-mand instruction into a serial-training format may increase the probability of a recency effect, and a reversion of response resurgence (both desirable outcomes when mands are the most recently reinforced responses prior to extinction). However, when procedures were replicated with socially significant human behavior (i.e., problem behavior and mands), primacy was consistently observed and no manding resurged for one participant. In the current investigation, we modified the serial-FCT program and evaluated the probability of mand resurgence and response variability when functional reinforcement was temporarily unavailable.
 
Further Evaluation of the Resurgence of Problem Behavior
OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced, extinguished response. To date, little is known regarding the extent to which three members of a response class will resurge. The purpose of the current study was to examine the extent to which members of a response class will resurge under periods of extinction. Four school-aged children (M = 9, SD = 3.37) diagnosed with Intellectual Disabilities (including Autism), and extensive histories of problem behavior, participated in the study. Researchers utilized a linear strip design to evaluate the level of resurgence after systematically providing and withdrawing reinforcement for engagement in problem behavior or precursors to problem behavior and two topographically different, functionally equivalent responses (e.g., hand raising, signing, and/or handing a picture of the preferred item to the researcher). Resurgence of problem behavior and precursors to problem behavior were observed in all children during all extinction sessions. However, functionally equivalent communicative responses did not resurge during extinction. Results suggest that resurgence may occur for one (but not all) of the responses within the same response-class.
 

Effects of a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement With Progressive Time Delay on Variability in Vocal Mand Topographies Emitted by Children With Autism

BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Reinforcement of operant variability may have clinical utility in the treatment of repetitive and stereotyped behavior (RSB). For example, studies have shown lag schedules of reinforcement can replace RSB with variability in the verbal and play behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The need for additional work in this area is highlighted by recent advances in the behavior analytic conceptualization of RSB as a problem with invariance and calls from researchers in behavioral neuroscience for more translational studies of operant variability. This study is a translational extension of lag schedules to vocal mand training. A multiple baseline across behaviors with embedded reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effects of a procedure consisting of a combined lag schedule of reinforcement and progressive time delay on operant variability of otherwise repetitive vocal mand topographies of children with autism. Two participants have completed the study. The procedure replaced topographically repetitive patterns of vocal manding with topographically variant vocal manding. Some limitations of the current study and implications for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Applications and Refinements of Functional Communication Training and Related Procedures in the Treatment of Problem Behaviors
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D.
Abstract: Differential reinforcement procedures (e.g., functional communication training; FCT) and other related procedures (e.g., noncontingent reinforcement; NCR) are commonly used approaches in the treatment of problem behaviors. In this symposium, we will present a series of empirical investigations examining extensions and refinements of the effects of FCT and other related procedures in the treatment of problem behavior. The paper by Owen and colleagues extends the findings of DeRosa et al. by comparing limited versus extended EO exposures during FCT across one response topography (i.e., a card touch). The paper by Mead and colleagues evaluates the relative contributions of teaching a variety of appropriate requests on the development of problem behavior when shifting from a continuous to an intermittent schedule of reinforcement. Slocum et al., evaluate a signaled, reinforcer-thinning procedure during NCR to reduce severe problem behavior maintained by social-positive reinforcement. Finally, The paper by Kopleman et al., evaluates the effectiveness of parent-implemented FCT within a randomized clinical trial. The overall theme and implications of these for empirical studies will be discussed and summarized by Dr. Henry Roane.
Keyword(s): Functional Communication, Noncontingent Reinforcement
 

The Effects of Limited Versus Extended Establishing-Operation Exposure During Functional Communication Training

TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Andresa A. De Souza (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Treatments for problem behavior often include teaching an alternative response to access a functional reinforcer (i.e., functional communication training; FCT), while simultaneously withholding reinforcement for problem behavior (i.e., extinction; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Initially, the individual is immediately prompted to engage in the alternative response, thus limiting their exposure to the relevant establishing operation (EO) for problem behavior. DeRosa, Fisher, and Steege (2015) compared rates of problem behavior and the rate of acquisition of the functional communication response (FCR) when participants used either a vocal or card-based (e.g., exchange, touch) FCR. Use of the card-based FCR resulted in quicker acquisition of the response, less bursting in rates of problem behavior, as well as larger and more rapid reductions in problem behavior. DeRosa et al. proposed that these differences were likely the result of limited (card-based FCR) and extended (vocal FCR) exposure to the relevant EO for problem behavior. In the current study, we extended the findings of Derosa et al. by comparing limited versus extended EO exposure during FCT across one response topography (i.e., a card touch). Results suggest that limiting EO exposure can result in a larger and more rapid reductions in problem behavior during FCT.

 
Effects of Appropriate Request Repertoire Size on the Development of Problem Behavior
SARAH C. MEAD (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Leah Julia Koehler (University of Florida)
Abstract: Decades of research have shown that one effective approach to the treatment of problem behavior consists of teaching a socially-appropriate request as a replacement behavior. However, the preventive effects of acquiring a repertoire of appropriate alternative responses have not been established. That is, would teaching a variety of appropriate requests for a reinforcer actually prevent the onset of problem behavior that otherwise might develop? We conducted a translational investigation to determine if teaching a larger repertoire of appropriate requests (mands) prior to shifting from a continuous to an intermittent schedule of reinforcement would prevent the development of problem behavior. Six preschool-aged children, all of whom were diagnosed with an intellectual or developmental disability or developmental delay, participated in the project. Results provide preliminary evidence that teaching a large variety of appropriate requests may serve as a preventive factor against the onset of problem behavior. Clinical implications of the findings will be discussed.
 

Evaluating a Reinforcer-Thinning Procedure to Reduce Severe Problem Behavior Maintained by Social-Positive Reinforcement

SARAH K. SLOCUM (Rollins College), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is a function-based treatment often used to reduce problem behavior. We evaluated a specific application of an NCR procedure which involved providing three subjects with continuous access to the functional reinforcer initially and slowly increasing the amount of time subjects experienced the unavailability of the reinforcer (i.e., extinction). Periods of extinction were signaled with a colored card, and a rule about the card was presented at the beginning of each session. This procedure relates to FCT because the signaled extinction period is analogous to those used in multiple-schedule FCT research. Results show immediate and substantial reductions in aggression for all three subjects.

 
A Randomized Clinical Trial of Functional Communication Training
Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a widely used approach in the treatment of problem behavior. The purpose of this federally funded project was to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT within a randomized clinical trial (RCT). 38 young children with autism who engaged in problem behavior participated. The children’s parents conducted the sessions within their homes with coaching provided by behavior analysts via telehealth. Following completion of a functional analysis, function-based FCT programs were implemented for all participants. Participants were assigned to one of two groups following the functional analysis. Participants assigned to the immediate group started FCT immediately following the baseline extinction sessions. Participants assigned to the delayed group (control group) were delayed from starting FCT for three months and completed baseline extinction sessions once per month during the wait period. Results showed that participants in both groups engaged in high levels of problem behavior before FCT (Time 1). Problem behavior was reduced substantially only after FCT had been implemented with participants in the immediate (Time 2) and delayed (Time 3) groups. Treatment results maintained for both groups during a 6-month follow-up visit (Time 4). This federally funded project provided the first RCT of FCT, and the results support the use of FCT to treat problem behavior.
 
 
Symposium #35
CE Offered: BACB
Current Status and Future Directions of Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension for Individuals With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (University of Massachusetts Medical School; Center on Innovations in Learning)
CE Instructor: Julie L. Thompson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Intellectual Disabilities often require an explicit, systematic approach to reading in order to acquire literacy skills. Recently, a handful of studies have explored Headsprout@ Early Reading and Headsprout Reading comprehension to teach literacy skills to individuals with autism, developmental, and intellectual disabilities with promising results. The Headsprout programs are online behavior analytic programs that provide explicit, systematic reading instruction. The proposed session includes reports on four recent studies: (a) an investigation of Headsprout Reading Comprehension on answering comprehension questions by children with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities; (b) a study examining the effects of Headsprout Early Reading on early literacy skills of adult offenders with intellectual disability, (c) an investigation of contingent reinforcement and match-to-sample training on the fluency and independence of children with ASD using Headsprout Early Reading, and (d) a study exploring the use of contingent reinforcement plus physical prompting and prompt fading on progression through Headsprout Early Reading by children with ASD who were minimally vocal. Taken together, results of these four studies indicate that Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension demonstrate promise as an approach to teaching early literacy and comprehension to individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities.

Keyword(s): Autism, computer-assisted instruction, Headsprout, Intellectual Disability
 

Evaluating the Use of Headsprout Reading Comprehension With Children With Mild to Moderate Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

CORINNA F. GRINDLE (University of Wales Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Olivia Kurzeja (Step by Step Academy), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Rina Cianfaglione (Positive Behaviour Solutions UK)
Abstract:

Headsprout Reading Comprehension (HRC) is an online program that teaches learners to answer reading comprehension questions in four categories: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, main idea (summative) comprehension, and derived meaning (vocabulary) comprehension. These skills are notoriously difficult for many children who present with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD). The present study evaluated and investigated the use of HRC with six children with IDD. The research used a single subject pre/post test design. A number of standardised tests were taken prior to and following HRC to assess the effects on the participants key reading repertoires, including reading comprehension and to assess possible links between improved reading comprehension and auditory comprehension. Results are discussed with reference to improved reading and auditory comprehension in this population and the practical strategies required to support children with IDD in order that they may benefit from the HRC program.

 

Evaluating the Use of Headsprout Early Reading With Adult Offenders With Mild Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

DAVID O'SULLIVAN (n/a), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Headsprout Early Reading (HER) is an online program, developed for children, that teaches learners basic reading skills. Several studies have found HER to be effective with typically developing children and children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). The program has not yet been evaluated with an adult population. The present study evaluated the feasibility of using HER with two adult offenders with mild intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in a secure hospital. The research used a single subject pre/post test design with two standardised literacy tests completed at baseline prior to HER, one during, and one following HER to assess the effects on the participants reading skills. A measure of reading self-concept was also completed. An additional component to this research design was the inclusion of two treatment as usual control participants who were assessed at the same points but did not complete the program. Results are positive in terms of the feasibility of running the program and improved reading skills and self-concept scores for both treatment participants. Results are discussed in the context of the limitations with the current research design and challenges relating to the fidelity of implementation.

 

Mediating Access to Headsprout Early Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

JOSHUA PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder require instructional programs that simultaneously address academic content, interfering behavior, and potential gaps in prerequisite skills for a given curriculum. This study examined the impact of an intervention package consisting of contingent reinforcement and match-to-sample training on the independent progression of 3 children with autism spectrum disorder through Headsprout Early Reading, a behavior analytic online reading program. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of the intervention package on participants' correct interactions per minute and total episodes completed. Transfer of training to oral reading of companion print books was also assessed. All participants demonstrated an increase in correct interactions per minute. Two participants learned to independently complete a Headsprout Early Reading episode each day and could orally read companion print books. The results suggest individualized behavior analytic programs can support the use of Headsprout Early Reading as a computer-based reading program for some children with autism spectrum disorders.

 

Supporting Progression Through Headsprout Early Reading using Systematic Prompt Fading

JULIE L. THOMPSON (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University), Joshua Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Recent research has indicated that children with autism spectrum disorder who are minimally vocal can independently access Headsprout Early Reading when provided with a token economy system for behavioral support. This study examined the effects of contingent reinforcement plus most-to-least physical prompting and prompt fading on progression through Headsprout by four elementary-aged children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of the intervention package on the cumulative number of segments completed. Performance on Woodcock Johnson early reading tests were also assessed as pre- and post-test measures. All participants demonstrated an increase in number of segments completed per session. One participate was able to progress through Headsprout with contingent reinforcement only. Three participants required prompting for correct answers and two of these three were able to correctly respond with minimal-to-no support by the end of the study. All participants demonstrated an increased performance on the Woodcock Johnson assessments. The results suggest that some children with ASD may benefit from physical prompting for correct answers during Headsprout Early Reading. The range of responses across all participants suggests that a multi-tiered approach to support progression through Headsprout may be needed.

 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Further Exploration of Trial-Based Functional Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analysis has been shown to be a viable method of identifying operant function. The TBFA is particularly useful when time is limited or the intensity of the response precludes conducting a more traditional functional analysis. In this symposium we explore several research questions surrounding use of TBFA. Two papers extend TBFA to home settings for the first time. Both Gerow et al. and Standish et al. trained parents to implement the TBFA. Gerow et al. used behavioral skills training to teach parents to implement the TBFA and matched interventions to results of the TBFA. All parents implemented the assessment with fidelity and documented a functional relation between intervention implementation and child outcomes. More specifically, FCT-based interventions were used resulting in reductions in problem behavior and increases in alternative responses. Standish et al. also trained parents to implement the TBFA using behavioral skills training. Standish et al. explored effects of different variations of TBFA seen in the literature including (a) segment duration, (b) use of control segments, and (c) number of trials conducted. Some variability was found however, in general, results support briefer (60 s) segments, use of a post-control only, and using stability criterion to determine when the TBFA is complete. Next, Sellars et al. explored methods for training residential care providers in implementation of TBFA with a particular focus on maintenance over time. They successfully trained direct are staff to implement the TBFA and, for five of six participants, skills were maintained after training however only one participant went on to use the TBFA. XXX Finally, Dr. Jennifer Austin will serve as discussant for this study, exploring ramifications of each study separately and directions for TBFA--and functional analysis more generally--in the future. .

Keyword(s): functional anlaysis, parent training, problem behavior, Trial-based
 

Effects of A Performance Management Package on Sustained Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Adult Residential and Day Programs Following Training

SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Chrysalis), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Clinicians working with individuals with developmental disabilities frequently conduct functional analyses (FA) to determine the function of problem behavior and to facilitate the development of an intervention plan to reduce problem behavior. One version of FA methodology, the trial based functional analysis (TBFA), is a viable alternative to a traditional FA when resources are limited. Researchers have demonstrated that teachers and residential staff can be trained to effectively implement TBFAs. However, to date, no studies have looked at the maintenance of implementation following training, or if additional supports (e.g., added coaching/performance feedback, incentive systems) are needed to ensure sustained use of the skill. This study examined the effects of a post-workshop training performance management intervention package of goal setting with data reporting, coaching, and incentives on the implementation of trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) by behavior clinicians in adult residential and day settings. Five of the six participants demonstrated increased implementation of TBFAs only after the performance management intervention was introduced. One participant implemented TBFAs following the workshop training.

 
Evaluation of Methodological Variables Affecting Outcomes of the Trial-Based Functional Analysis
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Appalachian State University), Cecilia Smith (Appalachian State University), Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Prior studies suggest that trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) can be used to identify the function of problem behaviors for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. To date, there have been 16 published studies concerning TBFAs, however, across these studies there have been several variations in the procedures that appear to have been decided upon somewhat arbitrarily. For example, of the 16 studies, eight used a control segment after the test segment; five used a control segment prior to the test segment; one randomized the order of the test and control segments; and two studies used a control both before and after the test segment. Additionally, the number of trials conducted per test condition has varied between 3 and 20 trials. Despite the variation in the number of trials conducted, it appears as if researcher decided upon the number of trials to conduct prior to the TBFA, rather than using a stability criterion. The purpose of this study is to (a) examine patterns of responding in pre and post-control segments to determine if either or both are necessary and (b) evaluate response patterns within and across test conditions to determine if using stability criterion might be more appropriate to use when determining the number of trials to conduct. This study is also distinguished from prior studies in that primary caregivers will implement the TBFA in the homes of the children. Three children with developmental and intellectual disabilities participated in this study. At least one function was identified for two of the three participants. Of the two TBFAs in which a function was identified, both showed problem behavior occurring multiple times in the test and post-control segments; there was only one instance of problem behavior in the pre-control segments across all three participants.This suggests that there may have been carry-over effects occurring. For the two TBFAs in which a function was identified, a stable pattern of responding emerged prior to the termination of the TBFA, suggesting that a stability criterion could be a viable measure to use to decide when to terminate the TBFA. Finally, for both of the TBFAs in which a function was identified, a similar pattern of responding was found to occur when each segment was evaluated at 120-s and 60-s, suggesting that the segment could be conducted for only 60-s and capture the function of the problem behavior.
 

Functional Analysis of Elopement in Naturalistic and Contrived Settings

Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Mirari Elcoro (Armstrong State University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Abstract:

Elopement is a high-risk behavior, as individuals who run away may encounter life-threatening situations (e.g., getting hit by a car). Prior functional analyses of elopement reported in the literature have been conducted in a variety of settings ranging from highly-controlled settings to naturalistic settings such as the classroom or playground. However, assessments conducted in these settings have not been compared within the same individual to determine if similar results are acquired across settings. We conducted trial-based functional analyses (FA) of the elopement of 2 children diagnosed with autism in both naturalistic (i.e., a classroom, playroom, and general unit of a day treatment clinic) and contrived (i.e., 2 adjoining session rooms) using a latency measure. Results were compared across settings. Additionally, results of the trial-based FA were compared with a subsequent FA that used a rate measure similar to Piazza and colleagues (1997). Correspondence among assessment methods, limitations of each assessment, and implications of the assessment results for treatment will be discussed.

 

Parent-Implemented Trial-Based Functional Analysis Matched to Treatment With Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

STEPHANIE GEROW (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Lisa Rodriguez Sanchez (Texas A&M University), Emily Gregori` (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to assess the efficacy of a parent-implemented trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) in accurately identifying the function of challenging behavior in the home setting. Three young boys with autism and their mothers participated in the study. The mothers implemented a TBFA with coaching from a behavior consultant. TBFA procedures were adapted from Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, Roscoe, and Carreau (2011) to increase contextual fit and to capture typical parent-child interactions within home settings. With coaching, all parents were able to implement the TBFA with high fidelity. TBFA results were matched to a functional communication training (FCT) intervention and evaluated using a multiple baseline design across parent-child dyads. Following parent training, parents accurately implemented FCT, child challenging behavior decreased, and childrens use of the alternative communication response increased. These results speak to the promise of parent-implemented TBFA in identifying social functions of challenging behavior. Implications for research and practice will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Incorporating Client Preference Into Intervention Design: Using the Results of Preference Assessments to Inform Practice
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hannah Geiger (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Preference assessments were initially designed to identify potential reinforcers for use in behavioral programming. However, as these procedures have become more refined, researchers have begun asking questions of more subtle aspects of interventions that can affect the efficacy and social validity of interventions with the consumers who experience them. The current symposium provides four examples that investigate the role of client preference for reinforcer gain vs. loss, reinforcer distribution vs. accumulation, and the relative ratio of work to reinforcement (i.e., unit price). These studies combine translational and applied research approaches to inform practice applications.

Keyword(s): preference assessment
 
Some Effects of Loss Aversion in Token Systems
BARBARA J. DAVIS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County & Little Leaves Behavioral Services), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jessica Becraft (UMBC), Megan Lampson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Few studies have directly compared the differential effects of reinforcer gain and reinforcer loss in a token system. In general, results are mixed. The behavioral economic principle, loss aversion, may be a variable that contributes to the differential effectiveness of a token system. In the first of two experiments, we evaluated whether six preschool children exhibit loss aversion using a human operant preparation. In this arrangement, children made successive selections between two options that resulted in identical payout. In the second experiment, we examined the effects of token gain and loss systems on the task completion of five preschool children from Experiment 1 using symmetrical contingencies of gain and loss. To date, five of six preschoolers exhibited loss aversion in the initial experiment. For three of the five participants, the token loss contingencies produced higher levels of task completion and/or less variability relative to token gain contingencies. In addition, when given the choice between the token gain, token loss, and baseline contingencies, three of four participants preferred the token loss system. These initial results provide support for arranging token loss systems and are consistent with the behavioral economic principle of loss aversion.
 

Student Preference for Positive or Negative Punishment During the Good Behavior Game

KARA SAMAJ (Monongalia County Schools), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

We compared student preference for versions of the Good Behavior Game (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969), in which students either earned points following infractions (positive punishment) or lost points following infractions (negative punishment) in an alternative education setting with four students during academic instruction. In the Point-Earning condition, students were required to have two or fewer points to win the game. In the Point-Loss condition, the students were required to keep at least four of six available points to win the game. We defined an infraction as the student leaving his designated space during the course of the game. We started with a phase of brief forced exposures to each condition. After each student had experienced each condition at least once, the teacher asked each student which version of the game he preferred to play at the start of each instructional period, and then implemented the selected game for the remainder of the instructional period. The teacher recorded out of area and inappropriate language. Only one student showed a strong preference for a reinforcer arrangement. There was an increase in game wins for three out of the four students when the teacher provided students with choices.

 

Assessing the Efficacy of and Child Preference for Massed and Distributed Work Conditions With a Child With Escape Maintained Problem Behavior

HANNAH GEIGER (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Melissa Krabbe (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of compliance is a common treatment for children present with escape-maintained problem behavior. This treatment involves providing positive reinforcement following compliance with simple instructions. Although effective, practically this intervention is challenging in home and school settings when it is preferable for children to complete chains of responses (e.g., putting away all of their toys prior to consuming reinforcement rather than following each toy). However, engaging in multiple responses (which we will term massed work periods) results in increasing establishing operations for escape and greater delays to reinforcement relative to conditions that require a single response (which we term distributed work conditions), and thus could potentially result in greater problem behavior. In the current study, we exposed a child with escape-maintained aggression to both massed and distributed work conditions to assess the efficacy of both arrangements. We then assessed this childs preference for both arrangements using a concurrent-chains procedure. Massed and distributed work conditions both resulted in near zero levels of aggression, but the child demonstrated a robust preference for distributed work conditions.

 

A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Self-Control: The Influence of Unit Price on Self-Control and Impulsive Choice Responding

WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Upstate Medical University), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Three experiments were conducted to evaluate the influence of unit price on self-control and impulsive choice responding exhibited by individuals with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum disorder. In Experiment 1, unit price was altered via manipulations of reinforcement magnitude associated with the delayed option. In one condition, unit price favored the immediate option and in the second condition, unit price favored the delayed option. In Experiment 2, unit price was also altered via manipulations of reinforcement magnitude associated with the delayed option. In one condition, unit price favored the immediate option and in the second condition, unit price was equal for both options. In Experiment 3, reinforcement magnitude always favored one option, while unit price was manipulated via delay. In one condition, delay was held constant and in the second condition, the delayed option was associated with the larger reinforcement magnitude. Results of each Experiment demonstrated that self-control and impulsive choice responding was biased toward the more economical option. These results show that the application of behavioral economic principles in the form of unit price may provide a framework for the study and conceptualization of impulsivity and self-control choice responding.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Examining the Effects of Medication on Behavioral Assessment and Treatment
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at a greater risk for having psychiatric conditions than their typically developing peers (Emerson, 2003). Furthermore, individuals with IDD who engage in severe problem behaviors (aggression, self-injury, etc.) are three times more likely be diagnosed with a psychiatric condition and provided medication as one aspect of clinical care than those who do not engage in severe problem behavior (Rojohn, Matson, Naglieric, and Mayville, 2004). The four studies presented here examined the effects and side effects of medication during the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Hardesty et al. and Valdovinos et al. both examined the effects and side effects of medication on severe problem behavior during assessment in two different populations and using two different methods (collected case series and prospective analogues). Similarly, Maley and Bourret and Retzlaff et al. both examined the effects of medication during treatment for different target behavior and using two different methods (collected case series and applied treatment). Results of these studies suggest several interesting findings that are directly applicable to clinical care and new prospects for future research. In addition, Dr. Chris Newland will lend his expertise in behavioral pharmacology by serving as discussant.

Keyword(s): Assessment, Medication, Problem Behavior, Treatment
 

The Impact of Medication on Functional Analyses Outcomes: Findings From 12 Inpatient Cases

SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have demonstrated drug specific (i.e., risperidone) effects on FA outcomes (i.e., Crosland et al 2003; Zarcone et al 2004); however, no descriptive studies examined how medication modifications may impact the clarity (i.e., differentiation) or results (i.e., masked functions) of subsequent FAs. The purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which psychotropic medication changes altered FA outcomes on an inpatient unit. A review of electronic medical charts was conducted between the years 1995-2014. In total, 12 FA cases (out of 81total) had sufficient evidence (i.e., multiple FAs, detailed medication changes) for further review. Participants were aged 7 to 21 years and were diagnosed with IDD. In each case, 2-4 FAs were conducted. Attending psychiatrists directed medication changes with the guidance of the interdisciplinary team, and those who collected data for FAs remained blind to changes. To determine differentiation, criteria were established similarly to Hagopian et al. (1997), and a quotient score was generated. In half of the cases, alterations to medication (dosage and/or type) led to different conclusions, while the other half did not. In 10 of the 12 cases quotient scores were improved following medication changes. Implications for practicing clinicians will be offered.

 

Using Functional Analysis to Evaluate the Adverse Side Effects of Psychotropic Medication on Challenging Behavior

Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University), ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Lisa Beard (Drake University), Meara McMahon (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Psychotropic medications are often prescribed and used in conjunction with behavioral interventions to reduce challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). Functional analyses (FAs) are conducted to determine the conditions under which challenging behaviors are likely to occur and subsequent impact that psychotropic medications may have on challenging behavior function. Under-assessed, however, is the impact psychotropic medication side effects have on challenging behavior. The presence of adverse side effects (ASEs) are difficult to identify given the communication impairments those with ID may often possess. The present study used FA methodology to assess the impact of psychotropic medication adverse side effects on challenging behavior of five individuals diagnosed with IDD. Conditions were selected for assessment based on individual’s initial medication regimen. FAs were conducted when a participant began the study and two weeks after a change in psychotropic medication regimen. Results indicated different rates of challenging behavior during ASE conditions across medication changes for all participants, higher rates implying a more severe experience of specific side effects. These data demonstrate that this method of evaluation may provide feedback for informative decisions about psychotropic medication regimens that could improve quality of life for individuals with ID.

 

Telehealth Treatment of Sleep-Related Trichotillomania and Trichophagia Using Improved Sleep Hygiene and Melatonin

BILLIE RETZLAFF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Katie Lichtblau (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Allie Bragdon (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.)
Abstract:

We used a telehealth model to treat one young girls sleep-related trichotillomania and trichophagia using a night-vision webcam placed in the girls bedroom. Data collectors recorded intervals with trichotillomania and trichophagia remotely from a university-based program using video footage of preceding nights, and the girls mother carried out all of the procedures in their home. We implemented a biobehavioral treatment package consisting of sleep-hygiene recommendations (e.g., a structured bedtime and wake time) in combination with the titrated use of melatonin, which decreased the girls trichotillomania and trichophagia and improved her sleep pattern, as depicted by both nightly and hourly analyses, and results maintained at a onemonth follow up. We discuss the use of behavior-analytic research strategies and tactics to evaluate treatments not commonly implemented by behavior analysts.

 

The Effect of Psychotropic Medication on Severe Problem Behavior in Individuals With Autism

AVA MALEY (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Psychotropic medications are often prescribed to individuals diagnosed with various mental illnesses. Physicians also prescribe psychotropic medication such as anti-psychotics, anti-depressants and psychostimulants to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to treat behavior problems. In this study, we sampled archival data on problem behavior for individuals previously or currently prescribed one or more psychotropic medications. Data were analyzed in terms of the probability of psychotropic medications of various categories producing decreases in problem behavior and the amount of change observed. In addition, dose response curves were plotted to examine dose-dependent effects. The findings are discussed in terms of implications for behavior analysts working with individuals who may be prescribed various forms of psychotropic medication.

 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: BACB
Infants and Children at Risk of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Procedures for Establishing Early Social Skills
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Katerina Monlux, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We have initiated a programmatic line of research to apply and adapt the existing procedures to treating very young children who are at risk for developing autism or other developmental problems. Infant engagement responses such as vocalizations, eye contact, joint attention, and social referencing are critical developmental milestones that serve as prerequisites for early communication and social skills (Pelaez, 2009). The purpose of this symposium is to identify the early behavioral indicators of at-risk infants and to report operant-learning procedures shown to be successful in establishing early social-learning repertoires. The first presentation analyzes previous research on behavioral procedures used to establish infant eye contact using a synchronized reinforcement procedure. The second presentation reviews existing research on procedures using adult vocal imitation and motherese speech for improving early infant vocalizations in young children. The third presentation examines the establishment of joint-attention and social referencing via the operant-learning paradigm in infants and toddlers with developmental deficits. The fourth presentation will apply the behavioral systems approach (Novak & Pelaez, 2004) to the development of autism. Early behavioral interactional deficits in the development of autism will be identified. In sum, ongoing programs of research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Systems, Eye Contact, Joint Attention, Social Referencing
 

Using Synchronized Reinforcement Procedure to Increase Eye Contact in Infants at Risk of Developmental Disorders

JACQUELINE MERY (California State University, Northridge), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Katerina Monlux (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Parents can successfully increase infant engagement behaviors such as eye contact and positive affect with young children at risk of developmental disorders. This reviews and discusses a synchronized reinforcement procedure, described by Pelaez and colleagues (1996), to strengthen infant eye contact. The procedure includes brief parental training where mothers are taught to contingently provide behaviors such as smiling, verbal praise, and rhythmic touch to reinforce infant eye contact in the natural environment. Establishing eye contact in young children may aid in the development of foundational skills required to build nonverbal and social communicative behaviors. The presentation stresses the importance of contingent mother and child interactions.

 
Promoting Vocalizations in Infants and Toddlers Using Vocal Imitation and Motherese Speech
HAYLEY NEIMY (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Katerina Monlux (California State University, Northridge), Jacqueline Mery (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Emission of vocalizations during infancy serves as the preverbal foundation towards the development of subsequent functional language skills in childhood (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). To help facilitate the acquisition of these engagement skills, research has found that contingent maternal vocal imitation and motherese speech can be used to increase the rate of infant vocalizations (Pelaez et al., 2011). This presentation reviews and analyzes previous literature on the use of both contingent and noncontingent vocal imitation and motherese speech on increasing the rate of infant vocalizations among at risk infants through a parent-training model. The procedure includes parent-training where caregivers are taught to vocally imitate the sounds of their infants or provide motherese speech in both a contingent and noncontingent reinforcement paradigm. Promoting pre-verbal vocalizations may help facilitate the development of subsequent verbal vocalizations among at risk infants, and potentially prevent the onset of language delays and disorders throughout later development.
 
Establishing Joint Attention and Social Referencing via Operant Learning Paradigm
KATERINA MONLUX (California State University, Northridge), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Jacqueline Mery (California State University, Northridge), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Nadya Ariano (Florida International University)
Abstract: Lack of social engagement skills is one of the defining features and foundational deficits among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Common social skills deficits include joint attention and social referencing and these deficits may be rectified through specific behavioral techniques and brief parent-infant engagement training models. This presentation reviews and critiques previously published procedures for training of joint attention and social referencing modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) paradigm. Further, a model for expanding on their findings by evaluating the development of social referencing using maternal expressions in the natural environment is proposed. Targeting specific social skills in the natural environment could potentially prevent the development of later onset behavior and language disorders commonly associated with ASD.
 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
Resurgence and Relapse: From Bench to Bedside
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract: Resurgence refers to the recovery of responding during a disruptor to a previously effective differential reinforcement procedure. Although resurgence is known to be a relatively robust phenomenon, we do not yet know the factors that exacerbate or mitigate resurgence effects. In this symposium, the presenters will use data-based evaluations from laboratory studies with nonhuman subjects to clinical interventions for severe challenging behavior to explore the conditions under which resurgence occurs and variables that could be manipulated to affect resurgence. These variables include features of the response (like the effort necessary to emit the response) and of the reinforcement-schedule arrangement (alternation of contingencies, reinforcer magnitude, or response-independent reinforcement in place of traditional extinction). In all cases, resurgence occurs during the transition from differential reinforcement to extinction. However, the magnitude of the resurgence changes as a function of variables in the organism’s histories. Further understanding these variables may illuminate behavioral process and allow clinicians to design interventions that are more resistant to treatment disruptors.
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, extinction, relapse, resurgence
 

Alternative-Reinforcer Magnitude Effects on Response Suppression and Resurgence

KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) based treatments are commonly used approaches to suppressing problem behaviors. However, removal of alternative reinforcement following treatment often results in resurgence of problem behavior. The quantitative model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory proposed by Shahan and Sweeney (2011) predicts that larger magnitude alternative reinforcement should produce faster suppression of the target behavior but also greater resurgence following removal of treatment. To date, these novel predictions have not been directly tested. Thus, the present study assessed the effects of alternative reinforcer magnitude on response suppression and resurgence. Following baseline, rats responded for either a high- (5 pellets) or low- (1 pellet) magnitude alternative reinforcer during extinction of the target response. Resurgence was then assessed following removal of alternative reinforcers. High-magnitude alternative reinforcement was more effective in suppressing target responding compared to low-magnitude alternative reinforcement. Further, there was a greater increase in target responding following removal of high-magnitude alternative reinforcement but target responding did not increase following removal of low-magnitude alternative reinforcement. Thus, high-magnitude alternative reinforcement might produce more desirable effects than low-magnitude reinforcement during DRA-based treatment, but it may also produce behavior that is more susceptible to resurgence following treatment.

 
Resurgence During Local Extinction Periods Following VI to FI Schedule Transitions
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Christian Yensen (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Resurgence of a previously reinforced response occurs reliably following the introduction of conventional extinction of an alternatively reinforced response. Resurgence also may occur following local periods of extinction, such as those present within fixed-interval schedules. Four pigeons were trained to key peck under a VI 60-s schedule in the initial phase. Then an alternative reinforcement phase was implemented wherein responding was extinguished on the initial key and alternatively reinforced on an alternative key according to a VI 90-s schedule. During the resurgence phase, rather than conventional extinction, the VI 90-s condition was changed to an FI 90-s schedule. A resurgence effect occurredfor one subject. The FI value then was increased to 180 s, and resurgence occurred with three of the four subjects. Following these across-session resurgence assessments, a within-session resurgence procedure was used, wherein all three phases of the resurgence procedure occurred within individual sessions. The resurgence effect occurred with all subjects when the FI value was either 90 s or 180 s. The analysis of responding within each FI interreinforcer interval revealed that resurgence occurred during the post-reinforcement pause.
 

Translational Research: Examining the Effects of Response Effort on Resurgence

KIMBERLY M. WALTER (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Little is known about effects of response effort on behavioral resurgence. In this translational study we evaluated rate of responding following reinforcement and extinction of two different responses. Six typically developing adults received points on a VI 3 s schedule for touching moving targets (R1 and R2) on a computer screen. To create disparity in response effort we manipulated the speed and size of the targets. Each session consisted of three phases: Establishment of R1, Differential Reinforcement of an Alternative Response (DRA), and a test for Resurgence (EXT for R1 and R2). Rate of responding in the Resurgence test was compared across three conditions: (a) R1 and R2 were the same size and speed (equal difficulty), (b) R1 was a larger, slower-moving target (easy response) and R2 was a smaller, faster-moving target (difficult response), and (c) R1 was the difficult response and R2 was the easy response. The order of conditions b and c was balanced across participants. In 9 of 12 cases, there was greater resurgence when the easy response was established first than when the difficult response was established first.

 

Reducing Resurgence Using Fixed-Time Reinforcement Schedules

LUCIE ROMANO (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Gabrielle Mesches (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

We evaluated the extent to which using clinically acceptable fixed-time schedules of reinforcement would prevent resurgence of protesting displayed by four elementary-aged children. Two of the four participants experienced thinning of a fixed-ratio schedule during the alternative phase, and two of the four participants experienced a variable-ratio 3-s schedule. Reinforcement rates during the fixed-time phase were yoked to reinforcement rates experienced by each individual participant during the last three sessions of the preceding alternative phase. Levels of resurgence during the fixed-time phase were evaluated in comparison to levels of resurgence during an extinction probe. Resurgence occurred to a lesser extent during the fixed-time phase than during the extinction probe for all four participants.

 
 
Symposium #41
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Demand Curve Analyses to Evaluate Reinforcer Efficacy in Laboratory and Applied Contexts
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Matthew Novak (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract: Progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are commonly used in basic research to assess reinforcer efficacy and are often evaluated within a behavioral economic context using demand curve analyses. Recent research has also demonstrated the value of using PR schedules in applied contexts, such as when evaluating preference with individuals with disabilities or identifying reinforcers for use in an organizational incentive system. This symposium includes both basic and applied researchers to explore novel applications of demand curve analyses with progressive reinforcement contingencies. The first paper (Jarmolowicz, Sofis, & Hale) evaluated the relative valuation of food rewards for nonhuman animal models of obesity in a laboratory setting. The second paper (Henley & DiGennaro Reed) compared the effects of different incentive magnitudes on work performance and assessed the predictive validity of a hypothetical work task in an online work environment. The remaining papers took place in clinical settings and included an evaluation of (1) the generality of preference assessment outcomes as response requirements increase (Castile & Bourret), and (2) shifts in reinforcer preference and efficacy following differential reinforcement of appropriate toy play (Wiggins et al.).
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand, Reinforcer Efficacy
 
On the Valuation of Food in Animal Models of Obesity: Progressive and/or Increasing Schedule Analysis
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (University of Kansas), Luanne Hale (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Approximately two thirds of all US citizens are either obese of overweight. Because of the widespread comorbidity between overweight/ obesity and health conditions such as type 2 diabetes and heart disease, these high rates of obesity/overweight are a pressing societal concern. Although considerable progress has been made on elucidating various aspects of this condition, the precise gene by behavioral interactions that cause obesity remain unclear. The Obese Zucker rat is an animal model of obesity which resulted from a spontaneous mutation in the genes that encode for the processing of leptin. With the Obese Zucker rat being one of the earliest obesity models, considerable information is available regarding their physiological profile. Less, however, is known about these models’ behavioral profile. For example, although Obese Zucker rats discount delayed rewards at higher rates than controls, and have higher response rates than controls at some schedule values, a comprehensive profile of these models relative valuation of food rewards across a range of schedule parameters remains underdeveloped. The present study examined Obese Zucker and Lean Zucker rats responding across a range of progressive and/or increasing schedule arrangements.
 
Effects of Incentive Magnitude on Work Performance and Predictive Validity of a Hypothetical Work Task
AMY J. HENLEY (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behavioral economics is an approach to understanding decision-making and behavior by integrating principles from behavioral science and microeconomics (Hursh, 1980). Recently, researchers have effectively applied behavioral economic demand curve analyses to employee behavior. This study sought to employ demand curve analyses to evaluate the effects of three incentive magnitudes on quantity and accuracy of work completion and the correspondence between observed performance and participant self-reports of projected work performance. Participants included 289 Amazon Mechanical Turk Workers who completed a work task assessed with a progressive ratio schedule. Participants were assigned to one of three incentive magnitudes ($0.05, $0.10, and $0.20) available in exchange for the completion of each ratio requirement. The work task required participants to slide a visual analog scale to match a target number. The results indicate demand was highest for the $0.05 incentive and lowest for the $0.20 incentive for actual and self-reported performance. Within each incentive magnitude, aggregate demand did not differ between actual and self-reported work performance. Accuracy on the work task was significantly higher in the $0.05 condition. Predictive validity of self-reported performance improved as the incentive magnitude increased. These results may inform the development of novel methods for identifying functional reinforcers in organizations.
 
Using Demand Curves to Determine the Generality of Preference Assessment Outcomes
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Choice behavior on a concurrent schedule is not only sensitive to the other available items, but the price, or the amount of work required to gain access to the item, matters. Research in the field of behavior economics has supported this assertion, demonstrating that work requirements on different fixed-ratio (FR) schedules may yield differences in reinforcing efficacy of the items assessed. As practitioners, this point may be of interest when thinking about what reinforcers to deliver during skill acquisition or behavior reduction programs. Since preference assessments are conducted at a low schedule value (i.e., FR1), there may be reason to believe that preference shifts may occur if an individual was offered the same choice between stimuli after completing an increasing amount of work. The purpose of the current study is to extend the results of the current literature assessing the generality of preference assessment outcomes and test to see if the results fit traditional demand curve analyses, by assessing preference for all stimuli from initial preference assessments at higher FR values. Interobserver agreement was collected for all five participants, for at least 33% of sessions, agreement ranged from 93-100% agreement.
 
Evaluating Shifts in Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy of Leisure Items Following Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Toy Play
MEGAN WIGGINS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Summer Gholston (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The identification of items that serve as reinforcers is essential to the success of any reinforcement-based intervention program. Thus, it is important to expand preferences to provide effective services for individuals with limited interest in activities. Several studies have shown respondent and operant conditioning procedures can be used to establish previously neutral or low preferred stimuli as conditioned reinforcers (Eason et al., 1982; Delgado et al., 2009; Greer et al., 1985; Hanley et al., 1999; Hanley et al., 2003; Miguel et al., 2002; Nuzzolo-Gomez et al., 2002; Smith et al., 1996; Sundberg et al., 1996; Tsai & Greer, 2006; Yoon & Bennett, 2000). However, less attention has been dedicated to evaluating the degree to which conditioned low preference leisure items/activities will serve as reinforcers, and the degree to which preference may be altered following conditioning procedures. The focus of this project was to evaluate if preference and/or reinforcing efficacy could be increased through conditioning procedures for individuals with limited interest in activities. Preference did not increase for 3/3 participants, and the results regarding reinforcer efficacy were mixed. Potential factors in producing these results are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #42
CE Offered: BACB
Cross-Species Analysis of Social Reinforcement: Evaluation and Quantification of Social Reinforcers in Rats, Dogs, and Humans
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social reinforcement is a topic of enormous conceptual and applied significance. The basic mechanisms of social reinforcement are not well understood, however. The goal of this session is to bring together several lines of research designed to assess the efficacy of social reinforcement across a range of species and different reinforcer types. Feuerbacher & Wynne will discuss research aimed at measuring the reinforcing efficacy of human social interaction for dogs, including analyses of reinforcer duration. Pinkston and colleagues will describe research on social/sexual reinforcement with rats, as a baseline against which to measure the response weakening effects of antidepressant drugs. Call and colleagues will present data comparing the relative efficacy of social and non-social reinforcers in autistic and non-autistic children, putting a sharper quantitative point on general methods for assessing social deficits in autism. Hackenberg and colleagues will discuss research exploring the effects of social familiarity on preference for social reinforcement in rats. Together, the work illustrates some promising methods for assessing and quantifying the efficacy of social reinforcement across species, settings, and reinforcers a first step in a comparative analysis of social reinforcement.

 

Longer Human Social Interaction Can Function as a Reinforcer for Some Dogs

ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Carroll College), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Whether human social interaction can function as a reinforcer for domestic dog behavior remains unclear, but is an important question for owners hoping to maintain desirable behavior in their dogs through social interaction. Previously, we demonstrated that brief human interaction did not function as an effective reinforcer for dog behavior. However, others suggested longer interaction might, although confounding contingencies prevented clear conclusions. Thus, we examined whether 30 s of social interaction would function as a reinforcer for dog behavior. We saw little effect and no difference compared to dogs that received 4 s of interaction. To investigate a transient response spike in some subjects, we provided some dogs 4 min of presession noncontingent interaction. This did not affect responding. Finally, we implemented a multielement design in which dogs alternated within and across days between abolishing operation (presession attention) and establishing operation (presession ignore) conditions. Half of the dogs showed a reinforcement effect of 30 s social interaction, although with little distinction between abolishing operation and establishing operation conditions. The other half showed no reinforcement effect. Our results suggest that for some dogs, longer social interaction can function as reinforcer for their behavior, but session spacing might be a critical variable.

 
An Operant Paradigm for the Study of Antidepressant-Induced Sexual Dysfunction in Females
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas), Lynda Uphouse (Texas Woman's University), Duane Baade (Texas Woman's University)
Abstract: One of the most common side-effects of antidepressants is reduced motivation for and satisfaction from sexual activity, and this is especially true among women. The search for effective screens and treatments for antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunctions in the laboratory has been slow because current approaches have not reproduced the clinical findings; this likely stems from the fact current models have focused on sexual performance, not motivation to obtain sex. We report on a novel operant procedure for studying sexual motivation in rodents to assess dysfunction in sexual motivation. Ovariectomized Fischer 344 rats nose poked to raise a guillotine door, which allowed the female access to a compartment housing a sexually active male rat. Motivation to open the door and enter the male’s compartment was examined following hormone primes with 10 ug estradiol benzoate with or without 500 ug progesterone. Fluoxetine, a commonly prescribed antidepressant, was tested at 5, 10, and 15 mg/kg following hormone priming. Fluoxetine reliably reduced the number of nose pokes, delayed opening the door to the male’s compartment, and increased the latency to cross into the male’s compartment. The findings suggest the operant approach may provide a sensitive measure for screening antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunctions in females.
 

Measuring the Reinforcer Efficacy of Social Interactions in Children With Autism and Related Disorders

NATHAN CALL (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

There is growing support for the theory that disruptions in the degree to which social interactions are reinforcing may constitute a root cause of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This paper will present studies that have attempted to develop methods for quantifying the degree to which social interactions function as reinforcers for children with ASD. This will include the results of a study that used PR schedules to compare the relative reinforcing efficacy of social attention and leisure items in children with ASD (n=8), Williams Syndrome (WS; n=4), and typically developing peers (n=9). Participants in the ASD group exhibited higher breakpoints and Omax for leisure items than for attention, whereas children in the typically developing and WS groups exhibited the opposite pattern. Results will be discussed in terms of how these methods compare to other approaches to quantifying the reinforcing efficacy of social interactions in children with ASD.

 

The Role of Familiarity in Preference for Social Reinforcement in Rats

TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), Lauren Vanderhooft (Reed College), L. B. Miller (Reed College), Emma Schweitzer (Reed College), Shirin Porkar-Aghdam (Reed College), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College)
Abstract:

In a concurrent schedule procedure, female rats made repeated choices between two options, each of which opened into side compartments in a three-compartment apparatus. Responses on levers in the middle chamber opened guillotine doors separating the middle from the side compartments, permitting 45-s access to the side compartment adjacent to target lever. In baseline conditions, one side compartment contained a familiar female rat (the focal rats cagemate, with which it was housed outside the experiment), whereas the other side compartment was empty. In a second condition, the empty chamber was replaced with a new female rat, unfamiliar to the focal rat, thereby permitting a choice between a familiar and unfamiliar rat. This was followed by a return to baseline conditions, with choice between a familiar rat and an empty chamber. The focal rats showed a clear and consistent preference for the familiar rat over the empty chamber in baseline conditions, but reversed their preference in favor of the unfamiliar rat when pitted against a familiar rat. The methods show promise as an experimental paradigm for evaluating and quantifying preference between qualitatively different social reinforcers.

 
 
Paper Session #43
Analysis and Use of Single-Case Designs in Applied Behavior Analysis Practice
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA
Chair: D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services)
 

Functional Analysis Celeration Chart and Challenging Behavior: Is There More to Know?

Domain: Theory
SAL RUIZ (The Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State)
 
Abstract:

Functional Analysis is an integral part of determining challenging behavior. Often regarded as the gold standard in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Offering a different perspective on graphical analysis may provide information that can be useful in determining functions. Examining level and bounce the Functional Analysis Celeration Chart (FACC) may be a reliable tool in determining the function of challenging behavior. The use of the FACC has the potential to provide in-depth analysis and quantify the challenging behavior in exciting ways. By recharting data on to the FACC a precise quantification of level presented in a non-sequential view provides potential clarity in undifferentiated FAs. By measuring variability (i.e. bounce) control can be demonstrated. Additionally, presenting data in a sequential view allows for a proportional display of data regardless of frequency, reducing some of the variability. Participants will learn how to use the FACC and a discussion on potential benefits will take place.

 

Nonoverlap Analysis, Tau U, and Effect Size in Single Case Design Applications

Domain: Applied Research
D. REED BECHTEL (University of West Florida)
 
Abstract:

Evaluating behavioral change In Single Case Design involves a variety of components including level, trend, overlap and immediacy. While visual analysis has been the hallmark of ABA, will this method alone continue to serve the field in the future? Comparing Single Case Design versus statistical outcomes has always been a major point of distinction/departure for ABA versus other disciplines. Finding a method of assessment of effects for ABA interventions that both supports the interventionists visual analysis and that could be compared with other interventions has been an ongoing effort. One possible solution currently available is overlap analysis. The paper will present an introduction to various overlap analysis procedures, a brief conceptual basis for the use of the Tau U (Parker, Vannest, Davis, & Sauber, 2011) overlap statistic, three Single Case Design applications utilizing both visual analysis and demonstrating a number of issues related to evaluating the results of Single Case Designs with Tau U, and estimating effect size of Single Case Design's via the Tau U statistic. Possible implications for current practice will be discussed.

 
Software for Graphing Time-Series Data
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: Given the heavy emphasis on visual analysis of graphic data in our field and the use of computer-generated graphs for publication and clinical work, we conducted an exploratory review of graphing software applications. We used an Internet search to identify comprehensive graphing applications and summarized their key features and capabilities. We also surveyed editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) about their graphing software preferences, uses, and limitations. The majority of respondents reported using Excel, Prism, and SigmaPlot, but the majority of limitations were reported for Excel. The information provided may be useful to behavior analysts who are seeking or considering a change in graphing software.
 
Using Single-Case Experiments to Support Evidence-Based Clinical Decisions: How Much Is Enough?
Domain: Service Delivery
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
 
Abstract: For practicing behavior analysts, the use of single-case experimental designs (SCEDs) in the research literature raises an important question: How many single-case experiments are enough to have sufficient confidence that a specific behavioral intervention will be effective with an individual from a given population? Although standards have been proposed to address this question, current guidelines do not appear to be strongly grounded in theory or empirical research. The purpose of the presentation is to address this issue by presenting guidelines to facilitate evidence-based decisions by adopting a simple statistical approach to quantify the support for behavioral interventions that have been validated using SCEDs. Specifically, the presentation will focus on the use of success rates as a supplement to support evidence-based clinical decisions. The proposed methodology allows behavior analysts to aggregate the results from single-case experiments in order to estimate the probability that a given intervention will produce a successful outcome. As an illustrative example, the procedures will be applied to examine the support for the use of noncontingent matched stimulation to reduce engagement in vocal stereotypy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Considerations and limitations associated with this approach will also be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Basic Research on Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Bailey Devine, M.S.
Abstract:

Skinner (1938) wrote of his own work that It is a serious mistake to allow questions of ultimate application to influence the development of a systematic of a systematic science at an early stage (p.441). His analysis of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957) has generated much applied research, but relatively little basic research. This symposium reminds us of the value of asking and answering questions which may not have immediate applied relevance, because they provide information about uniformities in verbal behavior which lead to practical benefit. Topics include studies on the parity hypothesis, grammar and production of novel prepositional sentences, the effects of blocking verbal behavior on joint-controlled sequencing and a direct replication of Skinners verbal summator experiment.

Keyword(s): grammar, verbal-mediation
 

Examining the Parity Hypothesis With English-Speaking Undergraduate Students

SAMANTHA BERGMANN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University Of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Skinner (1957) hypothesized that ones vocal pattern is automatically reinforced if it is similar to the vocal patterns of preferred individuals which results in borrowing verbal behavior from the community (p. 164). Palmer (1996) describes this process as parity which occurs when a speaker, who is a competent listener, differentially reinforces his/her own vocal verbal behavior to conform to that of the verbal community. The current study replicates and extends stvik, Eikeseth, and Klintwall (2012) by examining if English-speaking undergraduate students would alter their vocal verbal behavior to conform to an experimenters model of tacts in the passive voice in the absence of socially-mediated reinforcement. Undergraduate students were assigned to either the control group, which was never exposed to modeling; the waiting quietly group, which replicated previous procedures; or the vocal imitation group, which extended previous procedures by including echoic tasks during the wait interval. Participants in the control group had consistent grammatical forms of tacts across phases and rarely engaged in vocal verbal behavior with passive voice, whereas the majority of participants assigned to the waiting quietly or vocal imitation groups showed increased use of passive voice following modeling. However, the degree of change differed across participants. Verbal behavior theoretical implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
The Production of Novel Prepositional Sentences Following Instruction on Autoclitic Frames
JAMES R. MELLOR (Texas Christian University), Kiley Hiett (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the production of novel prepositional sentences. A multiple-baseline design was used to assess the effects of instruction on the productivity of novel sentence structures for typically developing 5 year old children. The instruction consisted of showing the participants a variety of cartoon pictures of commonly known animals, arranged so that each animal corresponded to a specific spatial relation with another animal (i.e., below). The participant was then taught to describe the pictures within a particular autoclitic frame (e.g., the X is next to the Y above the Z). There were three autoclitic frames targeted for instruction, with each frame containing prepositional phrases corresponding to the spatial relations of the cartoon animals. Preliminary data indicate that instruction for two of the target frames was sufficient to establish novel production of all three sentences. Implications for the instruction of generative sentence production are discussed.
 

A Systematic Replication of B. F. Skinner's Verbal Summator

SPENCER GAUERT (University of the Pacific), Stephen Pangburn (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

The verbal summator was a device created by B. F. Skinner to assess verbal behavior. Skinner's original 1936 verbal summator study was an early attempt to study echoic (originally termed imitative) and intraverbal (originally termed summative) behavior. Extensions of the original study focused on the use of the summator as a diagnostic or assessment tool rather than using it to study the function of verbal behavior. No previous studies have directly replicated Skinner's original experiment. For the current study, researches recorded new samples resembling Skinner's original audio recordings using modern digital recording technology. These samples, like the originals used by Skinner, were arrangements of preverbal sounds that were played slightly distorted at a low volume. During the experimental sessions, we presented random selections of these audio recordings to 30 subjects and asked to report what they heard. The audio samples were repeatedly presented until the subject provided a word or phrase describing what they heard. The resulting data analysis was conducted as described by Skinner (1936). Implications of these results and directions for future research will be identified. Data will be presented on the number of samples, organized by the number of syllables. In addition, data will be presented on the similarity of the collected responses to real speech, as described in Skinner (1936), through the use of Zipf's law analysis. Finally, responses were collected and ranked according to their frequency of occurrence.

 
The Effects of Blocking Verbal Behavior on Joint-Controlled Sequencing
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Curtis Clough (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of vocal and motor blocking tasks on sequencing visual stimuli for 12 participants. In Experiment 1, we presented a vocal blocking task while asking participants to sequence pictures that they had learned to vocally tact. In Experiment 2, we presented vocal and motor blocking tasks while asking (vocally or via signs) participants to sequence pictures they had learned to tact vocally or through signs. In Experiment 3, we presented vocal blocking tasks while asking participants to sequence stimuli they learned to tact or that they could match without the need of any verbal behavior. All participants sequenced pictures after learning to tact them vocally or with signs. One of four participants required joint control training for stimuli taught via hand signs. Vocal blocking prevented accurate sequencing on both vocal and hand signed sequences, but not sequences established via matching. Combined results suggest vocal blocking procedures may serve to prevent verbal behavior that could be mediating non-verbal sequencing, and that joint control training may not be necessary for adults to perform the sequencing task.
 
 
Paper Session #45
How ABA Can Help Sustain Lean/Six Sigma Improvements in Healthcare, Manufacturing, and Business
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:20 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM
Chair: Michael McCarthy (Sustain Lean Gains)
 

How ABA Can Help Sustain Lean/Six Sigma Improvements in Healthcare, Manufacturing, and Business

Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL MCCARTHY (www.SustainLeanGains.com)
 
Abstract:

When companies adopt Lean methods, they often conduct many "Rapid Improvement Events" also known as "Kaizen Events." Although many of these activities are conducted, and many process improvements are discovered, only a small percentage survive as standard operating procedure for the company operations. This means the time spent on these process improvement activities are "asted because the new methods are not used. The improvement gains are not sustained. In the analytical ABC model of Applied Behavior Analysis, these activities are "Antecedents," which last only a short time. In order to build these new methods into daily habits, Consequences are needed, specifically positive reinforcement. This presentation gives OBM practitioners and healthcare / company managers an ABA "preventive maintenance" methodology for sustaining gains called Process Behavior Maintenance (PBM). Participant learn about three skills for sustaining lean gains. These three skills can be added to their own Leader Standard Work (a concept in Lean / Toyota Production System) for maximum effectiveness.

 
 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB
Preparing Individuals With Autism for Learning in Group Environments: Assessing Readiness for Staff Fading
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Samantha Smith (Melmark)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Croner, M.S.Ed.
Abstract:

Research suggests that individual instructional arrangements are highly effective with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who display challenging behavior, however the resources necessary to provide intensive staffing to all students are rare (Kamps & Walker, 1990). Not only is intensive staffing often unrealistic, some research indicates that individual instructional formats hinder generalization of skills, eliminate the potential for observational learning, and require far more instructional time than do group formats (Favell, Favell, & McGimsey, 1978; Keel & Gast, 1992; Koegel, Egel, & Dunlap, 1980). The ability to follow instructions delivered to a group is essential to successful integration in school, vocational, and community settings. This symposium will explore ways to assess the ability to acquire novel skills and maintain existing skill repertoires in individual instruction, dyad instruction, and small group instruction. Additional information about instructional efficiency and the rates of challenging behaviors in these instructional formats will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Group Instruction
 

Getting to Group Instruction: Evaluating the Ability of Learners With Autism to Work in Small Groups

HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Catherine Judkins (Melmark New England), Katrina Grandelski (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Fading intensive staffing is essential to the promotion of independence and successful transitioning to less restrictive settings. However, concerns about behavioral regression and slower rate of acquisition coupled with limited guidelines on the assessment of instruction arrangements often result in long term provision of individual instruction. Therefore, an instructional protocol was designed to assess a learners academic and clinical performance in individual and group instruction. Variables assessed included the ability to learn new material, levels of engagement in independent activities, rates of challenging behavior, and maintenance of mastered targets in individualized and group instructional arrangements. Initial data collected using this protocol demonstrate that a learner continued to learn novel skills while maintaining previously mastered skills in small group instruction. Data also demonstrate that the learner engaged in low level problem behavior while engaging in adaptive skills such as functional communication, leisure and waiting skills. Follow-up data will be shared with a focus on the expansion of this protocol for larger periods of the instructional day.

 

Group Instructional Strategies With Clients With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Jill E. McGrale Maher (Autism Intervention Specialists), KRISTI LOMBARDO (Autism Intervention Specialists), Britany Melton (Britany Melton), Ian Melton (Endicott College)
Abstract:

A series of studies exploring the impact of instructional ratio on learning will be described. The presentation will begin by reviewing various levels of staffing support provided to individuals with autism. The first study evaluated criteria to guide clinicians in moving students to group instructional formats. Targeted behaviors included stereotypy, engagement, active responding, and the presence of other challenging behaviors, and three different instructional content areas were evaluated. Criteria were set to guide clinicians in decisions to reduce the intensity of staffing along the various levels of support. Study two looked at skill acquisition in individual and dyad instruction, with an additional focus on observational learning opportunities. The final study looked at individual, dyad and triad instruction across learners, and evaluated how the size of the group affected rates of learning. The discussion will highlight individual differences in appropriateness for transitioning to group instruction, and will hypothesize about predictive variables.

 
Differential Performance in Individual and Dyad Instructional Arrangements
JENNIFER CRONER (Melmark), Samantha Smith (Melmark), Jessica Woods (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Melmark), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
Abstract: The ability of individuals with autism to learn in a group instructional format will promote independence and facilitate transition into settings with less intensive staffing. The purpose of this study was to compare acquisition and maintenance of verbal behavior targets in individual and dyad arrangements. The participants of this study were two young males diagnosed with autism, who attend an approved private school and reside at home with their parents/guardians. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the differences between individual and dyad instruction across several dependent variables. The dependent variables measured were cumulative targets mastered, out-of-seat behavior, and amount of time spent in instruction, on break, and waiting. Individual and group instruction were compared across three different verbal behavior operants: match to sample, motor imitation, and listener responding. Sessions were randomized across type of instruction and operant. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity were collected for at least 25% of sessions across treatments. Preliminary data suggest that performance is based on individual differences. Therefore, future directions for evaluating performance should focus on measures related to characteristics of the individual.
 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Having a Gay Day: Distress and Psychological Flexibility Among LGBTQ Communities
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Benjamin Ramos (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Abstract: The legalization of gay marriage throughout the United States combined with an increased degree of support for gay rights has made this an historic decade for the gender and sexual minority (GSM) community. However, GSM stigma and discrimination remain a significant problem across many different domains of living. How individuals respond to ongoing GSM discrimination and to efforts to decrease that discrimination may be, in part, attributable to certain psychological skills for experiencing unwanted cognitions and emotions. This symposium will explore the role of psychological flexibility in GSM stigma and discrimination. The first paper will explore the role of psychological flexibility in predicting LGBTQ stigma. The second paper will explore the role of psychological flexibility in predicting GSM individuals’ reactions to perceived LGBTQ stigma. The implications of both studies for promoting continued societal change will be discussed.
Keyword(s): gender identity, psychological flexibility, sexual orientation, stigma
 
Examining Psychological Flexibility and Willingness to Engage in Behaviors That Benefit Members of the LGBTQ Campus Community
MAUREEN FLYNN (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Abstract: Although acceptance of gender and sexual minorities is increasing in the United States, individuals in the LGBTQ community continue to experience negative responses from society. LGBTQ individuals can internalize such negative responses, which can lead to psychological difficulties (e.g., Szymanski, Kashubeck-West, & Meyer, 2008; Meyer & Dean, 1998). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions, which are designed to increase psychological flexibility, have been shown to decrease stigmatizing attitudes towards substance abusers (Hayes et al., 2004) and people with mental illness (Masuda et al., 2007). Psychological flexibility is also related to attitudes towards other ethnicities (Levin, Luoma, Lillis, Hayes, & Vilardaga, 2014). To date, there aren’t any published studies examining psychological flexibility with LGBTQ-related stigmatizing thoughts. The aims of this study were to examine 1) the relationship between psychological flexibility and homophobia and transphobia and 2) whether psychological flexibility moderates the relationship between negative attitudes towards LGBTQ individuals and willingness to engage in behaviors that help the LGBT community among Hispanic college students.
 

Stigma in Context: Perceived Discrimination, Psychological Distress, and Coping of Gender and Sexual Minorities

ALYSON GIESEMANN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lauren Griffin (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Gender and sexual minorities experience stigma and discrimination in a number of domains, leaving them at an increased risk of psychological distress, mental health symptomatology, and risk-taking behaviors. Some GSM individuals are resilient, however, thriving even in the face of clear discrimination and subsequent distress. It may be that the impact of discrimination and distress depends on the psychological skills one applies. For example, both self-compassion and psychological flexibility have been shown to mitigate the impact of psychological stressors on well-being. The current study aimed to consider 1) the extent to which daily experiences of perceived discrimination lead to psychological distress and disruption of well-being in GSM individuals and 2) how psychological flexibility, self-compassion and other coping mechanisms might mitigate the impact of perceived discrimination on distress and well-being. Participants tracked their daily experiences of discrimination, their private reactions to those experiences, and functions of those reactions. Implications for interventions targeting discrimination-relevant distress and dysfunction will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #48
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
ABA: Addressing the Needs in Neurorehabilitation
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Michael P. Mozzoni, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni Associates LLC)
DIXIE D. EASTRIDGE (Learning Services)
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills)
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Mozzoni Associates LLC)
Abstract:

The Brain Injury Association of America has reported CDC estimates of 2.4 million Traumatic Brain Injuries (TBI) each year. Of those injuries 3-5% will result in chronic impairments of mood, function and cognition. ABA offers a significant addition to neurorehabilitation in terms of accountability, quantification and effectiveness. This panel will cover some of the more frequently encountered challenges and demonstrate the effectiveness of the behavioral approach within a multidisciplinary team. This panel will review effective treatment procedures and strategies that increase an individual's quality of life and reduce the burden for caregivers. The panelists will cover topics including: bowel and bladder training using an auditory cue vs. scheduled toileting, anger management utilizing massed practice of relaxation using cue card training, and timely intervention for adjustment problems including depression and anxiety that lead to improved participation and engagement in rehabilitation, which allow individuals to better accept their "new normal."

Keyword(s): Anger-Management, Continence training, Neurorehabilitation, TBI
 
 
Panel #49
PDS: Professional and Ethical Considerations for Disseminating Behavior Analysis and Current Research Through Social Media
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristin Miller (Florida State University)
TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC)
AMANDA N. KELLY (Keiki Educational Consultants)
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC)
Abstract:

This talk focuses on the roles and responsibilities of behavior analysts in the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis and research through social media. The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts explicitly states that it is the responsibility of all behavior analysts to promote the field through all available mediums, which includes social media. Behavior analysts and those seeking certification currently use social networks--such as Facebook, Twitter, and Pinterest--to seek advice on degree programs in behavior analysis, dissemination, and clinical practice. While it is common for behavior analysts to seek the advice of those with more experience or different expertise when developing treatments, it is important to ensure that confidentiality breaches, among other ethical issues, do not occur. The behavior of this verbal community is discussed to ensure that no harm is done to clients or to the field of behavior analysis. Enforcement of the compliance code, as of January 2016, calls for a review of acceptable practices for dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis through social media.

Keyword(s): dissemination, ethics, social media
 
 
Panel #50
PDS: Avenues for Behavior Analysis With the Veteran Community
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joshua Kinser (University of North Texas)
ROBERT WRIGHT (Behavioral Education and Research Services, Inc.)
KENT A. CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

There is a crisis facing veterans today. Suicide among veterans is a large problem facing our country. Veterans suffering from PTSD or other service-related disorders are in need of behavior-based therapies provided by behavior analysts trained in the principles of behavior analysis. This panel will discuss various avenues for behavior analysts interested in supporting the veteran community. Each panelist will provide a brief overview of the work they are doing with the veteran community. Then the chair will facilitate a question-and-answer session between the panelists and the audience. The first panelist, Dr. Robert E. Wright will discuss his work providing behavioral skills training to service professionals that work with veterans through his company Behavioral Educational and Resource Services Inc. Then, Dr. Kent Corso will discuss his work developing behavioral health programs for businesses, organizations and hospitals that provide services for veterans. Thirdly, Dr. Abigail Calkin will discuss her work and recent publication that provides insight into the struggles that accompany veterans and their families.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Services, Program Development, Suicide, Veteran
 
 
Invited Tutorial #51
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Philosophy of Science and the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Lewis A. Bizo, Ph.D.
Chair: Lewis A. Bizo (University of New England)
Presenting Authors: : RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury), Brian Haig (University of Canterbury)
Abstract:

Single-subject methodology and Skinner's caution against inferential statistics based on group averages have been very influential with researchers in behavior analysis. Here we review recent developments in the philosophy of science and methodology, including the "new statistics," and consider their implications for the quantitative analysis of behavior. We describe an account of scientific methodology—the Abductive Theory of Method (ATOM; Haig, 2005)—which details how empirical phenomena are detected and contribute to theory construction via inference to the best explanation, and show how it is relevant for behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe and contrast important themes in the philosophy of science, including realism and empiricism, and how these relate to radical behaviorism; (2) describe the Abductive Theory of Method (ATOM) and how it relates to research and applied practice in the experimental analysis of behavior; (3) contrast current and historical conceptions of validity.
 
RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury), Brian Haig (University of Canterbury)
Randolph C. Grace is Professor of Psychology at the University of Canterbury (Christchurch, New Zealand).  He received his PhD from the University of New Hampshire in 1995 and has published over 120 articles and book chapters in a variety of basic and applied research areas including choice behavior and decision making, behavioural economics, methodology, comparative cognition, conditioning and learning, clinical/forensic psychology, tobacco control and neuropsychology.  He is past President of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and a Fellow of the American Psychological Association. 
Keyword(s): Science
 
 
Invited Paper Session #52
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Relation Between Academic Performance and Challenging Behavior

Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
Jennifer McComas is Professor of Special Education at the University of Minnesota. Dr. McComas was a special education teacher for students, grades 7-12, with high-incidence disabilities in rural Iowa before completing her Ph.D. at the University of Iowa. She went on to complete her post-doctoral training at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia/University of Pennsylvania and taught in the Psychology Department at Queens College/the City University of New York before joining the faculty at the University of Minnesota in 1999. Professor McComas holds the Rodney S. Wallace Professorship for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning and is head of the teacher licensure program in Emotional Behavior Disorders at the University of Minnesota. In addition, she co-directs the Urban Indian Education Partnership between the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Schools, a partnership aimed at improving outcomes for American Indian Youth. Dr. McComas teaches undergraduate, masters, and doctorate-level courses in emotional/behavior disorders, principles of behavior, and functional analysis of challenging behavior in academic and community-based settings. Her recently launched telepresence lab is a means by which to reach families of individuals with intellectual and development disorders and severe behavior problems across a wide geographic area and to conduct related research. Dr. McComas conducts translational research pertaining to the influence of principles of behavior on challenging behavior and using those principles to affect meaningful changes in behavior. She has published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She is currently the Editor in Chief of the Journal of Behavioral Education, was an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and continues to serve on the editorial board of several journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Psychological Record.
Abstract:

Academic and behavior problems are highly co-morbid, yet little more is known about the relation between the two. Does one lead to the other? It is easy to imagine that as behavior problems persist and instructional time is lost to disciplinary procedures such as time-out and suspension, the lost instructional opportunities result in poor academic performance. However, it is also easy to imagine that as a young student's academic difficulties persist, school becomes increasingly aversive and socially reinforced behavior problems emerge. Effective interventions exist for both learning and behavior problems separately, but is it possible to implement intervention for one and achieve concomitant improvement in the other? If so, under what conditions is it possible to implement treatment that results in improvement in both academic performance and behavior? This presentation will begin with the question of the relation between learning and behavior problems and include data from several investigations of the influence of motivating operations, stimulus control, and reinforcement on academic performance and behavior.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss influence of reinforcement on challenging behavior during academic tasks; (2) discuss the influence of motivating operations on challenging behavior during academic tasks; (3) consider a variety of approaches to the assessment and treatment for students who display poor academic performance and challenging behavior in school.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #53
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics

Designing Sustainable Behavior Change

Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
MICHAEL KIM (Habit Design)
Michael Kim is Founder and CEO of Habit Design, the leading platform for crowdsourcing sustainable behavior change. Over 500 companies and 100,000 people have used Habit Design's behavior-change training to create successful daily habits that last beyond 100 days. Clinically tested by licensed, published clinical psychologists, Habit Design transforms training into automatic, habitual routines. Built on evidence-based research from over 100 behavioral scientists, the simple, easy, and effective training includes three main components: coaching, practice teams, and rewards.
Abstract:

Programs prioritizing ?motivating Behavior Change? frequently fail to generate sustained engagement: over 80% of employees who attempt to create new, healthy behaviors still fail at continuing their training after just the first 30 days, and corporate lifestyle management programs return only $0.50 for every $1 invested (RAND, 2015). The CDC attributes 80% of chronic conditions to this inability to form successful wellbeing habits, resulting in almost $1 Trillion in lost productivity alone (CDC, 2009). The problem is not that people resist change, but they resist being changed. While health promotion can motivate employees to make episodic, temporary changes, when it comes to creating lasting results, learning the skill of creating new habits is what is vital for long-term Behavior Change. The reason: While motivation may get you started, habit keeps you going. Developed by licensed, clinical psychologists from Yale and the University of Washington, this session covers best practices in the design of sustainable Behavior Change systems that have led to the successful training of unconscious, daily habits, derived from more than eight years of clinical testing of evidence-based research from over 100 behavioral researchers. Habit Design has trained more than 500 companies and 100,000 employees - from UnitedHealthcare, Humana, Aetna, Kaiser Permanente, Stanford Medical School, Boeing, Google, The White House, and many others.

Target Audience: Practitioners in the field.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) identify four key ingredients that must be present for creating successful behavior change; (2) differentiate and diagnose behavior change into fifteen distinct classes; (3) define three key strategies that successfully harness motivation for sustainable behavior change; (4) translate design principles and tactics to create winning recipes for training new habits, or "habit designs."
 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
Modifications and Refinements of Functional Analyses Targeting Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) technology developed by Iwata et al., 1982/1994 is considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Despite the success of this methodology it is important to continue to refine and develop this technology. This symposium will present recent research comparing single topography FAs to multiple topography FAs, correspondence between brief and extended FAs, and new methods to evaluate self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by both social and automatic functions. Findings will show that FAs that include multiple topographies are as effective when problem behavior is maintained by negative reinforcement and less effective when problem behavior is maintained by access to tangible items. Correspondence between brief FAs and extended FAs is lower than what has been previously reported in the literature. In addition SIB maintained by both social and automatic reinforcement can be successfully identified using sensory extension and typical FA contingencies. Taken together these results provide support for refinements and modifications of FA procedures to more effectively identify the function of problem behavior.
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Functional Anlaysis, Problem Behavior
 

Further Analysis of the Correspondence Between the Results of Functional Analyses and Brief Functional Analyses

COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
Abstract:

Past research comparing brief and lengthier functional analyses has generally shown high rates of correspondence. In 1995, Vollmer, Marcus, Ringdahl, and Roane, proposed an assessment model that progressed from brief functional analyses to lengthier functional analyses following undifferentiated results. This study sought to examine the proposed model by comparing the results of brief functional analyses and lengthier functional analyses conducted according to procedures from Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) with participants from a day treatment program for severe problem behavior. Results showed low correspondence between the brief and lengthy functional analyses across 22 comparisons indicating possible false positive or false negative results. Low correspondence may be due to the various differences between assessments or the particulars of the participants and behaviors included in the study. Past research has shown both assessments have demonstrated successful treatment development. Therefore, future research is necessary to evaluate correspondence between assessments in other settings and with other types of participants.

 
A Comparison of the Utility of Multiple and Single Topography Functional Analysis Procedures
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Heather Jennett (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: When a functional analysis (FA) is conducted on multiple topographies of behavior simultaneously, the function of certain behaviors may be confounded due to response class hierarchies or a lack of discrimination if the participant does not contact the programmed contingencies. For this study, we concurrently conducted multiple (consequences for all target behaviors) and single (consequences for a specific target behavior, one at a time, in a sequential fashion) topography FAs for 12 individuals with developmental disabilities and examined each method’s ability to identify behavioral function. Two observers simultaneously but independently scored behaviors during 50% of all FA sessions; IOA for target behaviors ranged from 71% to 100%. Both multiple and single topography FAs were equally effective for identifying escape maintained problem behaviors. However, single topography FAs were more likely to identify a function when results of a multiple topography FA were undifferentiated, and to identify a tangible function. Additionally, although only occurring in a small number of cases, multiple topography FAs were more likely to produce false positives regarding the functions of behaviors when these results were considered in aggregate. Attendees will gain guidance regarding factors to consider and when to utilize a multiple or single topography FA.
 
Using a Test for Multiply Maintained Self-Injury to Guide Treatment Decisions
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Alex Shrewsbury (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: In interpreting results of a functional analysis, an automatic function may be determined either because problem behavior is elevated in the alone/ignore condition comparative to other conditions or because problem behavior is elevated and undifferentiated across multiple conditions. In the latter, it is difficult to determine if problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement alone or is multiply maintained. The current projects replicates and expands upon past research that evaluated social reinforcement conditions in a functional analysis after controlling for automatic reinforcement through sensory extinction. Specifically, we evaluate multiple social reinforcement conditions within each participant while the participant wore protective equipment to eliminate automatic reinforcement. Results suggest that self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement alone for one participant and both automatic reinforcement and physical attention for another participant. Outcomes are discussed in the context of implications and importance for treatment.
 
 
Symposium #55
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Improving Social Functioning for Children With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium contains three presentations regarding improving social functioning for children with autism by teaching them important skills. The first paper involves teaching basic skills of understanding perspective taking. The second presentation is teaching the identification of false-belief tasks, which are commonly used by developmental/cognitive psychologist to test the ability of "theory of mind." The third presentation uses an evaluation form along with video modeling to train parents how to teach their children with autism.

 

Basic Skills for Learning Perspective Taking in Children With Autism

WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education), Gabrielle T. Lee (Michigan State University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

Previous research has reported that the inability of children with autism to discriminate between the reality and non-reality of events may contribute to their difficulties in understanding others perspectives. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to tact mental vs. physical state of verb. A seven year-old child with autism, who had advanced speaker and listener repertoires, participated in this study. A multiple probe across three behaviors design was used. Three target behaviors included (a) discrimination of physical and mental states of events (e.g., Tony takes a train in his hands. Kevin is thinking about the train. Who has the train?) (b) discrimination of reality and imagination (e.g., Mary locked the door. Tim wanted to lock the door. Who indeed lock the door?), and (c) discrimination of reality with and without evidence (e.g., John saw the candy on the table. Helen heard that the candy is on the table and believes the candy is on the table. Who can get the candy for sure?) Multiple exemplar teaching strategy with picture stimuli along with verbal instructions were used during training. Data showed that the rate of correct responses was increased after training. The skills were also generalized to novel scenarios.

 

Teaching "Theory of Mind" Tasks to Children With Autism

Yuen Tsai (National Changhua University of Education), Wenchu Sun (National Changhua University of Education), HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

Children with autism often have difficulty taking others' perspective--a developmental capacity commonly observed in typically developing children, termed the theory-of-mind (ToM). Teaching the children to tact other's belief is the fundamental skill in ToM. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to identify false-belief tasks. Two children, age 6-7 diagnosed with autism, who had advanced speaker repertoires, participated in this study. A combination of multiple probes across subjects and behaviors was used. Ten scenarios with pictures illustrating the stories were created as instruction materials. The teaching procedure included showing the scenario with drawn pictures, and asking questions regarding the belief of each person. Two target behaviors included:(a) tacting other's belief, (e.g., John is looking for his pencil box. Pencil box may be on the shelf or dining table. John thinks that it should be on the shelf. Where is John going to find his pencil box? Why?) (b) tacting other's false belief (e.g., John is looking for his pencil box that he left on the dinning table. Mary has put John's pencil box on the shelf. Where is John going to find his pencil box? Why?) Both children showed positive results for the acquisition and generalization of the tasks.

 

Effects of Video Self-Monitoring Using Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy Scale on Accuracy and Fluency of Parent-Delivered Discrete Trial Training

HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Ok Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Da Yun Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Hyo Min Ahn (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), DongSoo Suh (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

The study was conducted in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) program of a public children's hospital in the Seoul city. Three mothers whose children were receiving the EIBI service participated in the study. A multiple baseline across participants design was used in the study. During the baseline, a behavioral skill training package was implemented in which lecture, written instruction, modeling, coaching, role-playing, and feedback were provided to the parent during DTT sessions. During the intervention phase, parents were required to watch their performance video scoring their own performance with TPRA forms. Percent of trials which were delivered without errors and rate of delivery of correct trials were measured using TPRA, and overall performance during DTT were evaluated using "Performance Checklist" throughout the study. The results showed that video self-monitoring using TPRA forms were effective in improving parents' performance during DTT with their children with ASD. The improved performance of parents during DTT was maintained during follow-up sessions.

 
 
Panel #56
CE Offered: BACB
The Value of Values: Looking at Values Through a Behavioral Analytic Lens
Sunday, May 29, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D.
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
EMMIE HEBERT (University of Mississippi)
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Emerging research supports the psychological benefits of engaging in values-consistent patterns of behavior (e.g. Crocker, Niiya, & Mischkowski, 2008). In psychology, multiple definitions of values have been proposed. However, most of these definitions include terms that are not useful for scientific analysis and application. It is important to remember that behavior analysis "does not insist upon truth by agreement and can therefore consider events taking place in the private world within the skin" (Skinner, 1945). Given the occurrence of "values" in popular culture and in our scientific discussions, it seems appropriate to delineate a behavioral definition and discuss the potential benefits of examining interactions between the environment and values-consistent behavior(s). The aim of this panel is to discuss behavioral analytic definitions of values and the roles that values can play in behavior analysis in practice. Panelists will discuss the function of values in behavior analysis, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Relational Frame Theory (RFT).

Keyword(s): ACT, behavioral terms, RFT, values
 
 
Poster Session #57
EAB Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
1. A Systematic Review of Delay Discounting in an Animal Model of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Espen Borgå Johansen (Oslo & Akershus University College)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: The delay discounting paradigm involves choosing between a small, immediate reinforcer (SS) or larger, delayed reinforcer (LL). Children with ADHD tend to choose the SS reinforcer more often than controls, which is interpreted as impulsivity. Studies on an animal model of ADHD, the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR), show the same pattern, with SHR preferring the SS reinforcer. However, it is not entirely clear why this pattern exists. It has been proposed that ADHD children tend to be delay averse, i.e. that the time between response and reinforcer is something they opt to avoid. An alternative hypothesis is that ADHD children struggle to see the long-term utility of their choices. We reviewed data from eight SHR studies on delay discounting and investigated which hypothesis was the best predictor of LL preference. Results found that SHRs and controls do not differ in overall performance on the delay discounting task, regardless of whether the dependent variable is delay between response and reinforcer, magnitude of the reinforcer, or utility of the large reinforcer. However, if utility is held constant while the response-reinforcer delay is manipulated, SHRs show a steeper discounting curve than controls. The evidence suggests the possibility that SHRs may be delay averse.
 
2. The Effects of Mortality Salience on Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Jonathan DuFresne (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas, Little Rock)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: The present study attempted to replicate and expand on research demonstrating a relation between mortality salience and delay discounting which may be moderated by life history factors. Forty college students responded to open ended writing prompts intended to either induce mortality salience (MS group) or an aversive emotion not related to death (CTR group). After an imposed wait time, participants then completed a series of delay discounting questions that asked them to choose between hypothetical monetary rewards (i.e., the Kirby Questionnaire). Results from the MS group provided partial support for previous findings suggesting that students who come from more affluent backgrounds exhibit patterns of delay discounting which are less impulsive after the MS prompt (N = 20, r = -.432, p = .057). An exploratory analysis suggested that at least one additional variable, GPA, may contribute to the effect that mortality salience has on delay discounting (βGPA.= -.475, p = .022; βSES.= -.428, p = .030, F = 5.976, p = .011, R2adj = .383) In terms of life history theory, the present results are consistent with the possibility that when access to resources is high, and contingent on achievement, current threats are less likely to lead towards impulsive behavior.
 
3. Brief Delay Discounting Measures in Rats: Can We Attain a Valid k-Value in a Week?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALLYSON RAE SALZER (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Margaret Murphy (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Alexandra Tredway (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract:

Delay discounting describes how the value of an outcome is affected by how quickly it is delivered. How rapidly reinforcers are discounted differs across species as well as individuals, and this phenomenon has been widely studied over the past 30 years using a variety of procedural assays. Despite methodological differences, many methods of assessing discounting have impressive internal reliability and external validity. The current study assesses the validity of several abbreviated measures to examine how quickly discounting rates can be determined. In a counterbalanced order, rats experienced several discounting procedures. These included an adjusting delay procedure, in which amounts to a larger reward were manipulated across conditions, and several increasing delay procedures, in which the delay to the larger reward was manipulated either across days or within trial blocks in a session. Post-hoc analyses examined validity across measures and also whether reliable results could be attained in time spans as short as one week. Ideally, such results can lend confidence in using abbreviated discounting assays when examining potential correlates with other time-sensitive variables in behavioral, pharmacological, or aging research.

 
4. Standing in the Other Person's Shoes Hurts Your Feats: The Self-Others Discrepancy in Probability and Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Piotr Zielonka (Warsaw University of Life Sciences (SGGW))
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract:

It is often a good strategy to "stand in the other person's shoes" to see a situation from a different perspective. People frequently attempt to infer what someone else would recommend when no advisor is available to help with a decision. The aim of our study was to determine if we can change participant's intertemporal and risky decisions by asking them to take the perspective of a peer, an expert or an entrepreneur. To test whether we can change participant's choices we have measured the behavior of 227 participants in Study 1 and 186 participants in Study 2. In out studies University students made choices using computerized multiple staircase discounting task. In a series of two experiments, we found that taking the peer's perspective made participants behave more impulsively and more risk aversely in relation to the participants' own perspectives. Taking the peer's perspective made participants behave more impulsively and more risk aversely in relation to an expert's or entrepreneur's perspective. Taking an expert's or an entrepreneur's perspective did not change participants' own intertemporal and risky decisions.

 
5. Delay Discounting of Information Accounts for Pigeons’ Suboptimal Choice Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN MCDOUGLE (California State University, Chico), Daniel Worthen (California State University, Chico)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: When a stimulus is followed by discriminative stimuli signaling whether food will follow and another stimulus is followed by nondiscriminative stimuli, pigeons prefer the stimulus followed by discriminative stimuli even when that stimulus leads to a lower overall probability of food (e.g., 20% vs. 50%). The determinants of this suboptimal choice behavior are unknown. One possibility is that pigeons peck less on discriminative trials resulting in a more favorable peck-to-reinforcer ratio. Another possibility is that nondiscriminative trials are steeply discounted due to delayed information regarding reinforcement. Those hypotheses were tested by manipulating the duration of discriminative and nondiscriminative stimuli and independently manipulating the timing of information by either using chamber blackout to signal reinforcement on nondiscriminative trials or not, while holding the timing of food delivery constant throughout. Preference for the suboptimal choice was apparent when the delay to information was 8s on nondiscriminative trials but that preference was significantly weaker when the delay to information was 2s, even though the peck-to-reinforcer ratio was not affected by that manipulation. Results indicate that information itself is reinforcing and suboptimal choice in this task reflects delay discounting of the greater probability of food due to the relative timing of information.
 
6. Mental Accounting and Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: To date research on temporal discounting has focused on choices between two positive outcomes of the same type, which are simplified choices rarely found in day-to-day life. The experiments reported here were designed to assess discounting of complex outcomes (e.g., outcomes that have more than one result). Mental accounting describes a process by which individuals evaluate complex outcomes. Experiment 1 was designed to understand how people choose between delayed outcomes in an opposing context (e.g., delayed gains in the context of an overall monetary loss). Experiment 2 was designed to understand how people choose between complex delayed outcomes of gains and losses of equal magnitude. Experiment 3 was designed to understand how people make choices about a complex outcome of $100 delivered after a delay and an additional $1000 delivered at a second independent delay. Experiment 4 was designed to understand how people make choices about a complex outcome of a gain of $100 delivered after a delay and a loss of $100 delivered at a second independent delay. Interpretations of the results of each experiment are conducted from a traditional behavior analytic explanation of delay discounting as well as from a mental accounting perspective.
 
7. Timing and Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Charles Frye (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: In the present experiment, we examined the potential relation between timing and delay discounting in rats. Twelve rats were trained on a timing procedure, followed by a delay-discounting procedure. Each session of the timing task consisted of 60 trials. For the first 25 s of the trial, one lever was active and responding was reinforced on a VI 30-s schedule. For the second 25 s, a second lever was active and responding was reinforced on a VI 30-s schedule. Each session of the delay-discounting task consisted of 40 trials, 5 blocks of 8 trials each. One lever resulted in a smaller-sooner reward (1 pellet delivered immediately) and the other lever resulted in a larger-later reward (3 pellets delivered after a delay). The delay increased with each block (0 s, 10 s, 20 s, 40 s, 60 s). Correlations between performances on each task revealed no relation between these indices of timing and delay discounting.
 
8. Delay Discounting and Texting While Driving in College Students: A Behavioral Economic Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), Kimberly Miller (Penn State Hazleton), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to examine a relation between delay discounting and texting while driving from a behavioral economic perspective. A sample of 64 college students completed a survey to assess how frequently they send and read text messages while driving. Based on this information, groups of students who frequently text while driving and students who infrequently text while driving were identified. The groups were compared on the extent to which they discounted a putative social reinforcer obtained through exchanging text messages. In a novel discounting task using a hypothetical scenario in which students receive a text message while driving, they rated their likelihood of replying to a text message immediately versus waiting to reply for a certain period of time from 30 s to 6 h. The results show that the rate at which the likelihood to wait decreased as a function of delay was greater for students who frequently text while driving than students who infrequently text while driving. The results also show that the decrease in the likelihood to wait is well described by a hyperbolic delay-discounting function, which has descriptive and predictive utility in understanding texting while driving and other impulsive behaviors.

 
9. Measuring Impulsivity and its Relations to Binge-Eating and Obesity in Wistar Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA MICHELLE CANO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract:

Impulsivity predicts obesity and binge-eating disorder (Thamotharan, Lange, Zale, Huffhines, & Fields, 2013; Pearson, Zapolski, & Smith, 2015); however, not everyone with binge-eating disorder is overweight, and many overweight individuals do not meet the criteria for binge-eating disorder. Obesity and binge-eating have also been demonstrated to occur independently in a rat model (Boggiano, Artiga, Pritchette, Chandler-Laney, & Eldridge, 2007). In the current experiment, 10 male Wistar rats completed three conditions in counterbalanced order: (1) binge-eating measured by consumption of intermittently available Double Stuf Oreo cookies, (2) diet-induced obesity proneness measured by weight gain when provided with a sweet high-fat diet ad libitum for 2 consecutive weeks, as well as (3) impulsivity assessed with a delay discounting task. Findings indicate that impulsivity predicted binge-eating but not diet-induced obesity, and that binge-eating and proneness to diet-induced obesity were unrelated to each other. Binge-eating disorder and obesity are serious, unresolved societal issues; a more complete understanding of the psychological, physiological, and behavioral components of these conditions is needed in order to develop more effective and targeted treatments.

 
10. Can It Wait? Effects of Delayed Reinforcement and Social Variables on Cell-Phone Distracted Driving
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PATRICK S. JOHNSON (California State University, Chico), Brittany Ingersoll (California State University, Chico), Michael Frietas (California State University, Chico)
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University)
Abstract: Despite media campaigns aimed at reducing cell phone use while driving, 14% of all fatal distraction-affected crashes in 2013 involved the use of a cell phone (NHTSA, 2015). One reason why individuals may use a cell phone while driving is because they are unable to delay gratification when faced with an immediate reward, an interpretation consistent with the concept of delay discounting. The present study is applying a discounting framework to examine the effects of delay to reinforcement and social variables on college students’ hypothetical choices to use a cell phone while driving. In addition to manipulating the time until one reaches one’s destination, we are manipulating the relationship of the person attempting to contact the driver (#1 vs. #50 social contact), and whether the driver is alone at the time (alone vs. with passengers). Although recruitment is ongoing, data collected thus far show lower self-reported likelihoods of waiting to respond as a function of time until one’s arrival at one’s destination, especially if the driver is alone and were to receive a phone call from their #1 social contact. Our translational findings will likely inform interventions aimed at mitigating excessive delay discounting in vulnerable driver populations (e.g., college students).
 
11. Relationships Between Delay and Social Discounting and Body Mass Index in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PAUL ROMANOWICH (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Wainwright (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Previous research showed that delay discounting is a unique predictor of obesity in young adults, as measured by body-mass index (BMI). Outside of impulsivity, eating and overeating occurs in a social setting spanning close friends and relatives, along with a larger cultural context. Social discounting is a measure that is related to impulsivity, but also uniquely measures aspects of sharing as a function of social proximity. A total of 804 college students completed both demographic and discounting measures across two online studies. Table 1 shows the Pearsons r correlation coefficients for the relationships between measures. Unlike previous research, neither study showed a relationship between delay discounting and BMI. Likewise, there was no direct relationship between social discounting and BMI. However, consistent with previous research, there were significant relationships between delay and social discounting, and age and BMI. In addition, BMI was sensitive to self-reported exercise patterns, suggesting that BMI was a valid predictor of obesity in the current study. We discuss why there may have been discrepancies between our results and those that had previously shown a relationship between BMI and discounting measures.

 
12. Initial Investigation Into Discounting and Decision-Making in Poker
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The gambling literature suggests a relation between how one answers discounting questions (assessments of risk and impulsivity) and the degree one is identified as having problems with gambling. One area of skilled gambling, poker, may defy conventional wisdom in that poker players may be potentially identified as being problem gamblers, given their commitment and investment to the activity, even though their actions may be risk-averse and non-impulsive. This study seeks to start a series of investigations into the relation between poker players' discounting assessments and measures with respect to problem gambling as a function of their level of expertise. This will be accomplished through several measures and poker scenarios delivered in an online format, and measures of delay and probability discounting. The discounting questions cover a variety of topics, and the poker scenarios a variety of in-game situations. In this initial study a relationship between answering the poker questions correctly and discounting is suggested.

 
14. Shaping of High-Cost High-Reward Choices by Gradual Changes in Response Requirement and Reward Amount
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHITOSE BABA (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

We has been studying on the relation between response cost and reward amount in a self-control task. Tajima (2007, 2014) reported the need for the schedule thinning procedure to increase high-cost high-reward choices over low-cost low-reward choices. But in our last experiments, all participants continued to choose high-cost high-reward alternative from the beginning (Baba & Mochizuki, 2015). In this experiment we removed the forced choice trials to equalize the procedure to Tajima's experiment, and tried to replicate Tajima's results. University students experienced five sessions of concurrent-chains procedure. The concurrent-chains has two alternatives and they were different in fixed-ratio (FR) value and reinforcement amount. The schedules of terminal links were concurrent (conc.) FR 5 (5) FR 40 (60) in the first session and changed to conc. FR 20 (20) FR 20 (20), conc. FR 16 (16) FR 24 (36), conc. FR 10 (10) FR 30 (45), and conc. FR 5 (5) FR 40 (60) (Values in parentheses show reinforcement points which was exchangeable for money). Three of four participants always chose high-cost high-reward, and only one showed gradual increase in high-cost high-reward choice. Experiment is ongoing with more participants and some other values of FR and reinforcement points.

 
15. Predicted, Actual, and Reported Choices in a Delay Discounting Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Two analyses evaluated self-reports and actual choice throughout conditions in a delay discounting task. College students were asked to watch a video of their choosing while experiencing various delays to the video. For the first analysis, questionnaires assessing predicted and reported preferences with various delays were compared to actual preference for different delays to video presentation. Results indicated a discrepancy between each condition: a disconnect between what individuals predict they will do, what they actually do, and what they think they have done in a given condition. The second assessment evaluated participant estimates of fixed delays, variable delays, and video durations in comparison to actual time spent in each condition. Results of this analysis displayed further inconsistencies across estimates of each condition; participants reported lower estimates overall for the fixed delay condition, lower estimates overall for the variable delay condition, and higher estimates overall in estimating the video duration condition
 
16. A Parametric Analysis of Losses Disguised as Wins and Slot Machine Preference
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID LEGASPI (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Current slot machines may display the same visual and auditory stimuli associated with a win yet pay the player less than what was wagered. These “losses disguised as wins” (LDWs) may perpetuate gameplay and pose a threat to the individual gambler due to the potential reinforcing nature of the trial despite a net loss. Gamblers react similarly to LDWs and wins on physiological measures such as heart rate, as well as skin conductance response. These data suggest that in addition to decreasing the saliency of the actual contingencies of the game, LDWs may have a reinforcing effect in spite of the fact that they result in a net loss of money. To observe the strength of these outcomes, participants played two concurrently available slot machines; one offering LDWs while the other did not. Payout rates on the LDW machine were manipulated so that this game outcome became increasingly disadvantageous and selection of the alternate machine resulted in greater winnings. Despite this manipulation, participants continued to choose the slot machine dispersing LDWs. These findings have clear implications for gambling treatment providers seeking to understand addiction to slot machine play.
 
17. The Effects of Question Sequence on Answers to the 27-Item Monetary Choice Questionnaire
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MERRITT SCHENK (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Using a within subject design, the Kirby, Petry, and Bickel (1999) Monetary Choice Questionnaire (MCQ) was used to assess the effects of question sequence on participant’s answers and their corresponding k value. Question sequences included the standard sequence, an ascending sequence based upon k value and monetary value, and a descending sequence based upon k value and monetary value. There were three participant groups, and each participant answered two MCQs, one of which was always the standard ordered MCQ. Each participant then answered either the Standard MCQ again, or one of the other variations. Between the two MCQs, a 20 minute timed math quiz was administered to minimize recall. Results indicate that there was not a significant change in participant’s answers and participant’s associated k values. Although the greatest amount of change was found in the answers and k values of the participant’s who answered the standard MCQ as well as an ascending or descending MCQ, these changes were not considered to be significant.
 
18. The Effect of Response-Independent Food and Drink Delivery on Gambling Persistence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Gambling persistence can be considered as the duration an individual continues to gamble after the gambling activity no longer produces wins. Factors that increase gambling persistence are important to identify for understanding maladaptive gambling behavior. The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of response-independent food and drink delivery on gambling persistence with a focus on single-subject analysis. Six female undergraduate students from a Midwestern university each attended two sessions and participated in two of three conditions. The participants played on a simulated slot machine which only produced wins during the first 30 plays, afterwards all plays only produced losses. As the participants began their 30th play they were informed of the status of food and drink delivery for that session, as well as given food and drink if applicable. Participants were able to eat and drink as per their leisure, and were informed they could leave at any time. All four participants who compared food and drink conditions to the no food and drink condition persisted longer when food and drink were available, and the two participants who completed food and drink conditions in both sessions persisted longer when they consumed more food and drink.

 
19. The Importance of Domain-Specificity in Measures of Impulsive Choice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University), Colin Mahoney (Idaho State University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD) and probability discounting (PD) are frequently-used behavioral measures of impulsive choice. However, extant literature suggests that behavioral measures are often unrelated to performance on self-report measures of impulsivity. This discrepancy may occur because the typical discounting task measures impulsive choice for money, while self-report measures examine different facets of impulsivity. Therefore, it is possible that a domain-specific behavioral measure of impulsive choice would exhibit a robust relationship with self-report measures of a similar commodity. Undergraduate students (N = 105) completed laboratory measures of delay and probability discounting for money and sexual activity. Participants also completed the Delaying Gratification Inventory, a measure of difficulty with delaying gratification (impulsivity) across different domains (e.g., physical pleasures, money). Delay and probability discounting for money was not related to any of the DGI subscales, including the Money subscale, which although puzzling, is consistent with previous research. As expected, delay discounting for sexual activity was significantly related to the DGI physical pleasures subscale, but no other subscales. These findings suggest that the relationship between behavioral and self-report measures may be stronger when both are measuring domain-specific rather than domain-general behavior, especially non-monetary outcomes like sexual activity. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
20. Public Discounting of Very Large Prizes: Twenty-Three Years of the Powerball Lottery
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University), Talitha Fagen (Eastern Oregon University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The Powerball lottery has been available for over two decades, producing significant income for its 47 participating member states (over $2 billion in 2014) with jackpots sometimes exceeding $600 million. To assess the association of jackpot size and ticket demand, sales and jackpot records were collected for all Powerball drawings held between April 1992 and May 2015 (n=2393). With each successive occurrence of the same prize level, per capita sales attracted by all prize levels tended to decline, and this public discounting of prize value was greatest for the largest prizes. Jackpot devaluation exceeded that of inflation, as measured by the consumer price index (CPI-W). At the same time, very large jackpots (>$150M), once claimed, were associated with induction of demand for the subsequent game, even though its jackpots were reset to beginning levels (e.g., $20-40M). While demand tended to increase as prizes rose above $50 million, time series suggest that first-instance jackpot sizes of $151-175M, $226-250M, and $276-300M commanded the highest break and run sales. Overall, ever-larger jackpots are needed to maintain demand for lottery games.

 
21. A Comparison of Two Types of Selfishness: Social Discounting and Ultimatum Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Jones & Rachlin (2006) indicated that social discounting might be described by a hyperbolic function in which a larger discounting rate would describe more selfish choices. Meanwhile, the amount of money that proposer offers in Ultimatum game is also viewed as an indication of selfishness. At last year's ABAI conference in San Antonio, the author (Igaki, 2015) presented the degree of social discounting as given by the method of Jones & Rachlin (2006) was related to the selfishness measured in Ultimatum game. However, the trend was week. So, the purpose of the present study is to measure the social discounting by the Rachlin & Jones (2008) method which provides an index of the true generosity, and to reexamine the relation between the degree of social discounting and the selfishness measured in Ultimatum game. The results showed that participants who showed lower value of AUC clearly proposed higher amount of money kept for themselves than those who show higher value of AUC, indicating that selfishness measured by social discounting questionnaire and Ultimatum game could be interrelated. These results suggested that the method of Jones & Rachlin (2006) measures not the selfishness but merely the sensitivity to sharing with someone.
 
 
 
Poster Session #58
EDC Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
22. Embedded Shared Reading to Increase Literacy in an Inclusive English/Language Arts Class: Preliminary Efficacy and Ecological Validity
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jessica McQueston (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Andrea Ruppar (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Kemal Afacan (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract: Few studies examine the efficacy of evidence-based literary practices for students with significant disabilities in a general education setting. This preliminary study presents data for a 9th grade student with significant disabilities for whom an inclusive and comprehensive intervention was implemented. The intervention comprised of shared reading, embedded instruction, and time delay within a general education classroom. A multiple baselines across conditions (engagement, vocabulary, and comprehension) design examined the effectiveness of the intervention. A task analysis with delineated discriminative stimuli (SD) was used to guide interventionists (teachers) throughout the intervention. Qualitative field notes were also collected to examine facilitative and inhibitory elements during implementation. Results indicated that these evidence-based practices were effective for this student in a general education classroom. Future research could examine the efficacy of these evidence-based practices for other students and the extent of generalizability of this study’s findings. With these and future findings, inclusive educational settings will become ever more possible, thereby promoting healthy and productive development for children with disabilities.
 
23. The Effects of Short-Term, Parent-Implemented Early Literacy Instruction Reading Skills in Children With Down Syndrome
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Eliza Cortes (Brigham Young University), Kaylee Christensen (Brigham Young University)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

Single-case research methodology was used to evaluate short term outcomes from parent- implemented literacy instruction for children with intellectual disabilities. The present study investigated the impacts of a parent-implemented direct instruction curriculum on phonological awareness and phonics of children between the ages of 4 and 12 who were diagnosed Down syndrome. Additional behavioral measures of were used to identify potential collateral effects of the intervention on home behaviors. The study included 12 parent-child dyads and was implemented over 18 weeks. 33% of participants showed significant increases on decoding (nonsense word reading and oral reading fluency). Those who showed significant progress on decoding also improved on phoneme segmentation and rapid picture naming. All children improved on at least one literacy skill during the intervention. Overall, the intervention study presented here demonstrates that the same components of reading in children with typical development, also apply to individuals with Down syndrome. This study contributes to the literature in several ways. First, it demonstrated that parents can implement reading interventions with fidelity that are effective for this population. Second, it demonstrated that improvements on minimal verbal repertoires (i.e., phonemic awareness) contribute to decoding. These results will be discussed in further detail during the poster presentation.

 
24. Effects of the Number of Repeated Readings on Reading Comprehension and Fluency: A Pilot Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURICE JOSEPH (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract: A strategy that many good readers use naturally to ensure they have gained meaning from text is to engage in repeated reading or text-look backs(Yang, 2006). Repeated readings have consistently improved students’ reading fluency performance (Ardoin, Eckert, & Cole, 2008) and have positive effects on reading comprehension (e.g., Chard, Vaughn, & Tyler, 2002; Therrien, 2004). Although studies have demonstrated these effects on reading performance, there have been few studies examining how many repeated readings are sufficient for answering comprehension questions correctly. Moreover, there have been minimal studies on the amount of time it takes students to begin to emit a response to comprehension questions after repeated readings. In other words, does reading a passage more than once influence how quickly students produce correct answers to comprehension questions? The purpose of this poster presentation is to present a pilot study that compared the effects of the number of times passages are read on the number of words read correctly, the number of reading errors, the number of comprehension questions answered correctly, and the latency between the presentation of the comprehension question and the student’s response to the question. Participants consisted of 2 fourth graders who were African-American. They performed average on Letter-Word Identification subtest of WJ-ACH III subtest, however, they performed below average on Passage Comprehension subtest of WJ-ACH-III. Oral Reading Fluency Scores on the DIBELS-NEXT were below benchmark levels. Three passage reading conditions (i.e., reading passage X 1, reading passage X 2, and reading passage X 3) were presented to each of the students in a counterbalanced order across a total of 15 sessions. At the end of each session, students were presented with a worksheet containing 10 multiple choice reading comprehension questions. Findings revealed that both students read more words correctly per minute in both repeated reading conditions than reading the passage only once. Both students answered more comprehension questions correctly in both repeated reading conditions than when they read the passage only once. The time delay for both students to emit responses to comprehension questions was shorter after repeated readings of passages than in reading a passage once. There was little difference between students performance on all measures between reading passages twice versus reading passages three times.
 
25. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Select Skill and/or Performance Interventions for Oral Reading Fluency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA COOLONG-CHAFFIN (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Mykayla Beighley (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Juliana Burzynski (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Samara Dulas (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Anna Hamer (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Haley McKee (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Felicia Som (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

Brief experimental analysis (BEA) utilizes single case design methodology to test drive interventions in order to select an effective intervention for an individual student (Burns & Wagner, 2008). Used in this way, BEA can guide intervention selection for learners who have failed to respond to standard instruction (Coolong-Chaffin & Wagner, 2015). This project examined how BEA procedures could be used to identify potentially effective skill and/or performance-based interventions targeting reading fluency for 12 students (grades 2-7) who demonstrated inadequate reading performance during the school year. In addition, an extended analysis was conducted to determine the effectiveness of the indicated intervention over time when used within the context of a comprehensive reading instructional package delivered during a summer reading program. Results indicated that a promising intervention was identified for each participant. In addition, the intervention led to large gains in words read correctly per minute during the reading program on intervention passages. Variable results were seen on generalization passages. These results extend the literature on BEA by demonstrating its use with interventions utilizing skill and/or performance-based interventions. The results also demonstrate how BEA-indicted interventions can be used within the context of a comprehensive instructional package for struggling readers during the summer.

 
26. The Effects of Prompt Fading Self-Questioning Reading Comprehension Strategy With at Risk Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

The use of self-questioning strategies with prompt fading is examined as a way to support at-risk third graders in comprehending expository text. Self-questioning strategies are designed to aid children to monitor their understanding of text, to recognize elements of text, and to make inferences about text (Crabtree, Alber-Morgan, & Konrad, 2010). Explicit instruction of comprehension strategies, such as self-questioning, has been linked to learners' development of comprehension skills and improvement in assessment-taking skills (Chall, 1983; Goldman & Rakestraw, 2000; Kintsch, 2005; Pearson & Johnson, 1978). Prompt-fading techniques are used with self-questioning strategies to promote independence and prevent prompt-dependence. The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of a structured self-questioning strategy on the reading comprehension of third graders at-risk for academic failure due to reading comprehension difficulties.

 
27. Evaluating Effects of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching in Icelandic Readers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Harpa Oskarsdottir (University of Iceland), ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

Despite the fact that Iceland spends more on the educational system than most of the neighboring countries the need for special education is rising. Most students that receive special education need reading instruction. It is important to use methods that are effective and accelerate learning. Direct Instruction (DI) and Precision Teaching (PT) have been shown to be very effective with English-speaking students. In this study multiple baseline across participants and changing criterion design was used to assess the effects of using DI and PT in reading instruction with Icelandic students who had reading difficulties. The participants, 5 students aged 8 to 13, had reading skills below the average of their age. Most of them had been in special education in reading for some time without showing much progress. Every participant showed progress when DI and PT were used. These results indicate that these methods are effective in reading instruction with Icelandic speaking students.

 
28. Standard Protocol Reading Intervention Implementation by General Education Teachers: Did It Really Work?
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
STARR E. KEYES (Bowling Green State University), Brooks Vostal (Bowling Green State University)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

Response to Intervention (RtI) is a general education initiative, however, general education teachers may not have extensive training or knowledge about the systematic interventions characteristic of Tier 2 or the systems approach to assessment and intervention within RtI (Spear-Swerling & Cheesman, 2012). We will share an intervention study of one private elementary school that began implementing an RtI model, with a focus on the delivery of a standard protocol Tier 2 reading intervention (e.g., student intervention data, teachers social validity data). Participants included first- through sixth-grade students with learning disabilities or who were at risk for reading failure. Data revealed greater effectiveness for students who were at risk. Social validity data from the teachers revealed benefits regarding student independence, interest and choice, and concerns with individualization and time for the general curriculum. These results point out the need for general education teachers to receive sustained support in their efforts to implement interventions and monitor student progress (Richards, Pavri, Golez, Canges, & Murphy, 2007). The intervention data also suggest that certain methods may be more effective with at-risk students as opposed to students with learning disabilities. Teachers must provide these learners with effective, evidence-based interventions to improve student outcomes.

 
29. Literature Findings on Student Involvement in the Development of Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Plans
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA E. CHAN (Cleveland State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract: Often, multidisciplinary teams conduct functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and develop behavior intervention plans (BIPs) to address the challenging behaviors of students in schools. Recent research has focused on including students as participating members of their individualized education program (IEP) teams to develop self-determination and self-advocacy skills. Given this research, it is possible that students may be able to increase these same skills by being involved in the development of their FBAs and BIPs. Therefore, the purpose of this review was to evaluate the literature involving students in the FBA and BIP processes. Fifty-two studies met the inclusion criteria. Findings suggest that students are most frequently involved by using student interviews during the FBA. Authors present findings from the review, future directions for research, and implications for practice.
 
30. Functional Assessment Based Interventions for Students With High-Incidence Disabilities: FCT by Many Other Names
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN BURT (University of Louisville), Alexandra Hollo (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

Language and behavioral disorders tend to be highly comorbid in students with mild/moderate disabilities (Hollo, Wehby, & Oliver, 2014). One intervention shown to be successful at remediating communication-based problem behavior is functional communication training (FCT). FCT is typically utilized for individuals with moderate to severe developmental or intellectual disabilities; however the core components of FCT (i.e., functional assessment of problem behavior and differential reinforcement of a functionally equivalent communicative replacement behavior) are often utilized in intervention packages for students with EBD. This poster will present the results of a literature review of functional assessment based interventions for students with and at risk for high incidence disabilities to determine the extent to which these interventions address language based behavioral concerns using techniques aligned with FCT.

 
31. Comparing Choral Responding and a Choral Responding Plus Mnemonic Device During Geography Lessons
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TODD HAYDON (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract: Four male 9th grade students with mild to moderate disabilities participated in a single case design that compared choral responding (CR) and a choral responding plus mnemonic device (CR+) during geography lessons. The authors used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of the two strategies on students’ on-task behavior and daily quiz scores in identifying states on a map of the United States. The authors show that the (CR+) was more effective than (CR) in increasing on-task behavior and accuracy levels on daily quiz scores, as well as performance on a 1- week delayed recall test. The teacher and students rated the (CR+) as highly acceptable. A discussion of limitations, future research and practical implications is included.
 
32. De-Intensifying Academic Interventions Through Most to Least Prompts as Students Approximate Mastery
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURICE JOSEPH (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this poster is to present a review of published research along with a current study that explores the effects of implementing a systematic process of de-intensifying interventions using most to least prompt procedures as students achieve performing tasks independently. For instance, a current study will be presented on exploring the effects of a most to least verbal plus visual prompt procedure using sound box to teach preschoolers to segment phonemes. Most to least prompt procedures consisted of modeling, guided practice, and corrective feedback while using sound boxes and then systematically removing modeling and guided practice and then subsequently the sound boxes as students approximated mastery. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the most to least prompts using sound boxes on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of the preschoolers� phoneme segmentation performance. Findings are displayed on a graph, and they revealed that all children improved their performance on phoneme segmentation tasks during the implementation of sound box intervention over and above their performance during baseline conditions. Results also showed that all children were able to maintain their high phoneme segmentation performance levels after prompts were systematically removed.

 
33. Effects of Positive Peer Reporting on Social Interactions of Two Children Who Rarely Interacted With Peers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KAZUKI NIWAYAMA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of positive peer reporting on social interactions of two socially withdrawn children as part of a larger study. The study was conducted in two 4th grade general education classes using a multiple baseline design across participants. All children in the classes (65 children) participated in the intervention, and in this study we analyzed social interactions of two girls who rarely interacted with peers. We used an event recording procedure to record the girls social interactions during 10-min recess. After the baseline, the positive peer reporting was introduced as the intervention. At the beginning of the intervention phase, teachers conducted a review session about what are good behaviors. Children were told to find each others good behaviors in the school and report it by writing a card. The teachers collected the cards and read them in front of the classes at the end of a day. The teachers praised children who wrote cards as well as children who practiced good behaviors. During the intervention, both girls wrote and received cards, and their social interactions increased. We continue to observe if the girls social interactions are maintained after the formal withdrawal of the intervention.

 
34. Looking at Schedules of Reinforcement and Their Effect on Academic Progress
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract: Students at The Judge Rotenberg Center can earn money for mastering lessons on academic computer programs. This money can be spent on various rewards, to include shopping, take out food, sporting events and many other things. The money is automatically placed into the students’ account, when they earn it. Mastery is determined on an individual basis and the amount of money earned for a mastered lesson is also determined on an individual basis. These decisions are based off of data created when the students complete timings. We will be looking at the effect that different schedules of reinforcement have on the number of timings that students complete and the number of lessons mastered. Students that are on a fixed interval of reinforcement earn money every single time they achieve their pre-set level of mastery. Students on a variable-ratio of reinforcement earn money on a variable schedule, which is determined by computer algorithm, and when they achieve their pre-set level of mastery. We will be looking to see which schedule increases the number of timings completed and which schedule increases the number of lessons mastered.
 
35. Effects of Single-Letter Pretraining on Overselective Attention to Words in Young Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis & Technology, Inc.)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract: Computer software administered multiple stimulus control tests to identify over selective attention to words in young children. Identifying overselective attention to words is important since attending simultaneously to multiple letters is critical for word recognition. In one test, word choice was determined with the S+ word appeared with three comparison words differing by one letter. A second test measured response to topographies using a touch screen that recorded which letters the children touched when words were presented. The effect of single-letter pretraining on how young children attended to words was examined. The children responded identically to individual letters during pretraining. They displayed various attentional patterns when the same letters appeared in a word discrimination. Overselective attention was eliminated for two of the four children and reduced for a third child following pretraining. The prevalence of overselective attention depended on the type of response measurement. While two children persisted in displaying overselective attention when word choice was assessed, all four children consistently exhibited selective attention to words when their response topographies were recorded. Only two of the children exhibited letter preferences intense enough to prevent them from attending to each letter of the S+ word. Utilizing multiple tests revealed differences in how children attended to words that wouldn’t have been demonstrated by a single test. Administering similar procedures to identify overselective attention could result in more effective reading instruction.
 
36. Supervision Skills for BCBA Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JONATHAN D. TIMM (Lipscomb University), Bethany Pittman (Lipscomb University), Anna Brooks (Ball State University), Stephanie Von Ahnen (Lipscomb University), Amanda Lessard (Ball State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

This study implemented and evaluated a training program for students acquiring field supervision hours toward their BCBA certification, specifically in conducting effective supervisions (effective use of didactic, modeling, feedback, and performance management systems). The study identified the behavior of the supervisor as well as the para-professional charged with implementing behavioral procedures (including both currently credentialed Registered Behavior Technicians and who had not completed the RBT training). The students, each paired with a technician/trainee and a preschool-aged child (2 1/2 7 yr old), were each trained to criteria on a set of supervision objectives for implementation following a Supervision Skills Checklist (including both in-vivo observation of implementation and direct competency assessment). Each item of the implementation skills checklist identified were evaluated in baseline for the technicians, and both pre and post-training implementation treatment fidelity was measured. A multiple-baseline design across subject pairs (BCBA Student/Technician) demonstrated that after direct training of supervision skills with BCBA students both completion of supervision tasks and treatment fidelity increased, and maintenance of target skills occurred with ongoing supervision.

 
 
 
Poster Session #59
TBA Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
37. Speech-Language Pathology Clinicians Training on Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Pilot Study
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
DAPHNE HARTZHEIM (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract: Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective in the treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Speech-Language Pathologists (SLP) often lack skills in the area of ABA, but demonstrate skills in teaching speech and language. SLP clinicians in a University setting will be taught basic principles of ABA. Those principles include the ABC of behavior, reinforcement schedules, antecedent interventions, preference assessments, identification of functions of behavior, data collection, data analysis, extinction and teaching of replacement behavior. Training will be conducted on a weekly basis for 6 weeks in a row, lasting 60 minutes. A dually certified Speech-Language Pathologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst conducts the training sessions. This is the first leg of a multiple-baseline across groups design. At least two more groups will follow. Data will be collected on clinician’s rate of using primary and secondary reinforcers within each session, data collection on target behavior, use of preference assessment and use of extinction procedures if a function of challenging behavior was established. Poster will includes content of the training, specifically designed for the needs of SLP's, bridging the gap between the two disciplines.
 
38. Developing and Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Online Parent-Training Program to Teach Basic Reinforcement Principles
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SOPHIE ROBITAILLE (University of Manitoba), Genevieve N. Roy-Wsiaki (Université de Saint Boniface), CT Yu (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract:

The prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is approximately 1 in 68. In many cases, the number of individuals requiring treatment surpasses the availability of service providers, such that children must wait to receive treatment. The purpose of my study is to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of a self-training program intended to teach basic reinforcement techniques to parents of children with ASD who have been placed on a waitlist. The self-training program will be available through an online Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI), and will consist of 2 modules that will include: (a) reading materials, (b) demonstration videos (c) study questions, (d) practice exercises, and (e) direct observation sessions. A multiple-baseline design across training modules will be used, with evaluations at baseline, training, post-training, and follow-up. I predict that scores from the study questions and direct observation sessions will improve from baseline to post-training, and that the improvements in study question scores will maintain at follow-up.

 
39. Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Pigeon Lab
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ALANNAH NICHOLE KNIGHT (Jacksonville State University), Amanda Miles (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University has developed a behavior analysis/pigeon lab class in the style of Michael’s original manual. It was felt that a computer animation missed the point of a lab course; therefore, the lab was implemented with live pigeons to allow students to prove to themselves the reliability of behavior analysis principles. A specifically developed micro-controller was developed to calculate and display the information which enabled even average students to manually implement complex schedules of reinforcement. This sophomore course has students carry out shaping, continuous reinforcement, extinction, spontaneous recovery, fixed ratio 25, fixed ratio 100, multiple fixed interval 60-s variable interval 60-s, multiple variable ratio 60 differential reinforcement of low rate 10, and concurrent variable interval 20-s variable interval 60-s schedules. Actual cumulative recorders are used to allow students to see the behavior equilibriate. In addition, the students carry out two Pavlovian conditioning procedures on human volunteers: simple salivary reflex conditioning with extinction and differential reflex conditioning. The course typically is rated as the most valuable course in the major.
 
40. Data Mining: Analyzing and Improving Instructional Design
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions), Dusty Jones (Behavior Development Solutions), Theresa Adams (Behavior Development Solutions), Joel Weik (Behavior Development Solutions), Christine O'Donnell (Behavior Development Solutions)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract: Data analytics combined with instructional design from a behavior analytic perspective makes a powerful tool for developing and analyzing online instruction. The CBA Learning Module Series has been available for 17 years and thousands of people use the program every year. A survey conducted by Behavior Development Solutions (BDS) staff in February 2015 yielded a pass rate of 97.7% for first time exam takers who completed the entire Series. However, until recently, BDS did not have the capability to conduct analyses on the millions of data points generated by learners. Application of a data analytics process to these data sets yielded emergent patterns, which lead to revisions to the program and subsequent improved group performance. The program is primarily question-based. Each multiple-choice question includes a hint (i.e., instructional content) with a textbook reference, and a feedback statement for incorrect options. One finding is a selection bias of particular incorrect options in questions that include an (all of the above) option. Another finding is inappropriate stimulus control resulting from common words in incorrect options and the hint. The utility of data analytics on large instructional data sets in general is discussed.
 
41. Using Curriculum Based Evaluation for Decision Making in a Pre-Service Special Education Program: Modeling Data-Based Decision-Making With a Program-Level Vocabulary Assessment
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Gail Coulter (Western Washington University), Keith Hyatt (Western Washington University), MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University), Leanne Robinson (Western Washington University)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research was to provide an data-basedl method of gauging candidate progress through a teacher special education preparation program. A vocabulary assessment was created and is framed with the CBE and RtI models that have a 30-year research base. Curriculum-based measures were used in order to monitor the progress of candidates as they proceeded through the special education program. Further, the technology appears to hold promise for identifying candidates who were likely to need support; the results showed a difference in candidate acquisition of vocabulary from the beginning of the program to the end of the program. The assessments also accurately identified candidates within the program who were experiencing academic difficulty with program content.

 
42. Dairy Price Risk Management in California: An OnlineTeaching Model Approach to the Problem
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI XU (California State University Fresno), Todd Lone (California State University Fresno)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract:

Though the dairy industry in California is an extremely important component of the state?s agriculture, it is faced with significant financial hardships. Our preliminary study conducted in 2015 shows that dairy farmers intended to reduce cost risks and to maintain a price over cost margin. However, farmers were found lack of knowledge about risk management instruments. In this study agribusiness researchers developed an interactive online teaching course in November 2015. The course is pre-tested with 135 agribusiness college students and the discrete choice model results suggest that: 1) senior students who have previously taken an online course tend to rate low for the online learning experience. 2) Female students are found to be less likely to rank high for the online course because they feel the course required more work and more time. And 3) participating students believed the online coursework is more difficult than a face-to-face course. The revised course should focus on the development of interactive course activities; should provide additional course work help to female participants; and should propose appropriate instructive methods to better explain risk management concepts.

 
43. Intensive Training for Applied Behavior Analysis Therapist
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACY YIP (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
Abstract: Providing a systematic and effective training for Applied Behavior Analysis therapist is crucial in helping children learn during one-to-one therapy. The current study focuses on training therapists through a series of video and in vivo supervision. All therapists who participated in this study were able to master the skills set identified. Outcome of the study suggests that intensive training and on-going supervision are essential elements in successful training for therapists.
 
44. Gaining Applied Experience in Organizational Behavior Management
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (ABA Technologies), Chana Gehrman (Florida Institute of Technology), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.), Shannon Biagi (Florida Institute of Technology; ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has become a highly sought after area of interest in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, and for good reason. The majority of behavior analysts have careers in which they make their impact on consumers through the coaching and management of others, a skill that is enhanced substantially through OBM Training. However, only 21 out of 291 BACB approved course sequences offer graduate training in OBM and even fewer offer a hands-on learning, or practicum experience. This situation is unlikely to improve, as there are few faculty positions in behavior analysis programs that call for an OBM background. This poster will review options that behavior analysts have for obtaining training in OBM. A case study of a new course at Florida Institute of Technologys online ABA program that blends distance learning with hands on experience in OBM will be featured. The potential for programs such as these to bridge the educational gap in OBM for behavior analysts will be explored.

 
45. Introducing Behavioral Concepts in a Transit-Control Company With Over 800 People
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis Concepts are commonly cited in academic and scientific environments, usually under control, but there is little information on introducing basic concepts in a mid-size company with over 800 employees that attends the control of transit in a 400,000 inhabitants city (an uncontrolled environment, in this case). The trigger of the study was an accident with one of the transit agents, that turned into a strike of the formers, that showed a need to change the paradigm of simply training the agents and other staff personnel into a Behavior Oriented paradigm because of the number of variables involved, from media people, urban population to employees (agents and staff). The environment was very dynamic (many transit situations every day and the media news promoting reactions inside the company and in the relation to towns population). A series of encounters were conducted at different levels within the company to introduce Behavioral Concepts, to establish empirical correlations with the facts common to their daily work and to change behaviors from transit agents to staff. The learning evaluation was made as the company members produced real time in the company responses based on the new operants produced instead of the respondent concepts.

 
46. Using Interdependent Group Contingencies To Increase Treatment Integrity
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ELEIGHA LOVE (University of Central Oklahoma  ), Derrick Meyers (University of Central Oklahoma), Leah Phillips (University of Central Oklahoma), Mary Ann Hubbard (University of Central Oklahoma), Thomas Hancock (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract:

Supervisors must provide training and supervision that results in the accurate implementation of behavior analytic practices. The present study is designed to investigate the effects of interdependent group contingencies on the generalization of behavior analytic skills to treatment settings. A multiple baseline design will be used to evaluate the generalization of Discrete Trial Training (DTT), Natural Environment Teaching (NET), and prompting. A trained observer will observe eight staff members working in school for children with developmental disabilities. All staff members are currently pursuing Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) certification. Data will be based on the percent completion of a predetermined number of steps the participant implemented in the naturalistic environment. Interdependent group contingencies will be implemented across behaviors utilizing a 90% group average criterion for three consecutive days to access reinforcement. If the group criterion is not met for 4 consecutive days a second phase of intervention utilizing modeling and daily performance feedback daily until 90% implementation is reached for 3 consecutive days at which time fading will begin. The results from the present study can be applied to the generalization and maintenance of behavior analytic techniques in a school-based, treatment environment. Data is currently being collected.

 
47. Time-out: Its Origins as a Term and a Technique
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract:

Although time-out is a widely used term and technique in behavior analysis and in the culture at large, its origins and evolution have not been accurately or completely described. According to the Oxford English Dictionary (OED), its origins lie in turn-of-the-20th century vernacular use such as “the suspension in play” in sports and “an imperative, calling for a break.” These are accurate. The OED’s first behavior-analytic use is “a period of enforced seclusion, or of withdrawal of a stimulus…as a means of modifying behavior,” which it attributes to Ferster (1957). This is inaccurate. Based on original research, we describe the first documented use of time-out (a) as a term and a method in basic behavior-analytic research with nonhumans (e.g., to reduce schedule interactions; see Ferster, 1954), (b) as an aversive stimulus in basic research with nonhumans (see Herrnstein, 1955), (c) as an aversive stimulus in basic research with humans (see Baer, 1960), and (d) as a term and an intervention in applied behavior analysis (see Wolf, Risley, & Mees, 1964). After describing time-out’s origins and evolution, we address alternative claims (e.g., Staats’s use of the term and the intervention in childrearing) and priority claims in general.

 
48. Child Raising Practices Implementation and the Reduction of Problematic Child Behavior
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Lopez Montoya (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract:

Child raising practices adoption based on empirical evidence to community places promise antisocial behavior prevention in Mexico. The goal of the study was to describe the relationship between implementation level of the child raising practices promoted by psychologist in community settings and the parental behavior and reports of their behavior and their children in public health institutions. We worked with 18 psychologists with a 32 years old mean that worked too with 128 parents from 8 Mexican republic entities. We used psychometrical instruments for the parental and children behaviors reports and a direct observational system for the children raising practices implementation assessment (categories: identifying, correction, interaction and stimulus control). The study consisted in three phases: activities programming in Moodle platform, Distance psychologist training on child raising practices, and implementation phase. A factorial design of two (before and after assessment) per two (low and high implementation) was used. The results suggest parental behaviors changing in function of higher implementation of the child raising practices are praising, social interaction and instructions following. Higher implementation also was associated with less punisher reporting, more ignoring technique, problems solving, rules establishment and academic social interaction reporting.

 
49. Consultation and Collaboration Coursework in Board Certified Behavior Analyst Approved Course Sequences
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Danielle Crawford (University of Kentucky), Madison Johnson (University of Kentucky), Rachel Pence (University of Kentucky), Olivia Winstead (University of Kentucky), Allan Allday (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract: The role of behavior analysts, specifically those that are board certified, is increasingly moving from that of a behavioral technician (i.e., the change agent manipulating the environment to promote behavior change) to that of a behavioral consultant (i.e., an indirect change agent enabling a consultee/teacher/caregiver to serve as the change agent for a client/student/individual). This change may be partly attributed to the increasing and changing workforce demand for behavior analysts. As the jobs needing behavior analysts change, as may the roles behavior analysts need to serve, and the models behavior analysts use to provide services. One evidence-based model of service delivery that permeates multiple fields and industries, for which behavior analysts have conducted research and provided recommendations, is consultation. Given the increasing and changing demand for behavior analysts across numerous fields and industries, a review of consultation coursework within Behavior Analyst Certification Board approved course sequences is warranted. We reviewed all Board Certified Behavior Analyst approved course sequences for institutions in the United States, examining course titles and descriptions provided on institution websites to identify courses that included consultation related coursework. A descriptive analysis of our results is provided along with questions to promote discussion.
 
50. Does Delivering Praise During Error Correction Procedures Result in Slowing the Acquisition Rate of the Target Goal?
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CLEO SCHMITT (Verbal Behavior Associates), Elizabeth Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
Abstract: Learning rates for tact acquisition were used to compare the effects of two different error correction procedures. Four participants were assigned to matched pairs in an ABA/BAB design, utilizing counter balanced stimuli. The correction procedure entailed prompting the student to respond correctly, contingent on the student emitting an error and then providing an opportunity to respond independently to the same discriminative stimulus a few seconds later. In condition A, participants were praised for emitting the correct response during the error correction procedure. In condition B, participants were not praised or reinforced at all after emitting the correct response during the correction procedure. The dependent variable was the acquisition rate for tact instructional objectives, and the independent variable was they type of error correction procedure. The purpose of this study was to find whether delivering praise during error correction procedures affect the acquisition rate of the target goal. The results are on going, but initial data do not show significant differences in acquisition rates based on the error correction procedure used.
 
 
 
Poster Session #60
AAB Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University)
51. Companionship or Solitude: Rats’ Preferences for Social or Non-Social Alternatives
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
MADELINE WAGAR (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University)
Abstract: The present study aims to explore the reinforcing value of social interaction when rats are given the option to respond for either time with a cagemate or time alone. This study extend earlier unpublished work from our laboratory that found rats respond preferentially for access to a restrained rat than for access to an empty chamber. However, it is possible that the rats were responding for a chance to interact with the restriction harness, rather than the partner rat. This study removes the harness and presents focal rats with a choice between responding for an unrestricted cagemate or an empty chamber. Additionally, this study increased the fixed-ratio (FR) cost beyond what has been observed previously. Six female Sprague-Dawley rats were tested in cagemate pairs in a three-chambered two-choice operant chamber. One rat per pair served as the focal responding rat and was located in the central chamber, while the other served as the social reward. The focal rat could respond on a right or a left lever on a FR 5 schedule for 45-s access to the corresponding side chamber. The side with the rat alternated each session to control for position biases. Data indicates that rats prefer the cagemate to the empty compartment, consistent with prior results. Subsequent conditions will explore the preferences for familiar versus unfamiliar rats, and the effects of free versus forced choice.
 
52. Behavioural Methodologies for Measuring the Efficacy of Repellent in Sparrows (Passer domesticus)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIE E. CAMERON (Unitec New Zealand), Nigel Adams (Unitec New Zealand), Ayellet Bistricer (Unitec New Zealand), Emily Robson (Unitec New Zealand), Angela Halliday (Unitec New Zealand), Graham Jones (Unitec New Zealand), Jodi Salinsky (Unitec New Zealand), Diane Fraser (Unitec New Zealand)
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University)
Abstract: Behavioural analytic techniques were used to assess the efficacy of an odour repellent to the house sparrow (Passer domesticus) to deter birds from roosting sites resulting in disease transmission and damage to public and private property. The spatial use of aviaries by 10 wild-caught birds was tested based on the localities of a food source and repellent varied across conditions. In Experiment 1, food consumption was recorded when the repellent was placed at increasing distances from the food. In Experiment 2, Experiment 1 was repeated with a choice of food independent of the repellent. In Experiment 3, the number of sparrows was recorded in predetermined zones across the aviary using behavioural sampling techniques. In Experiment 4, faecal counts in each zone were recorded. Birds showed more variability in food consumption and produced higher faecal counts at localities further from the repellent source. The choice method was used to trial the repellent in field tests as it was analogous to choices likely demonstrated in situ and identified a distance threshold for efficacy of the repellent. Techniques of behaviour analysis are transdisciplinary, from measuring animal and human behaviour to providing protocols for pest control within an urban ecology setting.
 
53. Effects of Increased Swimming Time on Bumblefoot Lesions in Penguins
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College), Rickey Kinley (Cincinnati Zoo and Botanical Garden)
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University)
Abstract:

Bumblefoot, or pododermatitis, is a bacterial infection of the foot that commonly occurs in captive birds, including penguins (AZA, 2014). The lesions, or bumbles, occur from excessive pressure on the plantar surface and have been linked to many factors in penguins, including sex, weight, enclosure substrate and behavioral factors (Erlacher-Reid, et al., 2012). Recent research has found that bumblefoot lesions can be reduced through the use of environmental enrichment (Reisfield, et al., 2013). This research validates the efficacy of behavioral interventions in decreasing or eliminating lesions, but fails to provide any behavioral data. The goals of this research are to quantify the behavioral changes necessary in order to decrease or eliminate bumblefoot lesions, as well as determine the necessary behaviors in order to prevent its re-occurrence. Five Little Blue penguins (Eudyptula minor) suffering from bumblefoot will serve as subjects. Behavioral measures include the daily amount of time spent swimming and standing on various substrates. Physical measures include the diameter of lesions (Reisfield, et al., 2013). Using a multiple baseline design, different lengths of daily swim bouts will be implemented for each penguin while lesions are measured daily. Results pending.

 
 
 
Poster Session #61
CBM Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
54. Treatment of Saliva Expulsion and Food Refusal in an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NEISHA DOBSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meara McMahon (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Thomas Mulderink (Kennedy Krieger Institute/ Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Gastrointestinal (GI) complications are common in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and are often accompanied by several aversive symptoms including, but not limited to, abdominal pain, constipation, and vomiting (Molloy & Manning-Courtney, 2003). In the current study, a 16 year-old male with ASD and enteral tube dependence had a history of excessive vomiting due to a GI lesion. He was admitted to an inpatient pediatric feeding disorders program to decrease spitting and drooling of saliva and it was hypothesized that an aversion to vomiting facilitated the patients avoidance of orally consuming food, drinks, and saliva into his stomach. The present study evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement of closing and clearing his mouth of saliva (i.e., swallowing) (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to decrease spitting behavior. The treatment was gradually implemented throughout the day until no spitting or drooling was observed during all waking hours. Drink and food were successfully introduced using a similar DRA/DRO procedure. The volume of food and drink were increased to meet his daily caloric needs and all enteral tube feedings were discontinued. The present study supports the use of reinforcement-based behavioral interventions to treat maladaptive spitting/drooling behavior.

 
55. A Review of Literature on Quality of Life of Adolescents and Adults With Autism
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
SADAF KHAWAR (STEPS Academy)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

This poster will focus on highlighting prior research on Quality of Life (QoL) between 1990-2016 with an aim to identify predictors and patterns in QoL in individuals with Autism (ASD). Our aim is to be able to propose future directions in research in this field and derive suggestions to ameliorate QoL in individuals with ASD. The World Health Organization (1997) defines Quality of Life as the individuals perception of their position in life, in the context of culture and value systems in which they live, and in relation to their expectations, standards and concerns ranging from the persons physical health, psychological state, level of independence, social relationships, personal beliefs, and their relationships to salient features of their environment. Adolescence is a period in which it might be expected that a person with ASD would be likely to be able to evaluate aspects of their life experiences as well as integrate peer evaluations of social competence as a predictor of successful integration. As a result of their difficulties in the area of social interaction, adolescents with ASD may be expected to be particularly vulnerable to poor integration and social outcome, which may be expected to affect perceptions of QoL. These patterns are expected to continue into adulthood.

 
56. An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Graduate Student Therapists to Provide Evidence-Based Treatment to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MAHFUZ HASSAN (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maria Khan (York University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Despite ample research on evidence-based practices for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), there is limited empirical evidence of best practices for training therapists who implement manualized interventions. Passive training (self-directed reading) is a commonly used strategy, which often leads to an ability to report vs. perform intervention procedures. Therefore, additional active strategies (behavioral rehearsal) may be required to implement procedures accurately. We conducted a modified multiple baseline design across three pairs (n=6) of graduate student therapists recruited to implement a manualized intervention for youth with ASD. Therapists first completed 3 hours of passive learning (self-directed reading) followed by 3 hours of active learning (Behavioral Skills Training). Trained observers coded therapists' performance in each phase on two outcome measures: (1) fidelity, scored as percent correct on session checklists (IOA M= 95.76%, R= 86.67%-100%); and (2) quality, rated on a 5-point Likert scale (IRR M= .92 R= .84-.99). Five of the six therapists demonstrated an increase in fidelity after active training (M = 4.76% change, R= -1.57-8.77%), and four of the six therapists showed an improvement in session quality (M=0.30 change R= -0.20-1.28). Evaluation of training strategies that lead to increased fidelity and quality of evidence-based interventions for individuals with ASD is highly warranted.

 
57. Use of the Non-Communicating Children Pain Checklist to Identify Pain in Nonverbal Children With Autism
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), SONAM G DUBAL (Bancroft), Jennifer Petrelli (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Pain and discomfort associated with physical illness mediates the presentation of serious problem behaviors. Nonverbal children with autism often have pain that is ignored or under-treated (ref). Inability to report and describe pain results in improper treatment. Pain can also be a setting event for problem behavior. Self-injury may be a clue that there is pain and provide information on where the pain is located. Patterns of self-injury can be used to help determine if pain is present, where it is located and how it impacts the individual. The Non-Communicating Children Pain Checklist is a measurement tool used to identify pain behavior in nonverbal children with intellectual impairment. In the current study, the reliability and validity of the checklist was evaluated in a residential treatment facility by completing the checklist by two simultaneous observers following a 2 hour observation period. The pain scale data were compared to graphs of self-injurious behavior, medical exams, and direct observation of behavior at regularly scheduled intervals and when pain was hypothesized. Although the scale completion by some observers were consistent with pain identified by medical professionals, the interobserver agreement was very low.

 
58. Establishing Techniques to Increase Physical Health Exam Compliance in Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ICHA ARIEF (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kim Frost (TSE, Inc.), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Behave Your Best)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Adults with developmental disabilities are significantly more likely to be in fair or poor general health status when compared to the general population (Sullivan et al., 2011). One of the main reasons is the lack of preventive health services within the developmental disabilities population (Yen et al., 2014). Many studies that have used behavioral treatment package to increase medical compliance involved children (Cuvo et al., 2010; Allen et al., 1992), but very few were with adults. The first purpose of the present study was to investigate the use of a behavioral treatment package that included choice-making, chaining and shaping with percentile schedules to increase physical health exam compliance in adults with developmental disabilities. The second purpose was to investigate whether or not carry-over effects were present across physical health exam components when training two physical health exam components simultaneously. Last, it evaluated whether generalization of physical health exam compliance occurred across time and settings. The physical health exam components included blood pressure, body temperature, ear, heart and lung, height, glucose, mouth/throat, and weight. The present study found that the behavioral treatment package was successful in increasing physical health exam compliance in adults with developmental disabilities.

 
59. Changes in the Use of Psychotropic Medications for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Lois Meszaros (Chimes)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

There is increased use of off label psychotropic medications to treat behavior challenges for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Crystal, et al., 2009; Williamson, & Martin, 2012). Although the treatment efficacy is not promising (Crystal, et al., 2009; Deb, et al., 2007; Mandell, et al., 2008; Matson, & Neal, 2009; Tyrer, et al., 2000), the use of psychotropic medications is one of the common treatments for the population. Although On the other hand, other evidence based treatments such as behavioral interventions have been underutilized despite of previous studies demonstrating successful outcomes to reduce behavior challenges (Brosnan, & Healy, 2011; Hanly, et al., 2005; Matson, 2007; Matson, & Neal, 2009). This trend also changed the regulation for services in special education and behavioral health industries. In the current study, 128 adults were separated into two groups (with or without behavior reduction procedures prior to 2009) and the number of psychotropic medications prescribed for them before and after the removal of behavior reduction procedures was analyzed. It was found that there was a statistically significant increase in the number of psychotropic medications after the removal of behavior reduction procedures for the group with those procedures.

 
60. Evaluating the Effects of Preference on Task Engagement and Indices of Happiness in an Outpatient Clinic
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA DETRICK (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa), Sara Snow (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Presented are two case examples in which we conducted a concurrent operants assessment (COA) and analyzed the effects of preferred stimuli on choice, task engagement, and indices of happiness. All procedures were conducted in the Biobehavioral Outpatient Service which serves individuals with disabilities and severe challenging behavior, part of the University of Iowa Children’s Hospital. Dylan was a 7-year-old male with diagnoses of PDD, ADHD, and mild ID. Kyle was a 13-years-old male with diagnoses of ADHD and mild ID. Challenging behaviors for both participants consisted of noncompliance and aggression. For each participant, we conducted a forced choice preference assessment (FCPA) of leisure items/activities and a COA of leisure activities, attention, and work. IOA was collected on an average of 55% of sessions and averaged 96% across participants. The goal was to identify preferences, and to assess if these preferences could be incorporated into nonpreferred tasks to increase task engagement and indices of happiness. Results showed that both participants had clear preference hierarchies, and changes in items/activities corresponded with changes in indices of happiness. Additionally, for both participants, preferred stimuli were incorporated into the nonpreferred demand context, resulting in increased task engagement. Indices of happiness during work differed across participants.
 
61. Evaluation of Bolus Size and a Chin Prompt to Treat Expulsion
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CONRAD B HILLMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniele Rizzi (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzes Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Alessandro Dibari (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Erica Scandurra (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzes Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that manipulating the response effort associated with eating may increase appropriate feeding behaviors (e.g., acceptance, swallowing) and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. For example, Kerwin, Ahearn, Eicher, and Burd (1995) decreased the response effort associated with eating by decreasing the volume of food on the spoon. Wilkins, Piazza, Groff, and Vaz (2011) showed that decreasing the response effort associated with swallowing and increasing the response effort for expulsion by implementing a chin prompt to close the childs mouth during drink deposits decreased rates of expulsion in 4 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. We extended the findings of Kerwin et al. (1995) and Wilkins et al. (2011) in the current study by using a bolus manipulation (i.e., 2 cc vs. 4 cc) and a chin prompt as antecedent interventions to treat the liquid expulsion of a 14-month-old girl. Use of the chin prompt effectively decreased expulsion for both bolus sizes relative to baseline, but the largest decrease in expulsion was with the smaller bolus size. We discuss the results in terms of changes in response effort associated with swallowing.

 
62. Variations to Assess and Identify Stimuli Which Compete With a Socially Inappropriate Competing Response for Skin Picking in a Child With Prader-Willi Syndrome
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN BETH FISHBEIN (Indiana University School of Medicine), Jill Fodstad (Indiana University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Background: Approximately 69-95% of children with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) engage in chronic skin picking (Morgan et al., 2010). Habit reversal training (HRT) is an effective treatment for skin picking in a variety of populations. There is limited information on the implementation of HRT for reducing skin picking in individuals with PWS. HRT involves self-monitoring and reinforcement of competing responses to decrease the target behavior. Competing responses sometimes become problematic and a more socially valid replacement behavior must be identified; there is little guidance on the procedures to do this. Methods: The current study focused on identifying an alternative competing response for a child with PWS and skin picking in an outpatient setting. HRT was previously successful and led to high rates of the competing response (crayon peeling); however, crayon peeling became socially inappropriate. A Competing Stimulus Assessment (CSA) was used to identify a more socially appropriate competing response. Functional assessment data indicated skin picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Results: A traditional CSA (Piazza et al., 1998) was ineffective in identifying a competing response and further modifications are needed. Future data collected will clarify the most appropriate method to identify new competing responses. Limitations and clinical considerations will be discussed.

 
63. Decreasing Duration of Liquid Consumption: Comparison of Drinking Utensils Paired With Escape Extinction and Positive Reinforcement for a Toddler With Severe Feeding Problems
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

Children with severe feeding problems engage in a variety of refusal behaviors to avoid or escape food and or liquids. This often results in parents engaging in a variety of unconventional methods and utensils in order to increase their childs food and/or liquid consumption such as syringes, bottles at inappropriate ages, dream feeds, walking around, etc. However, this may lead to long meal durations in which the child consumes food and/or liquid for the majority of waking hours which impedes caloric intake and nutritional needs. Furthermore, long meal durations with one aspect of eating such as drinking may leave less time for other aspects such as solids. The purpose of this study was to decrease the duration of milk consumption by comparing the effects of a escape extinction and positive reinforcement procedures between two different drinking utensils (straw bottle and open cut-out cup) in an intensive interdisciplinary home-based feeding program for a 15-month-old girl diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorder, failure to thrive (FTT), ventricular septal defect (VSD), gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). A multiple treatment reversal design was used to evaluate the treatment protocols. Results found that escape extinction and positive reinforcement paired with the open cut-out cup was the most successful procedure for increasing milk acceptance and decreasing the duration of milk consumption. Since duration of milk consumption decreased there was more time for solid intake. Furthermore, since all nutrition was obtained via solids and liquids multivitamins and iron supplements were no longer necessary. These data are discussed in relation to the importance of meal duration as a dependent variable and how it relates to overall health.

 
64. Preliminary Outcomes From an Interdisciplinary Pediatric Feeding Program at Seattle Children's Hospital
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE N. DOLEZAL (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Valori N. Berends (Seattle Children's Hospital), Karen Barnes (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Barb York (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Maggie Tai Tucker (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), David Eaton (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Cara Pierson (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

There is evidence to support that behavioral interventions result in significant improvements in feeding behavior in children with pediatric feeding disorders (Sharp et al., 2010; Williams et al., 2007). Despite increase in empirical evidence supporting the role of behavior analysis in treating severe feeding problems, evaluation of interdisciplinary program outcomes have been somewhat limited. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the treatment outcomes of an interdisciplinary feeding program for 23 children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders. A retrospective chart analysis indicated these children were treated successfully overall with high levels of parent satisfaction. The program was found to be cost-effective when compared to the cost of outpatient therapy or long-term supplemental feeding.

 
65. The Effect of Precision Teaching, Fluency Training, and Errorless Learning on Patients With Aphasia
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
NADIA ASHOUR (Center for Autism Research, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia/University of Nevada, Reno), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

With the growing number of adults suffering from aphasia every year, having effective treatment methods that improve quality of life and help regain communication abilities is highly important. Aphasia is an impairment of language that affects all language modalities (National Aphasia Association, 2011) and leads to loss of communication abilities and reduced life quality (Beeson & Bayles, 1997; Groher, 1989). Applied Behavior Analysis presents principles that are used for analyzing and modifying communicative behavior, which makes it an ideal foundation for aphasia rehabilitation (Goldfarb, 2006). Some of the behavioral treatment methods that have been used with aphasia are precision teaching, fluency training, and errorless learning. Precision teaching evaluates the effectiveness of teaching strategies (Chapman, 2005), fluency is a measure of speed and accuracy of responding (White, 1986), and errorless learning is a technique that focuses on decreasing the number of errors during skill acquisition (Fillingham, 2006). These behavioral techniques have shown to improve skills associated with aphasia, including the generalization of those skills (Ayers, 1975; Chapman, 2005; Sigurardttir, & Sighvatsson, 2006, 2012). This poster will provide an overview of the small body of research on the above mentioned behavioral techniques as effective treatments for aphasia, describe specific areas for further research, and provide guidelines for practice.

 
 
 
Poster Session #62
DEV Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
66. Shaping Behavior: A Computer Simulation Study on Motivation
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
LUIS REYES (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Elizabeth Hernandez (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: Contingency management is an efficient way to increase motivation by using conditioned reinforcers (e.g., points) that can later be exchanged for back-up reinforcers (e.g., goods). This procedure has been used to change the behavior of many populations including children, delinquent youth, and drug addicts. Many studies have evaluated the effects of contingent point deliveries on motivation, but few have compared the contingencies arranged solely for the back-up reinforcer. In addition, few studies have measured the effects of back-up reinforcement on the process of shaping. In the current study, undergraduate students experienced a computer simulation, in which a percentile schedule was used to shape their behavior towards a particular position on the computer screen by providing contingent points. The participants were assigned to two groups. One group received a point goal and the backup reinforcer (gift card) for meeting that goal. The other group received the back-up reinforcer regardless of the number of points accrued. Preliminary results show that contingent back-up reinforcers result in faster shaping compared to noncontingent back-up reinforcers. These research implications are directed towards practitioners who shape the behavior of children, adolescent youth, and adults through contingency management.
 
67. The Relationship Between Mother-Infant Visual Scanning Patterns to Face Stimuli
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
D. WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Melissa Fallone (Missouri State University), Savanna Chojnacki (Missouri State University), Olivia Durbin (Missouri State University), Jessica Lafferty (Missouri State University), Allison Schmidt (Missouri State University), Sarah Cheyanne Ashe (Missouri State University), Jessica Maly (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

The visual scanning patterns of 5 Mother-Infant dyads (4 biological; 1 adopted) were assessed while attending to pairs of face stimuli. The infants ages were 4 months (n = 2), 7 months (n = 1), and 10 months (n = 2). Each stimulus pair were of the same face, however one of the faces was manipulated so to represent infantile schema features (e.g., larger, more round). There were 6 stimulus face pairs; 2 adult male, 2 infant, and 2 inanimate faces. For the Mothers, each stimulus pair was presented for 5 seconds whereas for the Infants each stimulus pair was presented until the infant accumulated 5 seconds of attending to either or both of the faces. Although individual differences between the infants and between mothers were evident, there was a significant relationship between the Mother-Infant dyads scanning patterns. The number of fixations and the number visual shifts, within and between face stimuli, were correlated within the mother-infant dyads. It is argued that the similarity of an infants visual behavior to that of its mother is a function of what mother attends to in the environment, interprets, and transfers, via verbal and overt behaviors, to the infant during dyadic interactions.

 
68. Children's Disruptive Behavior Related to Parent's Characteristics
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Danae Ramirez Arriaga (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lissette Ramos (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Maricruz García (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

There is a direct relationship between multiple parents characteristics and their context, such as stress in parenting, parents and children interaction, marital conflicts, poverty, unemployment, single parenthood, social exclusion and low educational levels (Salles & Ger, 2011) which determine disruptive behavior of children. The aim of the study is to compare the disruptive behavior of children in relation to parents characteristics, as socioeconomic status (poverty, poor class, lower middle class, middle class, upper class and wealthy class), scholar level (No education, Elementary school, Junior High School, High School and University) and sex. 332 caregivers between 18 and 71 years old participated. Participants answered the Child Behavior Inventory (CBI). The results show that parents without education report higher amount of aggressive behavior on their children (M: 26.6) compared to parents with university degree (M: 18.9). Parents without studies report children with many problems in school (M: 29.9) compared to parents with university degree (M: 18.3); moreover, the parents with extreme poverty reported children with less severe problems in school (M: 15.5) unlike rich class parents (M: 41.6). Therefore, sociodemographic variables can be interacting in more complex forms, it�s important to extend their study.

 
69. Predicting Success in Academia Using Behavioral Stage and Holland Interest Sores
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
SARANYA RAMAKRISHNAN (Core Complexity Assessments), Sarthak Giri (Caldwell University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to determine if there are differences in stage and Holland interest between researchers who are currently Principal Investigators (PIs) and those who aspire to be Principal Investigators, such as Postdoctoral fellows and Graduate Students. We hypothesize that there would be significant differences between researchers, who become PIs and those that dont. We further hypothesis that these differences would be detectable even at an incipient stage. We hope to investigate these differences by examining the reasoning and perspective taking skills of these researchers and their Holland interests. The relevance of such a study is manifold. Understanding the unique combination of the variables of what it takes to be a successful Principal investigator would help graduate students make better life choices, hone their tangential skills and significantly improve their planning as well as long and short term goal setting. Furthermore such knowledge would enable companies to build products that would help researchers achieve fulfilling careers, both in and outside academia.

 
70. Career Transition to Academia
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
SARTHAK GIRI (Caldwell University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: In the past it was atypical to transition into another career after spending considerable time in a certain industry or profession. However, in today’s complex work environment, career transition has become a regularly observed phenomenon. In this study, we explore why professionals with 10+ years of experience in any field of work choose to transition to academia. We postulate that the professional who seeks to make a transition would possess the following characteristics: a need for constant intellectual stimulation, desire to learn and improve, desire for autonomy, and desire to seek high reward and novelty in cognitive domain. We further postulate that the person would be in transition between systematic and Metasystematic stage, less averse to change, more forward thinking, a better planner and have high Investigative score in Holland’s interests scale. The purpose of the study is to understand factors associated with transition of people from other field to academia. We believe that this would be useful for organizations to design in-built reward systems that incorporate these “transition factors”. This would reduce employee turnover and boost employee satisfaction.
 
71. Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on Preschoolers’ Emission of Functional and Self-Stimulatory Verbal Behavior
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA BENINSIG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Yu Cao (Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of intensive tact instruction on the increased emission of pure tacts and mands (functional verbal behavior) and the decreased emission of self-stimulatory verbal behavior by 3 preschool students. The participants emitted low numbers of vocal verbal operants and high numbers of self-stimulatory verbal behaviors in three non-instructional settings. The dependent variables measured in this study were pure tacts, pure mands, stereotypy, and non-functional vocal emissions measured prior to and following mastery of 5 sets of intensive tact stimuli. Non-instructional settings included the play area of the classroom, lunchtime, and group table-top activities. Probe sessions were conducted in three 5-min periods of non-instructional settings over the course of 3 consecutive days. Intensive tact instruction adds 100 tact learn units to the participants’ average daily learn units.
 
72. The Rooting Reflex as an Infant Feeding Cue
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: Many professionals consider the rooting reflex to be an infant hunger cue and suggest the caregiver feed the baby when this reflex occurs. However, there is no research documenting the extent to which the probability of the rooting reflex is influenced by food deprivation and satiation. The rooting reflex involves the baby turning towards a touch on the cheek or corner of the mouth. Our project is on-going and involves parents testing and documenting their newborn's rooting reflex and palmar grasp reflex (the control reflex) immediately before and after a feeding and every 15 min until the next feeding. The parents collect 10 samples of these reflex checks within their newborn's first month. The results thus far demonstrate rooting occurs most frequently prior to a feeding relative to after a feeding or between feedings; the palmar grasp reflex occurred equally regardless of the time of the reflex check. These results provide some evidence to support the claim that the rooting reflex may be one cue to help the caregiver determine when feeding is appropriate.
 
73. Discounting Changes When Children Move from the Sentential Behavioral Stage (2–3 Years) to the Preoperational Stage (3.5–6 Years)
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Kyle Featherston (The College of William & Mary)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Behavioral Developmental stage is shown to interact with how discounting value of reinforcers works. Before the age of three and when children enter the preoperational behavioral stage 6, children will choose 1 M&M over getting 5 a few minutes later. At the preoperational stage, children will wait 5 minutes to get 5 M&M's as opposed to getting one immediately. This because they comprehend a two part story with one part being the not wanting the outcome of just 1 M&M and the other part being the waiting and getting 5 M&Ms. This demonstrates transition from Sentential Behavioral Stage 5 to Preoperational Behavioral Stage in children. This observation allows for understanding of a key transition between Stages. By understanding behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers, it can be possible to observe all sorts of key behaviors that indicate the successful completion of a Stage. Using this methodology can lead to better understanding of one's place in a behavioral development sequence and an increased ability to train new behaviors.

 
74. The Role of Understanding Large Numbers in Non-Human Animals and Human Children
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
KYLE FEATHERSTON (The College of William & Mary), Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

While children seem to progress with relative ease from rudimentary counting to true counting, the literature on animals suggests that even primates struggle in this transition and may not ever progress to true counting. Due to the manner in which studies on animals have been conducted, it is difficult to ascertain the Stage of different species. Whether or not any species besides humans has the capability of true counting is unclear, but a review of the evidence indicates that there is nothing that suggests that they can. The difficulty lies with the fact that they cannot get to big numbers. Illiterates can also not count high, which demonstrates that there may be a correlation between symbolic language use and counting to high numbers. One point that will be addressed is at what behavioral development stage can human children count to higher numbers. This will help understand the behavioral developmental stage that other animal species have reached.

 
 
 
Poster Session #63
VRB Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
75. The Predictive Validity of a Parent-Report Measure of Verbal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Sandra Shirk (Marcus Autism Center), Bhavna Kansal (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is a widely-used instrument by clinicians who wish to assess a child’s verbal behavior across several language and adaptive skill domains. Data are typically collected via direct observation by a trained clinician, and administration typically requires several hours. In clinical situations where there are limited time and resources, it could be beneficial to administer a parent-report measure that estimates the approximate “level” an individual would score on the VB-MAPP. The Marcus Brief Language Questionnaire (MBLQ) was developed for clinicians to derive an estimate of a child’s language skills across 11 domains, such as requesting, labeling, and play skills, based on caregiver report. The present study seeks to examine the predictive validity of the MBLQ for predicting score ranges on the VB-MAPP (i.e., level). Archival data from over 30 participants who were administered both an MBLQ and VB-MAPP will be compared. Results will include predictive validity of the tool and the utility of a caregiver-report of an individual’s functional language skills will be discussed.
 
76. The Effects of Manipulating Establishing Operations on Teaching Children With Autism to Mand Using "How?"
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ALANOUD AL SAUD (The Chicago School of Professional psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Abstract: The present study examined the effects of manipulating establishing operations on teaching children with Autism to mand using how? Methods: A multiple baseline across activities was implemented, while one activity was in mand training the rest remained in baseline. Data was collected on independent mands how? Across all conditions of the experiment. Which were baseline, initial mand training, 5s delay of prompt, 5s delay of partial prompt and generalization probe to novel people. Results: Results show that manipulating establishing operations did have an affect on the participants learning to mand using how?. Both participants learned to mand how? independently even though they only received direct training for two out of the five activities. Generalization to novel people also occurred for both participants. Discussion: Some of the limitations were: - There was no baseline data on the occurrence of independent mands how? when the participants mother ran the session. - The number of participants was a slight increase from original study (only 2 original had 1) - A minor limitation was the time between one session and the next was not constant.

 
77. Review of the Use of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) in Published Literature
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is an instrument used by clinicians who wish to assess a child’s behavior across many language and developmental domains. Derived from Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior, the VB-MAPP is comprehensive, built from proven empirical research, and allows for clinicians to easily derive treatment plans based on results from the assessment. Despite these strengths, little research has been conducted on the instrument’s reliability and validity. Further, questions remain as to how results from the assessment are interpreted and used in an individual’s language programming. The present study sought to review the literature to determine how the VB-MAPP has been utilized in published studies. Out of 41 published studies that mentioned the VB-MAPP, 25 studies met inclusion criteria for this review, by utilizing data from the VB-MAPP in participant descriptions or outcome comparisons. Studies included in the review will be discussed in light of the type of VB-MAPP data they utilized, and for what purposes. Recommendations for future research examining the VB-MAPP as an assessment instrument will be provided.
 
78. Using Behavior Chain Interruption to Teach Mands for Actions to Children With Autism Who Communicate Using an iPad-Based Speech-Generating Device
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Children with autism who do not fully develop speech are often taught to use speech-generating devices (SGDs) as an alternative communication mode. Intervention with SGDs often begins by teaching the child to mands for preferred object. To date there is limited research investigating the use of speech-generating devices to make advanced mands. The current study aimed to extend the literature on teaching advanced manding skills by evaluating methods for teaching mands for actions using an iPad-based SGD. Using behavior chain interruption strategy, we taught three nonverbal children with autism to mand for actions. We also assessed for generalization to a novel stimulus. Specifically, a behavior chain interruption (blocking assess format) was used to contrive the motivating operation. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this intervention. All three participants acquired the target mand, however generalization to a novel stimulus only occurred for one participant. These results suggest that mands for actions can be taught to children with autism using SGDs and the behavior chain interruption strategy.

 
79. The Effects of Script Fading Within a Matrix Design on Vocalizations During Play
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY LEE BARTLETT (Marcus Autism Center), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Jordyn Turner (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in appropriate functional play as well as social communication during play. Studies show typical play skills can foster social interactions with peers (Pierucci, Barber, Gilpin, Crisler, & Klinger, 2015). Without intervention play of children with autism is often ritualistic and void of social engagement (Wing, Gould, Yeats, & Brierly, 1977). The current study used script fading as a method of prompting item-specific spontaneous vocal initiations during play. Three play activities each with 4 toys items that were categorically related (i.e. Doctors Kit: thermometer, stethoscope, syringe, and plessor) were selected. For each toy item within the play activity, 3 vocal responses were selected and included the name of the item, a feature of the item, and the function of the item. The toy items and the vocal responses were arranged in a matrix resulting in 3 matrices (i.e., play activities) each consisting of 4 items and 3 vocal response types. During baseline, vocalizations were recorded during play with the play activities. Following baseline, intervention for Matrix 1 was conducted. The diagonal targets were taught, as together they a contained a component of every response. Following mastery of the diagonal targets, the non-diagonal targets were probed to measure emergence of non-targeted vocal initiations during play. Next the untrained Matrix 2 and Matrix 3 were tested. Results demonstrated emergence of untrained vocal responses in all 3 matrices.

 
80. Assessing Communication Repair Strategies Across Two Modalities of Communication With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Study
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA MARIE BRAVO (Victoria University of Wellington), Laura Roche (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

The current pilot study aimed to directly assess the communication repair strategies of a 6-year-old girl with autism spectrum disorder in the context of a communication breakdown. The child had previously been taught to use an iPad-based speech-generating device to mand for preferred foods and was also able to request by speaking approximations of words (e.g., snack, please). After preferred snacks were presented to the child, repair strategies were assessed across conditions where the child either did, or did not have access to the speech-generating device under varied schedules of reinforcement. The assessment included three types of trials presented in a random order: (a) the childs initial mand form, which, was reinforced immediately (T1), (b) the experimenter requested clarification once and then reinforced the first mand form that occurred after that request for clarification (T2), or (c) the experimenter requested clarification twice and then reinforced the first mand form that occurred after the second request for clarification (T3). The results suggest that across both phases, the childs response class hierarchy was comprised of primarily response modifications where the individual combined modalities of communication (e.g. speech-generating device activation with speech, or prelinguistic communication with speech) to repair initial mands.

 
81. A Comparison of Picture Touch and Modified Sign Language Training to Establish Discriminated Mands in a Child With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA KINCAID (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Dianna M. Shippee (Marcus Autism Center), Meighan Adams (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center/ Emory University School of Medicine), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center/ Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have limited speech abilities and may require the use of alternative communication systems in order to effectively communicate with others. A few studies have compared different communication modalities in an effort to determine which form of communication may be most effective when teaching requesting skills (Tincani, 2004; Barlow, Tiger, Slocum, & Miller, 2013). The current study is a replication and extension of the comparison study conducted by Barlow and colleagues in 2013 and consists of a multiple probe design across behaviors (mands) with an embedded alternating treatments design. In this study, experimenters simultaneously taught the modified sign and picture touch for one preferred item while two additional items remained in baseline. Once mastery criteria were met for a mand item a post-test consisting of correspondence checks between the indicating response (i.e., pointing to preferred item), mand, and item consumed was conducted for all three mand items. Preliminary data suggest mands taught using picture touch may be acquired more rapidly than modified sign, are discriminated from other mands, and generalized this skill with untaught items. These data and their clinical implications will be discussed.

 
82. An Evaluation of Two Tact Training Procedures on Tact Acquisition
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KATE LA LONDE (Michigan State University), Ana Duenas Garcia (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Tact training is a common procedure in early intervention programs for children with autism. Previous research has compared tact training with and without a supplemental question (e.g., What is it?) on the number of tacts acquired and has found that results are idiosyncratic across individuals with autism. The current study replicates previous research by comparing two tact training interventions and extends the literature by including a naturalistic pre and post probe to determine if the different procedures have an effect on tacts emitted in a naturalistic setting (i.e., during play). A repeated acquisition design was used to evaluate two instructional procedures on percentage of correct tacts during discrete trial training. In addition, each participant completed discrete trial and naturalistic pre and post probes for sets of stimuli to determine if the instructional procedures had an effect on rates of spontaneous tacts during a play condition with a therapist. Implication for clinical practice and potential collateral effects of different procedures to teach tacts will be discussed.

 
83. Self-Motivation Among College Athletes: What Difference Can a Coach Make?
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
PETER COILEY (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Devin Carter (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Center for Applied Behavior Systems), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Sport psychologists claim self-motivation is key to becoming a successful athlete. Plus, behavioral scientists have found that perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness enhance self-motivation. Question: How does the verbal behavior of coaches benefit or stifle the self-motivation of college athletes? We explored empirical answers to this question by systematically observing verbal interactions between college wrestling coaches and wrestlers during practice and during inter-collegiate competition. We have developed and applied a behavioral checklist to categorize a coach's statements as potentially increasing or decreasing a wrestler's perception of autonomy, competence, and/or relatedness, and used a semantic differential to assess wrestlers� perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness, as well as their overall self-motivation before and after practice and a competition. Preliminary data after just two weeks of observations show that 65% of coaching feedback is corrective and of the 35% supportive feedback behaviors, 68% were general rather than behavior-based feedback. We believe more data and an in-depth analysis of our findings have potential to show connections between coaching behavior and self-motivation is worthy of an ABAI poster presentation and interactive discussion with conference attendees.

 
84. Evaluation of the Effect of Tact Interventions on Emerging Intraverbals in Children With Developmental Disabilities: A Literature Review
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
MADISON CLOUD (Baylor University)
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

In order to better understand the possible relationship between tacts and intraverbals, a systematic review of the existing literature on the use of tact interventions to establish intraverbal response skills was conducted. There were seven articles identified. The articles found were then analyzed to determine the types of prompts or training that had been implemented. Studies designed to compare the effectiveness or efficiency of different intraverbal training procedures were also identified and analyzed. The existing literature shows that tact prompting (transfer of tact stimuli) is the most common tact intervention used to produce emergent intraverbals. When compared to the efficiency and effectiveness of other styles of intervention, including echoic prompting, cue-pause-point prompting, textual prompting, and prompt delay, the results are inconclusive. Furthermore, no articles were found that compared tact prompting to tact training. More research is needed in this area to better establish the potential role of tact interventions for intraverbal response skills.

 
 
 
Poster Session #64
DDA Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
85. Using a Multiple Schedule to Reduce Classroom Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
SOPHIE KNUTSON (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A four-year-old typically developing child was referred for classroom problem behavior, including aggression, disruption, and inappropriate vocalizations. Through observation in the classroom, we determined that problem behavior occurred most often when teacher attention was diverted or unavailable. A multiple schedule was implemented to teach the child when teacher attention was and was not available. A double-sided laminated card indicated the schedule component in effect; the blue card indicated the availability of teacher attention, and the orange side indicated attention extinction. One classroom teacher implemented the multiple schedule in the preschool classroom throughout the day. The initial schedule was 20 s of reinforcement and 20 s of extinction. Schedule intervals increased across sessions, in addition to a period in which the duration of the multiple schedule components varied based on the classroom activities and teacher’s determination of the appropriate schedule values. A second teacher also implemented the multiple schedule in the classroom. There was an overall reduction in frequency of mands for teacher attention, teacher attention provided, and the duration of restraint.
 
86. Parent Survey of Behavioral and Other Treatment Methods for Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ADRIENNE M. PERRY (York University), Rebecca Goldreich (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Youth with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) often display problem behaviour and deserve evidence-based behavioral treatment. Research suggests (though not conclusively) that males, those who are older, have lower skill levels, and have comorbid Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), are more likely to exhibit behaviour problems. However, little is known about what treatment methods are adopted by parents in community samples. Parents of 390 Canadian children/adolescents completed an online survey that included information regarding 6 types of treatment for 4 types of problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, stereotypy, and psychopathology). Results were examined by diagnosis, age, gender, and adaptive skill level. Treatment methods for aggression, for example, are illustrated in the Figure for two diagnostic groups (ID only or ASD+ID) and two age groups (3-12; 12-20 years). Informal behavioral/teaching strategies were most common in all 4 subgroups. Medication tended to be more frequent in both older groups. Formal behavioral treatment programs were surprisingly infrequent overall but significantly more common in the ASD+ID group versus the ID only group. The very low percentage of youth with ID receiving formal behavioral treatment indicates a need for ABA services for this group especially.
 
87. Treatment of Imitation Generalization Across Structured and Unstructured Teaching Environments for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
OLIVIA CULBERTSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Virginia Institute of Autism), Sabrena Samuel (Virginia Institute of Autism), Sarah Dillon (Virginia Institute of Autism), Danielle Peterson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Johanna Kester (Virginia Institute of Autism), Carrie Baker (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Imitation is a prerequisite skill which is often necessary to prompt and teach more complex behaviors. The goals of the current study were to (a) teach a 5 year-old child diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) the prerequisite skill of imitation; (b) teach fine motor, gross motor, and object targets across structured and unstructured teaching environments simultaneously; and (c) replicate the teaching model of Striefel (1974) using a most-to-least prompting hierarchy. The components of Striefels protocol were replicated: assessing and teaching prerequisite skills for imitation, selecting training targets, presenting the predetermined targets, choosing the order in which targeted will be trained, and training the chosen targets. In addition, two sets of generalization probes were presented to determine if the imitation skill had generalized to nontrained targets. This study was completed within a multielement design between trained targets and generalization probes. Data were collected on correct responding per trial and mastery criteria were 80% correct responding. Results demonstrated that the training program was effective in teaching the trained imitation targets (n=84) when compared to untrained targets (n=30). After training targets to mastery, the child began engaging in the nontrained targets across all types of targets and across teaching environments.

 
88. Validation of a Concurrent Operants Demand Assessment Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BIANCA MACK (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon Hewett (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Call, Pabico, and Lomas (2009) and Roscoe, Rooker, Pence, and Longworth (2008) created two assessments to identify the reinforcing efficacy of escape from various demands. Results for both of these assessments yielded a rank order of demands in terms of aversiveness. However, both assessments relied upon the occurrence of problem behavior, which served as a dependent variable. Identifying the aversiveness of tasks can also be useful for individuals who do not engage in problem behaviors, which precludes the use of these assessments. The current study evaluated a choice-based demand assessment that did not require the occurrence of problem behavior with two participants. A Concurrent Operants Demand Assessment presented participants with two demands and prompted them to choose one. After pairing each demand with every other demand, results yielded a rank order of highest- to lowest-preferred demands. Following the demand assessment, the degree to which the highest- and lowest-preferred demands functioned as negative reinforcers was assessed using a progressive-ratio analysis in which completing each task produced access to a positive reinforcer. Responding by both participants produced higher break points for the high-preferred task, suggesting the potential utility of this novel method of assessing demands without requiring the occurrence of problem behavior.
 
89. Refinements, Outcomes, and Follow-Up Results from a Toileting Program Targeting the Treatment of Enuresis for Individuals with Developmental Delays
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON HEWETT (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Toilet training is a significant milestone for every child and for every child's parents. Through mastery of this skill the child gains independence and the parents lose the stress, burden, and cost associated with having a child in diapers. For children who are diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities, this basic self-help skill may present significant hurdles. Whereas typically developing children generally achieve continence by two to four years of age (Blum, Taubman, & Nemeth, 2003) individuals diagnosed with developmental delays are often delayed in achieving independent continence or never achieve it at all. Lack of effective treatment can inhibit children’s independence, cause social stigma, and extend their dependence on caregivers (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). The current study includes datasets from a clinical protocol for the treatment of enuresis that includes several refinements to previous methods. In addition, long-term outcomes that show sustained continence and emergence of skills that were not specifically targeted for intervention (e.g., self-initiation) will be presented.
 
90. Probing End of Treatment Goals to Guide Treatment Fading
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLEN PORTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Function-based interventions often begin with dense schedules of reinforcement to increase the likelihood of treatment success. However, once an intervention is successful using a dense schedule of reinforcement, the schedule needs to be thinned to make it more manageable and practical in a natural setting. At times, this may involve the use of arbitrary and inefficient fading procedures (i.e. gradually thinning from FR1 to FR2, FR3, FR4, etc.). Based on the recommendations made by LeBlanc, Hagopian, Maglieri, & Poling (2002), we evaluated the effects of periodically probing a terminal treatment schedule to systematically determine how quickly schedule thinning could be advanced. Three children with autism and intellectual disability who engaged in severe problem behavior participated. Periodic terminal probes were implemented to derive the most efficient schedule thinning increments while maintaining clinically significant reductions in problem behavior for all three participants. Future research will involve a comparison between two types of schedule thinning procedures using a multiple baseline design within participants to evaluate the efficiency of this method.
 
91. Corrective Feedback as the Aversive Factor During Demands
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Monica Urich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior may find specific aspects of demands aversive, such as the type of feedback given. Over the years several procedural modifications within functional analyses have been described to best capture problem behavior during demands (Beavers et al., 2013; Hagopian et al., 2013). The current study explored an assessment to determine if corrective feedback was the aversive factor maintaining problem behavior. Two individuals aged 7 and 12-years-old, admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe aggressive behavior, participated in this study. Error correction and no error correction conditions were evaluated in either a multi-element or reversal design. In both demand conditions, a subjective task (i.e., folding clothes, sweeping) was selected to minimize teaching inaccuracy and 30 s of escape was provided for problem behavior. During error correction sessions, regardless of whether the response was accurate, the participants were told that a mistake was made (i.e., nice try, but fold it this way). During the no correction condition, only verbal prompts were delivered. Reliability data were collected for 43% of sessions and interobserver agreement averaged 99%. For both participants, problem behavior was observed when corrective feedback was delivered. Treatment implications will be discussed.

 
92. Assessing Mand Topography Preference When Developing a Functional Communication Training Intervention
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
S. Shanun Kunnavatana (University of Texas at San Antonio), ALEXANDRA AGUILAR (University of Texas at San Antonio), Crystal Vilano (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common function-based behavioral intervention that is decreases problem behavior by teaching individuals to engage in alternative, appropriate communication responses instead of problem behavior. The form of the alternative response is often arbitrarily selected, which may result in target responses that are too effortful or nonpreferred. Assessing individual mand topography preference may increase treatment effectiveness and promote self-determination in the development of interventions. This study sought to reduce arbitrary selection of FCT mand topography by determining preference during response training and acquisition. Two adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who had no functional communication skills and engaged in problem behavior participated in the study. Three mand topographies were evaluated: picture exchange, sign language, and a voice output device (Proloquo2go) on an iPad. Both demonstrated preference for the voice output device over picture exchange and sign language. The results were then used to implement FCT interventions to reduce problem behavior.
 
93. Increasing Passive Compliance During Health-Related Tasks
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN SWINKELS (Auburn University), Steven Bedell (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may exhibit noncompliance or avoidance behaviors in the presence of specific events or stimuli. The occurrence of problem behavior may impact completion of health-related tasks, such as brushing teeth, haircuts, clipping nails, and wearing glasses or hearing aids. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate progressively more intrusive interventions to increase passive compliance during health-related tasks. Levels of problem behavior and passive compliance were measured during noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), NCR with escape extinction, and differential negative reinforcement of other behavior (DNRO). NCR resulted in decreased problem behavior and increased passive compliance during toothbrushing compared to baseline, but not to clinically relevant levels. NCR with escape extinction resulted in increased problem behavior and similar levels of passive compliance. Next, the use of DNRO will be evaluated to increase passive compliance during toothbrushing. Implications of results for practitioners will be discussed.

 
94. Patterns of Restricted and Repetitive Behavior During Academic and Leisure Contexts
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA ERIN DALY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Erica Lozy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Restrictive and repetitive behavior (RRB) is a core feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder, which can interfere with functioning across several contexts. The current study evaluated the occurrence of RRB across academic and leisure contexts in eight individuals admitted to Inpatient-Neurobehavioral Unit (IP-NBU) of the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Thirty minutes of each context were video-recorded and scored by trained observers. In 75% of cases, RRB was most likely to occur in the leisure context when the individual had physical contact with a toy (mean= 90.93%). Of those cases with high rates of RRB during toy contact, 50% demonstrated a decrease RRB, although still elevated, once engaging with the item. In the academic context, three out of eight individuals engaged in high levels (>50%) of RRB during demand presentation, and 75% of cases engaged in higher levels of RRB during demand presentation compared to their mean RRB during academics. In 25% of cases, high levels of compliance (mean=84.46) were observed despite elevated rates of RRB (mean=66.4) during the demand presentation. These data demonstrate the variability of restricted and repetitive behavior across leisure and academic contexts, in addition to the ability of toy engagement and academic demand presentation to compete with such behavior.

 
95. The Use of Multiple Schedules to Thin Schedules of Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER PERSONS (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Valori N. Berends (Seattle Children's Hospital), Natalie Badgett (University of Washington), Shari Corboy (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Anna Levin (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Lacy Cheers (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) has been shown to be an effective treatment for problem behavior engaged in by individuals with developmental disabilities by teaching them to make a functionally equivalent communicative response (Carr & Durand, 1985). However, FCT is often not a practical treatment for long-term use by families if the individual requests reinforcement at a high rate. Hanley et al. 2001 demonstrated that multiple schedules effectually thinned schedules of reinforcement while maintaining low rates of disruptive behavior. The current study examined the use of multiple schedules as a schedule thinning methodology for two participants diagnosed with autism who engaged in severe disruptive behaviors. For both participants, a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) was completed via interview or functional analysis and positive reinforcement was identified as maintaining disruptive behaviors. Subsequent to the FBA, FCT was evaluated using an ABAB design. Following replication of the treatment effects, a multiple schedules arrangement was used to thin the schedule of reinforcement from 10 seconds to 180 and 200s respectively while maintaining low rates of disruptive behavior. These results partially replicate previous research on methods to thin reinforcement schedules following FCT to make the treatment implementation practical for care providers

 
96. Brief Evaluation of Preference for Dimensions of Reinforcement to Inform a Token Economy
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Aimee Sue Alcorn (Children's Hospital Colorado), Gwendolyn Clark (Children's Hospital Colorado)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate one 6-year-olds preference for dimensions of reinforcement to inform a token economy. Inter-observer agreement was above 80%. A functional analysis showed noncompliance was maintained by negative reinforcement. During Experiment 1, conducted within a concurrent schedules design, a paired stimulus preference assessment for rate, immediacy, quality, and magnitude of reinforcement occurred. Results showed the participant most preferred a high rate of token delivery and high-quality reinforcement. In Experiment 2, conducted within an ABAB reversal design, the more-preferred token economy was compared against a less-preferred token economy. The more-preferred token economy delivered tokens according to a high rate of reinforcement to earn a high-quality reinforcer for 2 min (low magnitude) after a 5-min delay (delayed reinforcement) The less-preferred token economy delivered tokens according to a lower rate of reinforcement to earn a lower-quality reinforcer for 6 min (high magnitude) immediately after finishing work (immediate reinforcement). Results showed elevated levels of noncompliance when the less-preferred token economy was implemented. Near zero levels of problem behavior occurred when the more-preferred token economy was implemented. Task completion was higher for the more-preferred token economy. Results will be discussed to assist practitioners when developing token economies.

 
 
 
Poster Session #65
AUT Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 29, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Nicole Heal (Biddeford School District)
97. Hear It From the Experts: Western Michigan University's Practitioner Resources for Behavior Analysts
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALISSA ANNE CONWAY (Western Michigan University), Lilith Reuter Yuill (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

Dr. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D., BCBA-D and Dr. Stephanie Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D are co- investigators of the Autism Center of Excellence (ACE) grant funded by the Michigan Department of Health and Human Services to enhance services for children, adolescents, and adults with autism spectrum disorder. The field of applied behavior analysis continues to emphasize the need for finding effective training methods for behavior analytic practitioners (e.g. RBT, BCaBA, BCBA) in evidence-based practices. As part of the grant initiative, Western Michigan University has developed a series of video interviews with supplemental materials from national experts in applied behavior analysis (ABA), autism, and behavioral pediatrics. These practitioner resources are designed to enhance the ability of practitioners and students in training them to better understand and implement behavior analytic assessments and evidence-based behavioral interventions (EBBIs). Viewing data from the practitioner resource video interviews will be reported.

 
98. A Partnership Between School-Based and Clinic-Based Behavior Analysts: An in Depth Analysis Following Undifferentiated Results
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DEVA CARRION (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

The Challenging Behavior Service (CBS) is a 6-year project in which the Iowa Department of Education contracted with experienced behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) at the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to consult with and train school-based challenging behavior specialists to independently conduct experimental analyses and preference assessments. Across the years of the project, trainees have increased their use of these assessments. Given the increase in valid behavioral assessments in the schools, school referrals to CDD behavior clinics often involve more complex analyses of problem behavior that go beyond standard functional analyses. We present a case example to illustrate. Lucy, an 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism and intellectual disability, exhibited self-injurious behavior (SIB). A structural analysis and a functional analysis conducted by the CBS Team yielded undifferentiated results. She was then seen at the CDD BioBehavioral Day Treatment clinic for an extended analysis. A four phase functional analysis was conducted to determine the specific environmental variables mediating Lucys SIB. Results indicated that Lucys SIB was automatically maintained, however, physical attention modulated the rate of SIB. This case provides an example of the partnership occurring between school-based consultants and clinicians following an extensive state training initiative.

 
99. Systematic Fading of a Long-Term Behavior Reduction Procedure in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LEIGH COOPER (NYC Autism Charter School), Nicole Pearson (NYC Autism Charter School), Mel Romualdez (NYC Autism Charter School), Nathara Bailey (NYC Autism Charter School), Emily Borden (NYC Autism Charter School)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

While there is substantial research on various interventions to reduce maladaptive behavior in individuals with autism, fewer studies focus on how to successfully fade such interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of systematically fading the Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates (DRL) component of a multi-component behavior reduction procedure on the rates of noncompliance in an adolescent with autism across his school day. This procedure was initially teacher-monitored and required the use of a rule board containing three stickers and a timer which were visible to the student at all times. Low rates of the target behavior were reinforced with access to a highly preferred activity at the end of each time interval. Data were collected in three-minute partial intervals across the school day. Over the course of more than 24 months, the DRL procedure was successfully faded to a student-monitored system in which the student wears a watch containing a single sticker and the time interval has been incrementally increased while target behavior has maintained at near zero rates. Data suggest that systematic strategies can be used to successfully fade a restrictive behavioral intervention in a school setting.

 
100. The Use of PECS in Classrooms: Review of the Literature and List of Essential Competences for Special Education Teacher Preparation
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
RASHED ALDABAS (University of Northern Iowa)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract: Augmentative and Alternative Communication systems (AACs) have been used to support communication abilities of children with severe communication impairments. The purpose of this paper is to present the effectiveness of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) as an element of AAC. Discussion indicates that PECS is a supportive and meaningful technique for increasing communication skills for children with limited functional communication skills. Finally, this paper discusses how educators can support the use of PECS and other AACs.
 
101. Investigating the Symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress in Fathers of Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
CLINTON SMITH (University of Tennessee at Martin), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Robert Williamson (Simon Fraser University), Susan Elswick (University of Memphis)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

The prevalence of autism has risen significantly with as many as 1 out of 68 children are diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The underlying cause of stress or post-traumatic stress symptoms experienced by parents is not clear but some evidence of these symptoms can be found in reports of strain, pressure, and tension revolving around the task of day to day parenting a child with autism, a lack of support by professionals, receiving a diagnosis, communication difficulties with the child, inappropriate behaviors exhibited by the child, and an over reliance on maladaptive coping strategies incorporated by parents can also impact the amount of stress. The participants in this study consisted of 83 fathers of children diagnosed with autism from across the United States. The current study isolated respondents to only fathers in an effort to determine if the results of the 2012 Casey et al study (1 in 5) would hold true with a larger N consisting of only fathers. Such clarification may help to potentially differentiate therapies for such fathers and to examine the methods used to provide services, education, and therapies to them. To ensure replication, the LASC was the selected instrument, recruiting efforts, and on-line format was utilized so that comparisons could logically be made from this study to the 2012 study. Data specifically on how the diagnosis impacts fathers may help to potentially differentiate therapies and increase the quality and/or scope of the treatment methods used to provide services, education, and therapies to the dads in the childs life. Results from the LASC show that seventeen (21%) of the fathers scored moderate to extreme in all three subscales: re-experiencing trauma (Category B), avoidance and numbing (Category C), and increased arousal (Category D). Results also show that twenty-two additional fathers (27%) experienced moderate to extreme stress in at least two of the categories mentioned above. The findings from the study noted that fathers in the non-stress group have difficulties keeping a job, exhibit pervasive disgust, are easily fatigued, show marked self-consciousness, have difficulty with keeping friends of the same sex, and show signs of depression. Implications for practice for caregivers, therapists, and medical personnel are discussed to further help fathers of children diagnosed with autism who maybe experiencing stress or post-traumatic stress symptoms.

 
102. Comparative Investigation of Differences Between Special and General Education Teachers' Perceptions About Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MUHAMMED KARAL (The Pennsylvania State University), Paul Riccomini (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

Increased rates of students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are documented throughout the world. In Turkey, there are currently 100,000 students under the age of 14 with ASD and increasing each year by approximately 5,000 students. As a result of the current population and increased prevalence, special education and general education teachers are providing educational services and supports to increasing numbers of students with ASD. The purpose of this study is to examine teachers perceptions of students with ASD. The Autism Attitude Scale for Teachers (AAST) was administered to 117 general education (n= 53) and special education (n= 63) teachers in 19 Education Centers for Children with Autism in Turkey. Results indicate that both groups are receptive to students with ASD, but special education teachers have more positive perceptions of students with ASD. Implications for teacher certification programs and continued professional development initiatives are presented.

 
103. Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Restaurant Skills to Young Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER MORGAN (Florida Institute of Technology; Faison School for Autism), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

It is apparent that society views employment as a highly valued outcome. Being able to provide for your self and add meaningful work to a community is viewed as a key component to being an independent individual. Despite the apparent need for tactics and procedures to teach quality job skills to individuals with autism there is a paucity of empirical data. This study evaluated behavioral skills training, in a multiple baseline across behaviors design, for teaching four employable restaurant skills to an 18 year old individual diagnosed with autism. The restaurant skills were taught in the natural environment of a fully functioning and open restaurant. The four skills including setting up and running a commercial dishwasher, polishing and rolling silverware, cleaning a bathroom, and bussing a table were selected based on feedback provided from the restaurant as being the most difficult skills to teach. The present study demonstrated that behavioral skills training was immediately effective in teaching the participant all four restaurant skills.

 
104. Statewide Assessment of Teachers' Perceptions Related to Educating Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH BLUMBERG (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Whitney Loring (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Heartley B. Huber (Vanderbilt University), Emily Kuntz (Vanderbilt University), Victoria Knight (Vanderbilt University), LaTamara Garrett (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

Federal legislation calls for educators serving students with autism spectrum disorder to use evidence-based practices, however it is increasingly demanding for educators to access capacity-building professional development required to implement such strategies with high fidelity. The assessment in the current study evaluated the perception of 535 special educators in preschool through high school settings on the importance and level of preparedness across instructional areas, use of instructional practices, access to training or resources on evidence-based practices, and perceived comfort implementing these practices before and after professional development. A survey was emailed on the frequency of usage of evidence-based practices as defined by the National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorder, sources of training on these practices, factors influencing the selection of practices, and instructional skills. The preliminary results indicate educators recognize the importance of instruction in core content and non-academic areas for students with autism spectrum disorder, but indicate inadequacy in preparation and access to training and resources. Reported levels of confidence decreased immediately after receiving training indicating educators may not be implementing with fidelity or accurately understand implementation of strategies. Results strongly indicate the need to provide ongoing training and support is crucial.

 
105. Teaching Foundational Skills to Students With Autism: Evaluation of a Targeted Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY NEGUS (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

A within-subject multiple baseline probe design across skills was used to evaluate the efficacy of lesson plans designed for teaching foundational skills. Nineteen students at a behavior-analytic school for children with autism served as participants. Three skills were selected for each participant from the New England Center for Children-Core Skills Assessment (NECC-CSA), and corresponding lesson plans were sourced from the Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia (ACE). Lesson plans specified teaching formats (e.g., discrete trials, task analysis), contexts (location and stimuli), and steps for implementing and fading prompts. Weekly probe sessions were conducted over approximately 15 weeks. Daily teaching sessions for the 3 skills began in weeks 2, 6, and 10. Performance improved in 2 or 3 skills for 16 participants. These results demonstrate the efficacy of the teaching strategies employed and the study serves as a potential model for experimental evaluation of curricula. Approaches for troubleshooting areas of slow progress are discussed.

 
106. Early Learning Support for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ELSA): Bridging Clinical and Educational Models
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LERA JOYCE JOHNSON (Easter Seals DC|MD|VA)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

This report chronicles lessons learned in the integration of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), early childhood education, special education, and early intervention paradigms for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or Social Communication Disorder (SCD). Early Learning Support for Children with Autism (ELSA) emerged as Easter Seals Childcare Development Center in the District of Columbia harmonized their ongoing inclusive program with early intervention services (under IDEA Part C) for their children with autism. Easter Seals added ABA to their in-house therapeutic services to provide 2:1 ABA support for children with autism 6 hours per weekday to reap the benefits of inclusion. ELSA children access the general curriculum rather than have 1-on-1 pull-out sessions to address skill deficits or be placed in special segregated classrooms. ELSA combines evidence-based therapies for Naturalistic Teaching Strategies, Pivotal Response Training, transdisciplinary delivery, multidisciplinary collaboration, and parent coaching under the early intervention paradigm that emphasizes routine-based intervention and capacity building among caregivers. This hybrid approach uses push-in strategies to encourage functional communication, engagement with activities, social interaction with others, and achievement of smooth transitions. Intervention program outcomes are measured through aggregate and individual success, anecdotal comments indicating generalization of skills, and improvements across therapies and domains.

 
107. An Evaluation of the Model Me Kids' Curriculum for Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA MCCOY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract:

An impaired development in social skills is one of the core-defining characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). In clinical practice, behavioral interventions are widely used as a treatment for increasing social skills for successful everyday interactions and the development of meaningful friendships. The current study employed a multiple-baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the use of Model Me Kids' to teach social skills to five children with a diagnosis of ASD. Model Me Kids' is a social skills curriculum that employs video modeling and role-play to teach behaviors imperative to a child's social development. Results of the current study show increases in knowledge and demonstration of targeted social skills across all five participants, with some evidence of generalization to natural contexts. The findings of the current study indicate that, in clinical practice, supplemental procedures that program specifically for generalization may be necessary to enhance the practice of acquired skills in the natural environment. Such procedures could increase the attainment of individuals who avail of the curriculum.

 
108. Comparison of Peer Communication of Children With Autism During iPad, Shared Active Surface, and Analog Art Activites
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JASON TRAVERS (University of Kansas), Molly Pomeroy (KidsTLC), Molly Pomeroy (KidsTLC), Zhe An (University of Kansas), Margaret Williamson (University of Kansas)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Two Dyads comprised of one child with autism and one typically developing peer were exposed to three conditions in order to observe effects on communication and engagement. Preschool age peers were trained using a peer mediated intervention protocol and paired with a child who had autism. Three conditions were employed to observe the relationship between the materials and communication of the dyads. The first condition involved a shared active surface, which functions like a large tablet for multiple and simultaneous users. The device uses touch point user interface and can accommodate 40 simultaneous touches (i.e., 4+ users). The shared active surface device allows for multiple children to simultaneously interact with digital content in ways that traditional tablets and mobile devices do not. The device was set to run an art application that allowed for free/non-directive exploration and expression by the users. The second condition involved giving each participant in the dyad a tablet computer and seating both children immediately next to each other. Both apps were set to run an art application similar to the app used in the shared active surface condition. Controls were customized to prevent users from leaving the app during the session. The third condition involved peers standing at a kidney table with art materials (paint, oversized paper, brushes, water) that allowed for free painting. Dependent variables were operationalized and sessions were video recorded for 10s partial interval data collection. Results indicated participant 1 had higher rates of communication during the shared active surface condition, but engagement during shared active surface and tablet conditions were similarly higher than during traditional paint. Participant two showed no differences in engagement across the three conditions, but the tablet condition yielded lower communication when compared to the remaining two conditions. The main finding is that a self-directed art activity on a tablet correlated with lower peer communication. One implication is that tablet computers may interfere with social communication of children with autism, even when peer-mediated intervention is activated.

 
109. Parent-Implemented Self-Management Intervention to Increase On-Task Time for Students With ASD During Independent Home Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (University of Georgia; Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Parents homeschooling children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) largely do not implement evidence-based practices and reported concern with increasing their childs on-task time and independent work completion (Simmons & Campbell, 2014). No published study has applied self-management for on-task behavior with individuals with ASD in the home or included parents as interventionists. This study employs a single-case A-B-A-B withdrawal design across three participants to evaluate the effect of a self-management intervention implemented by homeschool-parents, including participant self-monitoring and self-evaluation, on on-task time during independent work. The intervention addresses an established difficulty for individuals with ASD and an identified challenge to homeschooling this population. Furthermore, this study extends the use of live video technology for parents to collect data during intervention. Correspondence between caregiver and participant ratings is assessed. Results indicate that parents implemented intervention procedures with high fidelity, intervention led to increased on-task time across participants, parents and children rated procedures as high in social validity, and video technology resulted in high correspondence between parent and child ratings. Visual analysis methods were modified to incorporate a mechanism to control for Type I error (i.e., masked visual analysis) to increase the internal validity and scientific credibility of this single-case design study.

 
110. Alternative Therapies for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: An Evidence-Based Practice Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
KRISTINA BROOKSHIRE (Northern Arizona University), Monica Beals (Northern Arizona University), Amanda Bermudez (Northern Arizona University), Sarah Guinea (Northern Arizona University), Christen Maher (Northern Arizona University), Felisha Stead (Northern Arizona University), Matthew Valente (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

A literature review of studies targeting the effects of diverse alternative therapies, including animal-assisted, music, sensory integration and art therapy, on the behavior of children with ASD was conducted. Accessible databases were searched for peer-reviewed articles using specific key terms. Only data-based articles identified were scored according to the 21 quality indicators outlined by Horner, et al (2005) for single-subject design studies. The search resulted in over 120 articles identified as data-based and specifically related to animal assisted therapy, music, sensory integration, art and Autism Spectrum Disorders. Only 85 of these articles could be scored for quality indicators with 100% agreement by two independent reviewers. Reviewers scored and compiled the articles into a database with reliability and were deemed acceptable if the article included between 18 - 21 quality indicators (including all internal validity criteria). Articles that did not meet these criteria were deemed not acceptable (i.e. 17 or fewer quality indicators). The results varied for each therapy; only three empirical articles investigating animal assisted therapy, 12 articles investigating music therapy, 24 articles investigating sensory integration, and two articles investigating art therapy with individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder were found to be acceptable, according to the Horner, et al. guidelines for evidence-based practices. These results suggest that there is some emerging empirical support for some of these therapies with individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, there are many issues that need to be addressed in future research including; issues in diverse methodologies, what constitutes therapy versus an activity, and similar dependent variables.

 
112. Preference Assessment of Teacher Behaviors for Students With Autism and Resulting Student Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DIANE GRZEBYK (Long Island University), John C. Neill (Long Island University)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Preference assessments have been extensively researched for children with autism. Less research has been conducted regarding childrens preferences for staff. Since children with autism spend a large part of their day with teachers in school or therapeutic environments, it seems fitting that they would develop a preference for teachers. If this occurs, it would also make sense that these preferences may have an effect on the students behavior. Two students with autism and their everyday teachers participated in this study. A multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessment using pictorial presentation established a hierarchy for the students preference for particular teachers. Teachers were ranked as either high or low preference for each student. The effect of each student's preference for a particular staff member on the students behavior was compared in an alternating treatment design. Participants worked in a 1:1 instructional setting for 5 minute intervals. A 10-second partial-interval recording method was used to document the occurrence of problem behavior. As hypothesized, both students engaged in lower rates of problem behavior while working with their highest preferred teacher. Further research is necessary to elucidate the cause of this relationship.

 
113. The Effects of Functional Analysis Session Length on the Determination of Function Utilizing Within-Sessions Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBEKAH HINCHCLIFFE (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to extend the research investigating the impact of session length on the outcome of functional analyses. Hanley, Iwata and McCord (2003) indicated conducting brief functional analysis with10 minute sessions, is considered best practice within the field of applied behavior analysis. Wallace and Iwata (1999) showed that the efficiency of functional analyses could be increased with little loss of clarity when conducting sessions as brief as 5 minutes in length. The current study is a post-hoc analysis of the within session data from functional analyses conducted using 10 minute sessions. The within session data was analyzed to determine whether conducting 1 minute, 2 minute or 5 minute sessions could establish the function of the target behavior more efficiently than 10 minute sessions. The data from the tangible and escape conditions that had previously been determined to serve as the function for the target behaviors were utilized for the purpose of this study. This study extends previous research by utilizing reversal and pairwise designs, in addition to data from standard functional analysis. The results of this study indicate functions of the target behavior could be determined using session of lengths of less than 10 minutes.

 
114. Discrete Trial Teaching: A Comparison of Acquisition Rates and Response Maintenance in Young Children With Autism Under Three Different Instructional Arrangements
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TEAL MCALLISTER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Henkle (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Discrete trials teaching (DTT) is one of the most commonly used teaching technologies in early intensive behavior intervention (EIBI) programs. Despite the clinical utility of DTT and their use in the research literature, surprisingly little is known about the relative efficacy of different DTT teaching methods (e.g. massed-trial and task interspersal). The present study adds to the literature by conducting an analysis of the archival data for two young children with autism enrolled in an EIBI program. Specifically, trials to acquisition and performance in maintenance and generalization programming will be evaluated for responses taught using three different DTT methods: 1) Progressive, in which a single target response passes through three phases of instruction that gradually introduce increasing amounts of mastered responses, 2) Modified, in which multiple target responses are taught simultaneously to accuracy before adding mastered responses, and 3) Distributed, in which single target response is taught in isolation and then presented randomly and unpredictably throughout the treatment session. The terminal mastery criterion was the same across methods. Preliminary results suggest that the Progressive method consistently required the most trials to mastery while Distributed required the least. Additional analysis on archival maintenance and generalization data will be conducted.

 
115. Teaching Deictic Verbs in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HIROSHI ASAOKA (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) find it difficult to acquire deictic verbs. Recent research in Relational Frame Theory has developed an analysis of deictic relations in regards to I-You, Here-There, and Now-Then. The purpose of this study was to examine whether training based on complexity of deictic relations promotes acquisition of deictic verbs. The participant was Kena 5- years- and 10- months- old boydiagnosed with ASDs. He was required to walk to a teacher, and give or receive the object in response a certain type of sentence; the sentences were classified by three levels of relational complexity. For example, Ken gives/receives an apple to the teacher. was presented as simple relations. The teacher gives/receives an apple to Ken. was presented as reversed relations. Reversed relations reverse the relations between verbs and Kens behavior. Moreover, sentences used in simple and reversed relations were randomly presented as multiple relations. ABCDA design was used, with A representing pretest/probes of multiple relations, B representing training of simple relations, C representing training of reversed relations, and D representing training of multiple relations. The results demonstrated that the participant learned all types of complexity of deictic relations.

 
116. Reduction of Rapid Eating in an Adolescent Female With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Scott Page (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is exhibited by both typically developing persons as well as individuals with developmental disabilities and is considered to be a potentially dangerous and socially inappropriate behavior (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1980). The rather limited behavior analytic research on rapid eating has demonstrated that the use of verbal prompts and vibrating pagers (MotivAider) may be an effective intervention package in the reduction of eating pace (Anglesea, Hoch, Taylor, 2008; Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2013). This study evaluated the effectiveness of a vibrating pager combined with a rule for reducing the pace of eating in one adolescent female diagnosed with autism in a multiple probe design across two different settings (clinic and home). The primary dependent variable was inter-response time between bites. Results indicated that inter-response time did not increase from baseline levels until after a verbal prompt was introduced. The participants pacing quickly came under control of the vibrating pager and prompts were naturally faded from the treatment package. Implications for promoting autonomy in individuals with developmental disabilities are discussed.

 
117. A Brief Behavioral Sleep Intervention Improves Sleep in Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Whitney Loring (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Rebecca Johnston (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Laura Gray (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Suzanne Goldman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Beth Malow (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), AISLYNN KISER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD  )
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Sleep problems affect many individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), but little has been researched regarding its behavioral treatment in adolescents with ASD. In this study, 20 adolescents, ages 11-18 years with sleep onset delay and/or night wakings received intervention through 2 sessions and 2 follow-up phone calls. Sessions focused on antecedent strategies of researched components of successful sleep, relaxation, and distraction, and consequence-based strategies of extinction and differential reinforcement. Through actigraphy data, significant improvement was observed in sleep latency (p=0.007) and efficiency (p=0.030). In parent and adolescent reports of the Adolescent Sleep Wake Scale, significant improvement was seen in total score (p<0.001 and p=0.006) and all subscales. In parent and adolescent reports of the Adolescent Sleep Hygiene Scale, significant improvement was seen in total score (p<0.001) and 4 of 5 subscales. Significant improvement in total score was seen in adolescent report of the Modified Epworth Sleepiness Scale (p=0.002). 50% of the sample was contacted 3 months later and gains were maintained for all based on verbal report. Parents reported high satisfaction, understanding, and comfort regarding the intervention. Findings offer promising results in improving sleep for adolescents with ASD through a brief intervention.

 
118. The Introduction of Applied Behavior Analysis and Picture Exchange Communication Systems to Mothers of Children With Autism in Ust-Kamenogorsk, Kazakhstan
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERIN MORAN (University of Cincinnati), James Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

With ABA services unavailable or misunderstood in many parts of the world, it is of great importance that accurate and updated information is disseminated to allow for effective interventions for all individuals with autism. To address the lack of services, specialists and information available in Ust-Kamenogorsk, Kazakhstan, the primary researched completed a two month service project on site. The objectives of this trip included training the parents in the basics of ABA and providing a framework to addressing problematic behaviors. PECS was introduced and after a 4 hour group training session, nine mothers successfully taught their children to communicate with PECS. A nine question 5 point Likert Scale Social validity questionnaires demonstrate a high satisfaction rate with PECS and indicated that the mothers will continue to use and promote this intervention in the future. This project revealed that despite cultural and language differences, ABA was accepted by the parents and very successful in application.

 
119. Imitation Training Promoted Speech Intelligibility in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Previous studies have examined training effect for speech intelligibility in children with autism. Further studies, however need to evaluate the effect. The purpose of this study was to examine whether nonvocal child with autism improved speech intelligibility through using imitation training. Participant was one boy who was 8 years 11months old (MA: 2years 4months old). We used multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate treatment effect for speech intelligibility. Target behaviors were (1) widely mouth open, (2) speech loudness, and (3) sustained sound. In baseline, experimenter modeled target behavior and provided verbal praise and some snacks after child all response, regardless of correct or incorrect. In training, experimenter conducted shaping and was taught to imitate target behaviors. When child response correctly, experimenter provided verbal praise and some snacks. Follow up was same procedure as baseline. Prior to training and post, experimenter showed picture cards to child and elicited to say the name of the card. The result showed that correct responses of training and follow up were increased compared to baseline phase. Child also improved speech intelligibility in post assessment. The result suggested that three of target behaviors were the necessary conditions for promoting speech intelligibility in child with autism.

 
120. The Effects of Differential Observing Responses on the Acquisition of Observational Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Carolyn Page Willke (The Ohio State University), ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Observational learning occurs when one demonstrates noval operants by observing others engaging in a behavior and contacting the contingencies. Without attending to the critical aspects of the live model, observational learning cannot occur. Existing literature has suggested that teaching differential observing responses can prepare individuals with autism to acquire new skills via observational learning. In the current study, we compared the effects of two differential observing responses within an observational learning procedure on the state name identification skills of two children with autism. The differential observing responses being taught were a) vocal imitation of a peer with a matching to sample response, and b) vocal imitation of a peer with a pointing response. An alternating treatment with an embedded reversal design showed that for one participant, both observing responses resulted in the acquisition of states’ names. For the second participant, the vocal imitation plus pointing response resulted in faster acquisition of see-say state naming. Both participants acquired the skill of observational learning when the differential observing responses were removed. We also discussed the limitations, implications for practitioners, and directions for future research.
 
121. Comparing Behavioral Assessment Methods for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA DETRICK (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) procedures have become the gold standard of behavioral assessment of severe and challenging behavior (Vollmer, Roane, and Rone, 2012). With an increasing demand to identify evidence-based practice through randomized clinical trials, a multi-site NIH-funded study is currently underway to determine the efficacy of FA procedures for reducing problem behavior in children with autism. The main objective of this study is to establish the most efficient way for families to reduce problem behavior in their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) by establishing validity of FA procedures. Participants are children, 18-83 months of age, with a confirmed ASD diagnosis, and have severe and/or challenging behavior. Participants in this study are randomly assigned to receive an FA and functional communication training (FCT) tied to the FA results or a pragmatic assessment with corresponding FCT. This poster presents a preliminary comparison between the standard FA and the pragmatic FA results for one of the sites. Both packages were implemented by parents in their homes within multi-element designs. Coaching was provided via telehealth. IOA was collected on 30% of sessions and averaged 80%.The results of this comparison will be discussed, as well as future implications of the assessment of children with autism.

 
122. Systematic Fading of Caregivers Into Treatment to Facilitate Generalization of Treatment Effects
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in severe problem behavior may engage in differentiated rates of problem behavior depending on the caregiver that is present. Previous research has indicated that higher and more clearly differentiated rates of problem behavior may be observed when the primary caregiver is present compared to times when clinical staff members are present (Kurtz et. al, 2013). It may be difficult to generalize treatment effects to the primary caregiver when the individual engages in significantly higher rates or more intense levels of problem behavior in their presence. The current study includes 2 participants, a 5 year old male diagnosed with Autism and a 4 year old female diagnosed with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. For each participant, rates of problem behavior increased significantly each time the primary caregiver was introduced in to the treatment evaluation sessions. Thus, caregiver fading procedures were initiated so that the primary caregiver implemented treatment procedures for systematically increasing durations during the sessions. Lower and more stable rates of problem behavior were observed when the primary caregiver was gradually and systematically introduced into the treatment sessions across time.

 
123. Teaching a Functionally Equivalent Response With a Competing Item and Response Interruption and Redirection to Reduce Mouthing Inedible Objects
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica M. Dashow (Rutgers University), MIKALA RAE HANSON (Rutgers University), Jennifer Krych (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabil), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders often engage in stereotypical behavior, such as mouthing or consuming inedible objects. The empirical literature has indicated that the use of competing items and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) can be effective for addressing these forms of behavior (e.g., Horner et. al., 1991; Piazza et al., 2000; Zhou et al., 2000). In the current investigation, we assessed the use of an alternative item (bracelet) and RIRD for a 15 year old adolescent male diagnosed with ASD using a reversal design. The student engaged in high levels of object mouthing throughout his school day during baseline. During intervention, the student was given continuous access to an alternative source (silicone bracelet) and was taught an alternative response (biting the bracelet) with RIRD in place in the event that mouthing occurred. The implementation of the alternative item reduced mouthing non-edible objects to approximately 80% from baseline.

 
124. A Comparison of No-No Prompting and Errorless Learning on Errored Responding of Previously Taught Skills Within Discrete Trial Training With Children Having Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CASEY GREGORY (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

This study compared no-no prompting (delayed prompting) and errorless learning (simultaneous prompting) error correction methods on maintenance responding of previously taught skills with three children on the autism spectrum. An alternating treatments design (ATD) with baseline and best treatment was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of each prompting system on maintenance responding. Previously acquired skills that had dropped below acquisition criteria due to off-task behaviors were used as training targets during discrete trial training sessions. IOA averaged 98% (range=95-100% for both occurrence and non occurrence) for all three participants. Treatment fidelity also was high averaging above 98% across all participants with TF IOA also averaging near 100%. Results indicated that both prompt methods increased independent correct responding; rate of acquisition was varied across participants. No-no prompting resulted in more independent correct responding without any response prompts provided as well as more stable correct responding on future trials. Off-task behaviors were decreased more significantly with the use of no-no prompting for all participants. Staff and participants reported a preference for the use of no-no prompting with previously taught skills except for one participant who reported a preference for errorless learning.

 
125. Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Vocalizations Maintained by Attention in a Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AIMEE SUE ALCORN (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

We present data from a 13 year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder referred to a partial-hospitalization program for the assessment and treatment of inappropriate vocalizations occurring at school. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 16% of sessions and was 100%. A functional analysis of inappropriate vocalizations showed attention as the maintaining variable for inappropriate vocalizations. Within an ABAB reversal design, we evaluated the effectiveness of a functional communication training (FCT) program. During baseline, inappropriate vocalizations were reinforced with adult redirection and, often times, peer attention, in the form of laughter. During FCT, a functional communicative response (FCR) for attention was reinforced following a period of appropriate behavior. That is, the participant would need to participate in independent or group activities for a predetermined period before the FCR would result in reinforcement. Results showed elevated rates of inappropriate vocalizations during baseline sessions and near zero rates of inappropriate vocalizations during FCT. We gradually thinned the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR to 20 minutes. Results will be discussed in terms of their influence on the treatment of problem behavior in a classroom setting.

 
126. Reducing Unhealthy Eating Habits in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder With Novelty Stimulus Introduction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), BRITTANY NICHOLE BELL (Claremont Graduate University), Jenna Gilder (Claremont Graduate University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Children who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) appear to be at higher risk for obesity than the general child population (Hill, Zuckerman, & Fombonne, 2015). This pattern may be due to children with ASD having selective eating habits and the therapists and parents use of food as a reward (Hudson & DeMyer, 1968). In the present study, a multiple baseline design across nine participants was used to assess the effects of stimulus novelty introduction upon childrens snack choices. Baseline consisted of a presentation of typical snack choices based on child and parent desirability reports (chips, cookies, juice, etc.). Intervention included healthy snacks (i.e., butter free popcorn, graham crackers and water) embedded in the presentation of the previous snack choices on the snack tray. During baseline, participants were consistent in their choices and did not request a healthier selection. To date, preliminary results indicate that one child displayed an increase in healthy choices following the introduction of healthy options. This study will be concluded by the time of the conference. The observed shift in choice may be due to stimulus novelty. With obesity on the rise, it is important to provide and promote healthy alternatives to high risk groups.

 
127. Using Discrete Trial Training With Progressive Time Delay Prompting to Teach Phonics to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIA HAINES (Edith Cowan University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Although international best practice guidelines state that phonics instruction should be, in part, direct and systematic in its delivery, current Western Australian educational curricula and practise does not reflect this in relation to teaching phonics to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, there exists a large reading gap between children with ASD and their same age neurotypical peers; a gap that may start off relatively small at school entry but widens significantly over the course of primary schooling. It was therefore of interest to investigate whether children with ASD could learn phonics when taught using well evidenced direct, systematic techniques based on the principles of applied behaviour analysis. A multiple baseline with multiple baseline across participants (with concurrent measurement). 10 primary school children aged between 5-13 were recruited and split into three groups: Phonics, Numeracy and Control. 4 children were allocated to the phonics group and received discrete trial training (DTT) with progressive time delay prompting (PTD) over an 8 week period to teach phonics, while 4 children were allocated to the numeracy group and taught numerals in the same manner. 2 children were allocated to the control group and received treatment as usual (exposure to the pre-existing classroom curricula to learn phonics or numerals. Results indicated that all participants in the numeracy and literacy groups acquired stimuli as a function of exposure to DTT and PTD, as evidenced by change in level and trend during intervention following a stable low level baseline period. Further, 3 our of 4 participants in the literacy group also demonstrated an ability to transfer their mastered phonemes to the ability to blend consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words. All skills mastered spontaneously generalised to people, time and place during probe sessions, and skills were maintained over a 4 week period. Participants in the control group acquired significantly less stimuli over a significantly longer period of time, and were not able to transfer their learned stimuli to blending CVC words. These results indicate that a) current classroom curricula is not effective in teaching core literacy and numeracy skills, b) children with ASD are capable of learning core literacy and numeracy skills when taught in a systematic, evidence based manner and c) learned phonemes can transfer to the ability to blend CVC words in children with ASD.

 
128. Evaluating the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Autism Intervention Program in Northern Brazil
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANO ALVES BARBOZA (Universidade Federal do Pará), Álvaro Silva (Universidade Federal do Pará), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

The shortage of opportunities to access effective intervention to autism in developing countries is a major concern. The advancement of parentimplemented intervention seems to be critical. We evaluated the efficacy of a parent-implemented intervention program offered to low-income families in Northern Brazil. We systematically tracked the evolution of childrens performance and integrity of implementation by their parents. The data show positive impact of the program on skill acquisition by the children and confirms the potential for parent-implemented autism intervention programs.

 
129. Building Social and Employment Outcomes for Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Integrated Employment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Cincinnati), Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

For individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and significant communication and behavior challenges, finding and sustaining community-based employment is a daunting challenge. Traditional pathways to employment that have proven successful for individuals with other developmental disabilities are not able to meet the challenges faced by those with Autism Spectrum Disorder. We describe an inclusive program designed to systematically build social and employment skills for adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder in community settings. The goal of this program is permanent integrated employment for all participants. Data will be presented on the impact of the inclusive program on targeted social skills for one adolescent with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Program elements include video-modeling, task-analyses, and prompting hierarchies. We will use a multiple baseline across settings to evaluate the effects of the intervention on verbal initiations, responses, and continuations. The findings from this study will contribute to the growing body of evidence for best practice in the support of adults with autism in inclusive employment settings.

 
130. Decreasing the Inappropriate Sexual Behavior of Students With Intellectual Disability and Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH SIMONS (The Aurora School; George Mason University), Olivia Caro (The Aurora School), Emily Vidt (The Aurora School)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Research exists reporting the prevalence of inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) by people with autism and intellectual disability. Currently, a lack of research exists suggesting how to manage this problem behavior in school settings. This problem behavior creates a barrier in accessing the community, and ethical considerations in treatment should be considered. Consistent with the field, reinforcement based strategies should be implemented first. At a private day school, two students were selected to participate in the current study. Both students were diagnosed with intellectual disability and one was also diagnosed with autism. Both students engaged in ISB in the form of masturbation frequently throughout the day. Blocking and redirection were unsuccessful and represent the baseline in this study. After the implementation of a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) program, ISB decreased substantially. Staff were able to systematically lengthen the DRO interval while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. Staff report that the procedures were easy to implement and effective. This study shows a reinforcement-based approach to decreasing ISB in school settings.

 
131. Analysis of an Errorless Compliance Intervention With Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI FISHER (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Noncompliance is one of the most frequent and troublesome behaviors exhibited by students. Students who are noncompliant with teacher directions are at risk of not benefiting from academic instruction. In addition, teachers must spend valuable instruction time redirecting students who do not comply with directions and rules. Schools and teachers need proactive, success based strategies to increase the rate of compliance in noncompliant students. One such strategy is Errorless Compliance Training (ECT). Unlike other strategies that use punishment to decrease compliance, ECT focuses on establishing and strengthening compliance with reinforcement only. Although previous research demonstrates that ECT can increase the rate of compliance in formerly noncompliant participants, generalization to individuals other than the trainer does not always occur and generalization to other settings has not been assessed. The current study used a multiple baseline across subjects design to examine the impact of ECT on compliance and to assess generalization of the intervention to non-training settings. ECT was administered to four participants with severe developmental disabilities. Overall, compliance and consistency of compliance to previously low-probability requests increased. Results were mixed with respect to the generalization of the ECT intervention to settings other than the training setting.

 
133. Effect of Incremental Rehearsal on Number Identification of a Child With Multiple Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHENGTIAN WU (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), Carlen Henington (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Early numeracy skills (e.g. numbers, counting, and simple addition) are crucial for higher math skills and generalization of math skills to life settings. However, children with autism may often have limited early numeracy skills (Jimenez & Kemmery, 2013). The flash card is a convenient, and popular format for presenting discrete stimulus items (e.g. numbers) (Kupzyk, Daly, & Anderson, 2011). Among the flash cards interventions, the Incremental Rehearsal (IR) was the most effective one (Varma & Schleisman, 2014). However, there is limited research that has examined the effectiveness of IR on letter recognition of children with autism as well as other disabilities, such as ADHD and Intellectual Disabilities. Thus, the purpose of this is to examine the effect of the IR on number identification of a child with autism, ADHD, and ID. The intervention results showed that the IR improved participants number identification dramatically. The percentage of nonoverlaped data was 100%, which indicated that the intervention was very effective. As for the progress monitor, the student achieved mastery level in his instructional level.

 
134. Voices From the Field: Children With Autism Reflect on General Education Experiences
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JACQUELINE KELLEHER (Franklin Pierce University)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

What are some challenges faced by children and youth with an autism spectrum disorder attending public school? What causes heightened senses of anxiety in the school setting? What can teachers do to be proactive in setting up their classroom or transition times to best support those with an autism spectrum disorder? This poster provides an opportunity to learn from a sample of verbal youth experiencing this world on a daily basis. This qualitative study investigated the perspectives of 10 children in middle and high school concerning what causes sensory arousal in the general education environment. Children were interviewed about their experiences and then data were coded for themes and trends. Findings revealed those on the spectrum struggled the most with sights, sounds, noises, smells, and dealing with the behaviors of typical peers. Specific episodes and occurrences are expanded upon in this study and will be presented on the poster. Participants were also eager to share effective practices that have helped them in the school setting.

 
135. Instructional Method Comparison to Teach Chained Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), ANDREW SODAWASSER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber Godsey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Physical guidance is a common component in many instructional strategies; however, for some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), physical guidance may be aversive, thus evoking problem behavior that may directly compete with skill acquisition. The current study evaluated three strategies to teach chained tasks to an eight-year-old male with ASD in a day treatment clinic for individuals with severe problem behavior. A multiple baseline across tasks was used to compare: (a) a multiple opportunity probe with noncontingent reinforcement, (b) three-step guided compliance with differential reinforcement, and (c) a single opportunity probe with noncontingent reinforcement. Tasks were equally matched in number of steps, difficulty level, and completion time. Data were collected on percentage of steps completed independently, completion time, and frequency of problem behavior. Preliminary results indicated that the multiple opportunity probe was the only strategy that led to task acquisition (i.e., 3 out of 4 sessions >80%). When this procedure was applied to the other two tasks, similar trends in acquisition were observed. Performance maintained with both acquired tasks. The current evaluation demonstrated: (a) an efficient procedure for evaluating alternative strategies for acquisition and (b) showed that alternative strategies may be preferable for clients when physical guidance evokes aggression.

 
136. Replication of Synthesized Functional Analyses for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alexandria Boisvert (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Stacy Mahoney (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erin Boylan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Amanda Soles (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Nicholas Vanselow (Salve Regina University; Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Mackenzie J. Milner (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), MATTHEW CLIFFORD (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) proposed functional analysis procedures in which multiple contingencies, based on interviews and observations, are tested in a single pair of test and control conditions. The purpose of the current series of analyses was to systematically replicate the assessment procedures in different settings and with a range of problem behavior. Ten participants who engaged in problem behavior participated in the study. Participants were nine to 14 years old and were diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. All sessions were conducted in the participants typical daily environments. An experimenter delivered the putative reinforcers for problem behavior during test conditions. Reinforcers were different for each participant depending on the outcome of the interview and initial observation (e.g., unique tangible items or escape from experimenter interaction). Reinforcers were delivered non-contingently during control conditions. Each analysis was conducted quickly (average of 8 five-minute sessions) and all analyses demonstrated control over problem behavior. This study supports the procedures proposed by Hanley et al. (2014) and extends the generality of these procedures to additional settings, problem behavior, and types of reinforcers.

 
137. Use of a Bracelet Reinforcement Procedure to Decrease Motor Stereotypy in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services), Lauren Frazee (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Repetitive and stereotypic motor movements or vocal behavior are one of diagnostic characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Motor stereotypy can interfere with the acquisition and demonstration of many adaptive skills. Additionally, the occurrence of repetitive motor behavior in young children with ASD may socially stigmatize individuals and limit the development and maintenance of peer relationships. The current study evaluated the effects of a differential reinforcement procedure used to establish control over motor stereotypy in one instructional context in a childs home. The child was given a bracelet to signal that reinforcement was available only if motor stereotypy did not occur during the specified activity. Once control over motor stereotypy was established in the training condition (playing with an IPad while wearing the bracelet), its use was then expanded to non-training conditions. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing the occurrence of motor stereotypy across all evaluated settings. However, motor stereotypy continued to occur at a low level and was not completely eliminated by the procedure. The findings are discussed in terms of function of behavior as well as establishment and transfer of stimulus control.

 
138. A Comparison of Alternative Oral Stimulation to Decrease Rumination in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AIMEE DECKER (Florida Institute of Technology; The Faison School for Autism), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract:

Rumination is defined as the chronic regurgitation, rechewing, and reswallowing of previously ingested food and is estimated to occur in 6 to 10% of individuals with developmental disabilities (Rast, Johnson, Drum, & Conrin, 1981). Rumination that occurs over long periods of time can result in serious health risks including, malnutrition, weight loss, dehydration, tooth decay, choking, gastrointestinal bleeding, and even death (Starin & Fuqua, 1987; Winston & Singh, 1983). Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of non-contingent juice, supplemental feeding, gum, flavor spray and chew rings as a treatment for rumination in children with developmental disabilities. The current study compared these interventions as treatment for a 9-year old boy diagnosed with autism who exhibits post-meal rumination. The results suggested that the majority of these treatments effectively decreased rumination to lower levels. However, juice was shown to increase rumination up to 50%. This study not only discusses the effectiveness of these treatments, but also their social significance.

 
139. Mitigation of Reactivity Via Telehealth: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC), Ashley Pizzoferrato (TACT, LLC)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract: Reactivity occurs when the behavior being assessed is altered by the presence of the assessor. This can be particularly problematic when conducting a Functional Analysis, (FA) because the presence of a therapist can compete with the contingencies responsible for problem behavior. In this study, we conducted an indirect assessment in the form of an open ended parent interview in person and used this information to design FA conditions. However, during the initial FA conditions where therapists were present, inconclusive outcomes were obtained, and we hypothesized a reactive effect. Because of this, we completed the FA via telehealth (Wacker et al., 2013). During these conditions, the greatest level of differentiation occurred, indicating a conclusive outcome, and thus an appropriate evocative condition to teach replacement behavior. Treatment consisted of Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Delay - Denial Tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow & Hanratty, 2014). Treatment was completed entirely via telehealth with the participants’ Mother as the primary therapist. Substantial reductions in problem behavior were observed concurrent with elevations in appropriate replacement behavior. This study replicates and extends the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow & Hanratty, 2014), approach to treating problem behavior, as its implementation was conducted entirely without having to require the therapist’s presence. Interobserver agreement was collected for 55 of FA sessions, with a mean of 100% and for 44 of treatment sessions, with a mean of 97%.
 
140. A Consecutive Case Review of Token Systems Used to Reduce Problem Behavior in Individuals with Developmental Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MAUZY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Hailey Ormand (The University of Texas at Austin), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University)
Abstract: The current poster describes the use of token systems in a behavioral day-treatment unit for severe problem behavior using a consecutive case review spanning three years. Experimenters evaluated 96 cases, 24 of which implemented some token system as a component of the treatment package. Aspects of each token system (including schedules of token delivery and exchange; inclusion of token training and response cost; and types of back-up reinforcers delivered) and participant information (including age, race, diagnosis by history, topographies of problem behavior, and function of problem behavior) were coded. Token systems were most frequently employed during differential reinforcement for alternative (DRA, most commonly for compliance) or differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures and were most common in a demand context. Several commonalities were identified between cases (e.g., restriction of back-up reinforcers between token exchanges, initial dense schedules of reinforcement). Treatment packages including token systems resulted in a reduction in problem behavior for the majority of participants. Our findings suggest that token systems may be a beneficial component of treatment plans used to address problem behavior. Some common components should likely be included in all token systems and specific client variables may guide decision related to more idiosyncratic components.
 
141. Tolerating Aversive Stimuli By Fading In Fear Evoking Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
VANESSA MONTANO (Easter Seals Southern California), Stephanie Bettencourt (Easter Seals Southern California), Shu-Hwei Ke (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Stimuli related to television have been identified as fear evoking stimuli for a young participant diagnosed with Autism. These fears also evoked a number of maladaptive behaviors (i.e., elopement, aggression, and property destruction) and became distracting to the participant’s environment and learning. Aversive stimuli were faded in gradually using DRO and Extinction procedures to build the participant’s tolerance level. The participant was exposed to EXT procedures where an aversive stimuli was presented for 30 seconds. Latency to protest was recorded and that was used as the starting point for DRO. DRO was then gradually increased by a few seconds in each trial. The participant was able to tolerate multiple stimuli related to television through the use of DRO and EXT procedures.
 
142. Development and Implementation of Tier I Interventions Within a Residential and a Day Program Setting for Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WERONIKA POWERS (May Institute), Shannin Seamans (May Institute), Amy Gorman (May Institute), Gordon A. DeFalco (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Positive behavior support (PBS) is an applied science that uses educational and systems change methods (environmental redesign) to enhance quality of life and minimize problem behavior. (Carr, Dunlap, Horner, Koegel, Turnbull, Sailor, Anderson, Albin, Kern Koegel, & Fox, 2002). The objective of this multi-tiered support system (MTSS) is to arrange the environment to be conducive to teaching and learning (Sugai, 2015). PBS consists of three tiers and the present study was intended to evaluate the effectiveness of a Tier 1 system in reducing behavior problems and teaching adaptive social and life skills to 4 adult females with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder living in a community residence and 2 females and 7 males with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder working in a day habilitation program. Behavior expectations unique to each setting were established based on baseline observations of the individuals problem behaviors (e.g., physical aggression) and general requirements of the setting (e.g., wash hands after going to the bathroom). A motivation system was established in each setting for adhering to behavioral expectations and all staff persons were instructed in behavior skill training to teach replacement behaviors to individuals when they did not display behavior expectations. Finally, person centered input is provided through scheduled meetings at the residence and the day program with individuals and staff to discuss problematic issues among the individuals, encourage choice making decisions, and improve peer relations. Interval data collected on behavioral expectations are reviewed by the full PBS team monthly. Initial results indicate an increase in the individuals adherence to behavior expectations and a decrease in problem behaviors in the Day Program but considerable variability in the Residential Program(see attached graph). Since this is the first attempt at a PBS intervention with adults with autism in a residential setting and a day setting additional interventions will be explored in both settings

 
143. Using Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors to Improve Rock-Paper-Scissors Skills in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MASASHI TSUKAMOTO (Meisei University)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The rock-paper-scissors game (RPS) is a zero-sum game that is widely played by children in Japan. Although most children acquire the skills of playing RPS before school age, some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) show certain peculiar responses in RPS beyond the school age. For example, once children with ASD form a certain shape with their hand, they change their shape to match that of the other person. This study aimed to reduce this inappropriate imitation in RPS in a 10-year-old boy with ASD, by differentially reinforcing certain incompatible alternative behaviors (DRA). First, the participant was required to discriminate among the three RPS elements by interacting with two hand shapes presented on a computer. After the participant acquired some basic skills of RPS (e.g., participant could respond appropriately after being presented with scissors and paper and asked, "Which is the winner?"), backward chaining and DRA were introduced to actual RPS behavior. Finally, the RPS-matched contingency was introduced to a RPS game between the participant and the therapist. The interim results show that reducing inappropriate imitations in RPS games requires more than understanding the rules of the game and that it is necessary to modify the actual behavioral chain.

 
144. Expressive Language as a Potential Predictor for Effort of Assessment Required to Evoke Challenging Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Jessica Torelli (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Michelle Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Valid assessments are needed to develop individualized behavioral treatment. The latency-based functional analysis is an expedited functional analysis of challenging behavior. Length of the latency-based functional analysis is predicated on the amount of time required to evoke and reinforce challenging behavior until differentiation is replicated between one or more test conditions and the control condition. Within a randomized controlled trial assessing for potential cost-benefit of behavior analytic services within inpatient hospital settings, we conducted latency-based functional analyses of the challenging behavior of 18 children and adolescents diagnosed with autism exhibiting varying communicative abilities. Patients utterances were rated based upon observations by behavior analysts during interviews, assessments, and informal observations within the hospital. Patient expressive language was sorted into two categories: limited vocal or fully vocal. We evaluated the degree to which expressive language rating predicted the number of series needed to evoke challenging behavior within the functional analysis using a point-biserial correlation. Results indicated expressive language rating was positively correlated with the number of series needed to evoke challenging behavior (rpb = .58). Higher verbal ability predicted a higher number of series, although these findings represent preliminary evidence that further inquiry may be warranted. Limitations and future directions are discussed.

 
145. Derived Responding, Autism Severity, and Intelligence: The Relationship Between the PEAK-E Assessment, the GARS-2, and the WISC-IV
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIDGET MUNOZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Deficits in derived relational responding experienced by individuals with autism may explain some of the behavioral and intellectual deficits that are co-morbid with this neurodegenerative disorder. The present study evaluated the derived relational abilities of 46 children with autism and compared the assessment results with participants autism severity and intelligence. Each of the participants were assessed using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Equivalence pre-assessment as a measure of their relational abilities, the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale Second Edition (GARS-2) as a measure of autism severity, and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children Fourth Edition (WISC-IV) as a measure of intelligence. The results of the study suggest a strong correlation between the PEAK-E pre-assessment, the GARS-2, and the WISC-IV, suggesting that there is a relationship between derived relational responding, autism severity, and intelligence. The results have implications for the treatment of both problem behaviors and intellectual deficits experienced by this population.

 
146. Telehealth Applied Behavior Analysis Practice for Underserved Regions in Georgia-Sakartvelo
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANA BARKAIA (Children of Georgia), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Tamari Mikiashvili (Children of Georgia)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The NGO Children of Georgia in the country of Georgia-Sakartvelo, together with James Madison University in the USA, examined the effectiveness of communications technology for distance training and coaching of ABA therapeutic skills. Within a multiple baseline design across participants, it was demonstrated that distance coaching increased the use of therapeutic skills by the therapists and improved verbal operants by children with autism. With grant support from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and the Georgia-Sakartvelo Ministry of Science and Education, this research became a model for developing ABA services in underserved remote areas in the country of Georgia-Sakartvelo. Three teachers in two public schools in a small town in western Georgia received training where they learned the basic principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. Subsequently, these teachers were supervised and coached on practice skills via communications technology incorporating classroom-based tablets and internet connections with Children of Georgia consultants in Tbilisi.

 
147. The Interdependence of the Verbal Operants: A Principal Component Analysis of the VB-MAPP
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract: A growing body of literature has evaluated whether the elementary verbal operants proposed by Skinner in his book Verbal Behavior are independent or interdependent, with differing results. If independent, the distinct verbal operants would be likely to develop separately as their development is not dependent on the development of the other operants, and if interdependent, the operants would be likely to develop together. The present study expanded upon this body of literature by evaluating the verbal behavior of 92 individuals with autism between the ages of 5 and 22 using the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). The results of a principal component analysis suggest that the verbal operants included in the analysis were correlated, and the identified factor loadings differed only in the complexity of the skill rather than the type of verbal operant. The results lend support to the interdependence of Skinner’s verbal operants, as well as the construct validity of the VB-MAPP.
 
148. Parent Satisfaction With Two Adjunctive Parent-Implemented Interventions for Young Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE EGGINK (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo-Coleman (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Parent-implemented interventions are cost-effective and ecologically valid means of increasing access to evidence-based intervention for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Parental satisfaction is critical for treatment fidelity and the subsequent success of parent-implemented interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate parent satisfaction with two adjunctive, parent-implemented treatments for ASD, Applied Behavior Analysis/Verbal Behavior Approach(ABA/VB) and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI). Eleven parents received 16 in-home sessions in which they were taught to implement the assigned intervention. Parents were provided with a survey that contained 29 questions using a 5-point Likert scale to evaluate their satisfaction with the intervention and the outcomes for their child. At the end of treatment, parents reported moderate satisfaction with both RDI (range 3.6-4) and ABA/VB (range 2.8-3.8) with parents receiving the ABA/VB intervention reporting slightly lower and more variable ratings. After the 3-month follow-up, parents in the RDI condition reported an increase in satisfaction (range 3.8-4.4) while parents in the ABA/VB condition reported lower ratings than parents in RDI and from the previous assessment with the exception of an increase in use of and speed of learning spontaneous speech. All parents reported that they would recommend the study to other parents.

 
150. Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Lower Intensity (DRLi) and Higher Intensity (DRHi) on Vocalization Decibel Levels in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Suzanne Mancil (Louisiana Tech University)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of lower intensity (DRLi) and higher intensity (DRHi) are procedures developed to address problems in decibel levels of vocalization in individuals with autism. A reversal design was used to test the effectiveness of each of the developed protocol across six children with autism. Protocol involved a visual decibel meter (VDM) that measured the decibel level of speech. Red marks were placed on the VDM to indicate appropriate range. Prior to baseline, researchers demonstrated and modeled how the meter worked. In addition, the researchers modeled reinforcement procedures. The reinforcement procedures consisted of access to preferred items when vocalizations were within the appropriate decibel range per vocalization. Preferences were identified using a multiple stimulus without replacement assessment and confirmed during free operant observations. Data were gathered and the mean vocalization decibel level per 30-minute session was plotted. Data indicated that the implementation of the DRL resulted in a decrease of the vocalization decibels to within the range of typical conversations. In addition, the DRH procedures resulted in an increase of the vocalization decibels to within the range of typical conversations.

 
151. The Effects of Video Modeling on Pretend Social Play for Pairs of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELINDA CHERIE WRIGHT (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by repetitive behaviors and lack of symbolic play. For children with ASD, video modeling is a promising method for promoting symbolic play, often with an adult or typically developing play partner (MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansfeld, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009; Nikopoulos & Keenan, 2007; Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; Taylor, Levin, & Jasper, 1999). However, there is a limited research on the utility of video modeling training when all participants have ASD. The current study employed a multiple probe design across behaviors (pretend play scenarios) to evaluate the effects of video modeling training for two pairs of children diagnosed with ASD. During all sessions, thematically relevant vocalizations and play actions were scored for both participants in the pair. Following baseline, video modeling treatment was simultaneously provided to each pair. Maintenance probes were conducted to evaluate play in the absence of video modeling. Results indicate that video modeling led to an increase in scripted and unscripted play for all participants. Further, video modeling led to increased variety in unscripted vocalizations for all participants. These results extend the video modeling research by demonstrating that the intervention can successfully be simultaneously provided to two children with ASD.

 
151a. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on the Treatment Fidelity of Behavior Intervention Plans
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN BISHOP (Haugland Learning Center; Western Michigan Univer), Bryan Droesch (Haugland Learning Center), Denise Ross (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The goal of this study was to prevent the occurrence of treatment drift during implementation of behavior plans by increasing treatment fidelity for staff. Participants were two teaching assistants who implemented behavior plans for a young adult with autism. The dependent variable was the number of steps correctly implemented by the staff member as measured by a fidelity checklist. The independent variable was a behavior skills training (BST) package comprised of that uses instructions, modeling, behavioral rehearsal, and feedback to teach new behaviors or skills to staff. Using this procedure, participating staff members were trained to implement intervention procedures and reinforcement strategies as detailed in a student’s behavior intervention plan (BIP). Fidelity ratings were determined by conducting weekly fidelity checks with a checklist that highlighted the critical features of the BIP. Results showed that the BST training package increased the percentage of correctly implemented steps of an individual behavior plan when compared to the didactic training that was in use during baseline. The findings of this study may help promote further use of BST during staff training for a BIP and increase fidelity of staff implementation.
 
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Opportunities for Social Involvement Through the Analysis and Treatment of Challenging Behavior During Transitions
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Quigley, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Every day, individuals with developmental disabilities are asked to complete multiple transitions across environments, from school programs to home settings, home settings to the community, and the community to vehicles. By being able to complete these transitions without challenging behavior, individuals gain access to a larger variety of areas including less restrictive placements and more frequent community access. Through systematic evaluation, clinicians can identify the functions of challenging behavior during transitions and teach functionally-equivalent behaviors. Following treatment, students may be able to transition more successfully, therefore, increasing their access to more settings including the community. When in the community, challenging behavior may bring about different risks including potential police involvement, less support staff, vehicle safety concerns, and negative interactions with bystanders. Frequently the first response is to limit the students access to the community following challenging behavior. In doing so, teaching opportunities are decreased and the individuals activities are more restricted. By evaluating effective treatments in the community, individuals regain access to a variety of settings therefore increasing the individuals overall quality of life. Evaluating and treating challenging behavior which may impact an individuals ability to transition is essential for increasing access to social opportunities via their school or community.

Keyword(s): autism, community, transitions
 

Treatment of Aggression During Transitions for an Individual With Autism and Physical Impairments

CORY WHELAN (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

One component of an intervention package for aggression maintained by avoidance of physical contact would be to remain out of arms reach of the individual engaging in aggression. However, for an individual with severe physical impairments who requires staff to be within one foot of him when walking, that type of environmental manipulation is impossible. This research aimed at reducing the rate in which an individual engaged in aggressions while walking throughout a school building. Data showed that the rate of aggressions decreased when a gait trainer was introduced which allowed the student to walk next to someone without making physical contact. Interobserver agreement was assessed during 50% of baseline sessions and 50% of treatment sessions. Average agreement for the occurrence of aggression was 83% during baseline sessions and 90% during treatment sessions. These data provide practitioners with an antecedent-based intervention strategy to reduce aggressive behavior for an individual with physical impairments who needs support while walking. This intervention allowed the student to navigate not only throughout the school building with minimal staff assistance, but also throughout the community.

 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problematic Transitions
KAYLA CRUICKSHANK (Registered Behavior Technician), Miranda DePoy (Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Transitions comprise a significant amount of the average child’s school day. Thus, being able to make successful transitions is necessary for academic success. (McCord, Thompson, & Iwata 2001; Wilder, Chen, Atwell, Pritchard, & Weinstein, 2006). McCord, Thompson, & Iwata (2001) conducted a structural analysis and operationally defined transitions as “the termination or initiation of an activity, with or without a change in location” (p. 206). In the current study, an eight-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism, engaged in various topographies of disruptive and self-injurious behavior when presented with transitions. Researchers assessed behavior in response to termination of an activity, movement to a new location, and initiation of a new activity (McCord, Thompson, & Iwata, 2001) and determined the most significant trigger to be movement from outside to indoors, i.e., the most likely function was avoidance of going indoors. Thus, treatment was initiated with focus on stimulus fading from outside to indoors, with a modified environment to reduce extraneous stimulation. Initial data indicate success with this function-based intervention with decreasing rates of most topographies.
 

Evaluating Reinforcement Systems in the Community Through Alternating Treatment Designs

JENNIFER QUIGLEY (Melmark), Lauren M. Palmieri (Temple University)
Abstract:

An alternating treatment design was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of two reinforcement systems in the community as a treatment for non-compliance across multiple individuals. All participants had a history of challenging behavior in the community including non-compliance, stealing, aggression, and elopement which had impacted their ability to access the community. All participants were admitted to a Residential Treatment Facility at the time of treatment. General locations in the community were identified for each participant prior to treatment to establish a schedule of systematic access. The reinforcement systems evaluated were individualized for each student based on the students interests, related components of their current treatment plans, and functions of challenging behavior. The more effective reinforcement system was then utilized during generalization training and adapted into the students treatment plan. Effective reinforcement systems were identified for all participants with a decrease in challenging behavior and increase in compliance while in the community. These examples show multiple ways in which to systematically reintroduce individuals into the community and increase their ability to access less restrictive settings.

 
 
Panel #67
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine SIG Presents: A Discussion Regarding Methodology Utilized in Health Psychology Research: Advantages and Limitations of Within-Subjects and Between-Groups Experimental Designs
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Boston)
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Health promotion research often includes randomized control trials (between-groups design); however, in practice, clinicians may utilize single-subject designs (within-subjects design) to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention. Within-subject experimental designs may provide additional information that cannot be gleaned from group designs (i.e., individual trends in responding); however, group designs control for many of the variations that cannot be controlled in a single-subject design (e.g., demographic variations). There are advantages and disadvantages in utilizing each type of experimental design. The purpose of the panel discussion is to review differences in within-subjects and between-groups experimental designs, discuss the strengths and limitations of each design, and make recommendations for conducting research using either methodology.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Between-groups analyses, Experimental methodology, With-subject analyses
 
 
Symposium #68
An Exploration of Behavior Analytic Accounts of Feminist and Gender Issues
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The general concern for equality across gender has received increasing attention across multiple cultural collectives over the past hundred years. Gender related concerns have blossomed into areas of academic pursuit that are encompassed by several different approaches to the study of gender as it is related to complex social issues. However, the science of Behavior Analysis, that is very well suited for discussions concerning these particular types of behavioral and cultural phenomena, has not thoroughly tapped into its potential in providing a thorough account thereof. The academic endeavors of women’s studies scholars has been suited in a historical context and this makes it open to a behavior analytic conceptualization. This symposium will discuss gender and feminist issues as they are perceived, both from the general women’s studies perspective and how that might be translated into and benefit from a Behavior Analytic account. It will explore varying aspects of these cultural phenomena from the perspectives of different Behaviorisms and furthermore, will offer both a case study of a current culture and gender issue as well as a behavioral approach to teaching gender related courses at the university level.
Keyword(s): Feminism, Gender Issues, Interbehaviorism, Women's Studies
 
The Cultural Evolution of the Various Waves of Feminism: An Interbehavioral Account
DOMINIQUE STEDHAM (University of Nevada, Reno/Brohavior), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Within the larger pursuit of gender issues three primary waves of feminism have been identified. However, difficulties in understanding the relationships within and between the waves have become apparent not only to those who prescribe to the various waves, but also to those who study them. One of the difficulties in understanding the relationship across the three waves results from the differing theoretical foundations upon which each was built; each wave was built on the collaboration of members who prescribed to differing psychological schools, various traditional philosophies, a multitude of theologies and political science world views. As such, discussions between them and approaches toward particular cultural issues have become unproductive. A unified theoretical system to approaching an understanding of the philosophical foundations of the various waves would be beneficial to identifying patterns across them and categorizing their differing effects on members. This paper presentation will briefly outline constructs from Interbehaviorisim and will utilize them to provide a cultural analysis of the evolution of the philosophical approaches and general behavior of the members of the movement as they are related to the three waves of feminism.
 

Teaching Gender From a Behavior Analytic Perspective

CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Lauren Diane Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The topic of gender has traditionally been relegated to the field of biology due to its assumed correlation with sex or at best, it has been investigated by social psychologists. Rarely have members prescribing to the science of behavior analysis dedicated many, if any, resources to investigating or talking about the culturally relevant topic of gender or gender roles. After all, gender is perceived to be just another demographics category in large-n, statistical studies, right? No, this is not the way in which gender and gender issues ought to be approached. The culmination of research from several fields in the natural and social sciences suggests that gender is not dependent upon sex nor is it static for particular individuals even within their own lifetime. For these reasons, this paper will argue the study of gender can benefit from a behavior analytic perspective. Furthermore, even before behavior analytic research on gender is published, we can teach the topic from a behavior analytic perspective.

 
Defunding Planned Parenthood: A Consequential Contingency Analysis of Discrimination Against Women
JOHN LAMPHERE (Brohavior), Chase Owens (Brohavior/University of North Texas)
Abstract: This presentation will provide a case study concerning a gender issue that is currently relevant within our culture. It will consist of a consequential analysis of recent partisan debates over funding patterns for one of the nation’s leading reproductive health care providers and advocates for women’s rights. These funding debates could potentially limit women’s access to the reinforcing benefits of affordable reproductive health care. Furthermore, it could potentially limit the scope of research done to further women’s health. Both of these outcomes could be described as discrimination against women. Here we will acknowledge consequences maintaining the disagreements between both sides of the debate within the United States at both the national and state level, and discuss consequences that could maintain more moral decision making to further gender equality. We will also attempt to acknowledge some developmental costs that may make difficult the change to more moral decision making within society and legislation.
 
 
Symposium #69
Conceptual Developments in Relational Frame Theory: Basic Experimental Analyses
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jan De Houwer (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Recent advances in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) have aimed to expand the basic account of human language and cognition. To this end, the validation of the IRAP as a measure of relational responding has become paramount. As such, the current series of papers were designed to systematically manipulate the relational features of the IRAP using non-clinical samples. Paper 1 manipulated the rule order presentation of IRAP blocks, and found differential effects for each rule order presented. Paper 2 assessed the degree to which instructions for responding on the IRAP (i.e., specified responding, non-specified responding and response-focused instructions) influenced effects. Specifically, it was found that instruction type influenced the strength and direction of IRAP effects. Paper 3 manipulated the presentation of relational coherence indicators (RCIs, for example true and false) versus relational contextual cues (Crels, for example, similar or different) as response options. Results demonstrated that when participants completed an IRAP with Crels first, their effects became non-significant when they completed an IRAP with RCIs, suggesting that response options are not functionally equivalent. Overall, the symposium offers systematic analyses of the IRAP, which not only informs IRAP effects, but relational responding more generally.

Keyword(s): IRAP, RFT
 

The Effect of Rule Manipulation on Patterns of Relational Responding

COLIN HARTE (Ghent University), Ciara McEnteggart (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The importance of the effects of rules and instructions on human behaviour have long been identified as important in the psychological literature. However the number of experimental studies that have tested this suggestion is limited. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was employed and manipulated the order in which rules for responding were presented in a Self-esteem IRAP. Forty-one undergraduate students were divided into two conditions with differing starting rules. This sought to determine whether the simple order in which the rules are presented influenced patterns of relational responding on the IRAP. The results indicated that patterns of responding differed somewhat between conditions. The findings supported some existing evidence which suggests that rules influence relational responding. At the time of writing, a second study was to commence using a new methodology designed to address similar questions. From preliminary analyses, it can be suggested that rules exert varying degrees of influence over relational responding.

 
Exploring the Impact of Specific, Minimal, and Response-Focused Instructions on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure
MARTIN FINN (Gent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is increasingly used in applied and clinical settings with robust effects, however, many of the procedural variables of the IRAP have not been subjected to a systematic empirical analysis. One such variable is the rules that are employed to instruct the IRAP, and the effect that rules may have on resultant performance and IRAP effects obtained from the procedure. In a sample of university undergraduates, three experiments were conducted that varied the instructions on each IRAP in order to assess the degree to which rules specify aspects of the relational network as measured by the IRAP (i.e., specified responding, non-specified/minimal responding, and response-focused instructions). The findings from these three studies showed that the type of rule presented to participants during an IRAP influences the strength and direction of the trial-type effects. Furthermore, the type of instructions employed interacted with the order in which the IRAP blocks are presented (history-consistent versus history-inconsistent).
 

Exploring the Behavioral Dynamics of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: The Role of Relational Contextual Cues Versus Relational Coherence Indicators as Response

Emma Maloney (National University of Ireland Maynooth), DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Early studies using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) involved using relational contextual cues (Crels) as response options. A large number of IRAP studies, however, have also employed relational coherence indicators (RCIs), the two most common being True and False. The untested assumption was that the nature of the response options should have no impact on IRAP performance. The current study addressed this gap in the literature. Undergraduate participants were exposed to two IRAPs, one employing the Crels Similar and Different and the other employing the RCIs True and False. When participants first completed an IRAP using the Crels and then completed a second IRAP using the RCIs there was a significant reduction in the effect and it also became non-significant (from zero). This finding indicates that Crels versus RCIs should not be considered functionally equivalent and the use of different types of response options requires careful and systematic analysis.

 
 
Symposium #70
Experimental Analysis of Persons in Groups: Distinguishing Types of Selection
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Tara M. Grant (Brohavior)
Abstract:

This panel presents experimental research on two selection levels: operant and cultural. A common feature of the different studies was the manipulation of both 1) contingencies on individual responses and reinforcers (operant contingencies) and 2) coordination of participant responses in small groups and their environmental effects (macrocontingencies and metacontingencies). The first two presentations will report on studies based on a procedure in which participant received points for adding numbers in relation to computer-presented numbers (operant contingency) and the coordination of numbers chosen by all participants (metacontingency). The first one will present a comprehensive analysis of a series of manipulations using this procedure such as type of cultural consequences (analogous to positive or negative reinforcement), schedule of cultural consequences and other manipulations such as group size, participant position change, variability requirements, verbal interactions, etc. The second presentation will be about two experiments on the involvement of antecedent stimuli in the process of cultural selection. In the first experiment the background colors were different according to the experimental condition, while in the second experiment the colors were maintained equal across conditions. The last presentation will be on an investigation of the relations among operant contingencies, macrocontingencies and metacontingencies. A conflict situation was programmed in which participants could produce larger magnitudes of gains for group behavior with less individual gains. The results of this conflict are discussed in terms of ethical self-control. The tree presentations combined may contribute to the debate regarding selection on different levels by demonstrating investigation methods and empirical data related to different processes and selection levels.

Keyword(s): cultural selection, culturant, metacontingency, operant selection
 

Operant and Cultural Selection in a Metacontingency: Distinguishing Types of Selection

THOMAS ANATOL DA ROCHA WOELZ (PUC-SP), Maria Amalia Andery (PUC-SP, Brazil)
Abstract:

A series of experiments were conducted on behavioral and cultural selection within an experimental metacontingency preparation with small groups of 2 to 4 undergraduate students. The task consisted of choosing numbers in relation to randomly generated numbers or chosen by other participants. Two contingencies were isolated in the task: one for the relation with the random numbers and the other for the coordination of choices between participants. Participants were able to produce individual consequences as well as shared consequences for the group according to those contingencies. Metacontingencies manipulated were analogous to different arrangements of operant contingencies: for instance varying ratio schedules, negative or positive reinforcement, discrimination training, etc. Other parameters manipulated were not analogous: increasing number of participants, changing participant positions, allowing or blocking verbal interaction, etc. Participant choices demonstrated processes leading to variation and selection of both individual patterns and inter-related patterns. A summary of those results and an evaluation of the analogies between operant and cultural selection will be presented.

 

Do the Antecedent Events Take Part in the Culturant's Selection?

FÁBIO HENRIQUE HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Rio Verde), Saulo Segantini (Universidade de Rio Verde), Rafael Macedo (Universidade de Rio Verde), Lesley Sousa (Universidade de Brasilia), Isabela Lemes (Universidade de Rio Verde)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to investigate if antecedent events take part in the culturants selection. In Experiment 1 six undergraduate students performed a task in two small groups. Contingencies and metacontingencies were programmed. Operants were characterized by choosing numbers in a row. Culturants were characterized by relation for the coordination of choices between participants. Two conditions were set in an ABAB design. On A condition, only individual consequences were available. On B, individual and cultural consequences were available. There were different backgrounds colors in each condition. In Experiment 2, another six students participated in two groups. The task and conditions were similar, but the background had the same colour between conditions. Results show that operants and culturants were selected in Experiment 1. In Experiment 2 the triad 1 did not produce culturants selection, hence the group was finished at first condition B. Triad 2 did not reach the stability criteria at second exposition to condition B, and was finhished too. We discuss questions about procedures that can explain the absence of culturants selection in Experiment 2.

 

Relations Between Operant and Cultural Selection: A Study With Laboratory Microcultures

AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para)
Abstract:

The study of cultural practices in the experimental analysis of behavior, along the last decade, has provided important discussions concerning the relation between operant level analysis and cultural level analysis. This presentation discusses the difference and pertinence of cultural level and operant level analyses. We discuss data collected in an experiment that assessed the effects of a cumulative result of functionally independent operant responses over the behavior of participants in a laboratory microculture, when individual consequences were concurrent with the production of consequences more favorable to the culture. Individual consequences and cultural consequences differed in nature. Individual choices of even rows produced a school item to be donated to a public school (cumulative effect) plus one token exchangeable for money (individual consequence of lower magnitude), while odd rows produced three tokens exchangeable for money (individual consequence of higher magnitude). Results showed the effectiveness of the cumulative effect in the shaping and maintenance of self-control responses. Along the microcultures' exposure to the macrocontingency, a metacontingency relation emerged and recurred, in which participants alternated choices of odd and even rows. We discuss this data regarding operant selection and cultural selection, arguing for the pertinence of a cultural level analysis.

 
 
Symposium #71
CE Offered: BACB
From the Lab to Practice: Variations on Resurgence Procedures and Their Implications
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously reinforced response, typically following (conventional) extinction of an alternatively reinforced response. Resurgence is both of research interest and applied relevance. Presenters in this symposium will discuss variations on resurgence procedures in both laboratory and applied contexts. In the first presentation, presenters will describe an animal model for studying resurgence of punishment-suppressed behavior using rats, and theoretical and applied implications of results will be discussed. In the second presentation, a human operant arrangement will be presented that investigated the effects of varying density of reinforcement and the addition of an aversive auditory stimulus during Phase 2 on subsequent resurgence. Basic and applied implications will be discussed. In the third presentation, researchers will present an evaluation the use of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to attempt to mitigate the resurgence phenomenon in a clinically relevant context. Results will be discussed in the context of previous research showing similar effects with NCR as a disruptor and its comparison to traditional extinction as a disruptor.

Keyword(s): Noncontingent Reinforcement, Punishment, Relapse, Resurgence
 
Resurgence of Punishment-Suppressed Behavior
RUSTY NALL (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Relapse (resurgence) often occurs following removal of alternative reinforcement used in differential reinforcement of alternative behavior treatments. Animal models are useful for examining resurgence, but traditionally use extinction to suppress target behavior. Sometimes negative consequences (i.e. punishment) serve along with alternative reinforcers to suppress problem behavior as either programmed consequences (e.g. Functional communication training + punishment) or inherent aspects of the problem behavior (e.g. substance abuse). Further, in treatment contexts, it may be difficult to withhold or remove reinforcers for problem behavior. Foot shock punishment has been used to model some relapse phenomena following response suppression by punishment with rats, but not resurgence. In the present study, we developed an animal model for studying resurgence of punishment-suppressed behavior using two groups of rats lever pressing for sucrose. Later, shock accompanied reinforcement obtained from lever pressing for both groups. One group also received concurrent sucrose for nose poking. Finally, consequences for both responses were removed, and lever pressing increased (resurged) only for rats that received alternative reinforcement. These results indicate that resurgence follows alternative reinforcer removal even when target response suppression is obtained through punishment. Theoretical and applied implications will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Phase 2 Manipulations on Resurgence in a Human Operant Arrangement
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts in applied practice commonly use differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to reduce undesired behavior. Resurgence of problem behavior has been demonstrated following changes to reinforcement schedules due to errors in treatment integrity or intentional fading. Identifying methods for reducing the potential for treatment relapse would contribute to the utility of these interventions. Previous research suggests that the arrangement of reinforcement for alternative behavior affects the degree of resurgence obtained during an extinction test. Data will be presented from a human operant arrangement on the effects of varying density of reinforcement and the addition of an aversive auditory stimulus during Phase 2 on subsequent resurgence. The implications of the results will be discussed from both a basic and applied perspective.
 

Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement as a Disruptor on Resurgence of Severe Problem Behavior Following Functional Communication Training

ANNA ING (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Treatment relapse refers to the return of an unwanted condition that has previously been successfully treated. One such treatment relapse phenomenon is called resurgence. Resurgence occurs when a previously extinguished response returns following extinction of an alternative response that has been reinforced. It is commonly produced by a three-phase procedure: 1) a target behavior is reinforced until responding is steady, 2) the target behavior is placed on extinction and an alternative behavior is reinforced until responding is steady for both, and 3) both behaviors are placed on extinction. If the initial target behavior re-emerges in the final phase, it is called resurgence. Most applied and basic studies have used "traditional" extinction during the disruptor phase; that is, the behaviors are not met with reinforcement. However, more recent studies have been evaluating the use of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to attempt to mitigate the resurgence phenomenon. In this study, two participants with a history of communicative difficulties and socially maintained problem behavior experienced the three-phase procedure in which participants were exposed to NCR during the final disruptor phase. One participant demonstrated mild resurgence of problem behavior, whereas resurgence of problem behavior did not occur for the second participant. Results are discussed in the context of previous research showing similar effects with NCR as a disruptor and its comparison to traditional extinction as a disruptor.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #72
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Characterization of Delay Discounting Using Multiple Models and Effective Delay 50
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

The study of delay discounting, or valuation of future rewards as a function of delay, has contributed to understanding the behavioral economics of addiction. Accurate characterization of discounting can be furthered by statistical model selection given that many functions have been proposed to measure future valuation of rewards. This tutorial will present a convenient Bayesian model selection algorithm that selects the most probable discounting model among a set of candidates chosen by the researcher. The approach assigns the most probable model for each individual subject using an asymptotic approximation to model probability based on the Bayesian Information Criterion. Importantly, effective delay 50 (ED50) functions as a suitable unifying measure that is computable for and comparable between several popular functions, including both one- and two-parameter models. Software to execute the combined model selection/ED50 approach is illustrated using empirical discounting data collected from a sample of 111 undergraduate students with five discounting models proposed between 1937 and 2006. The work this tutorial is based upon was published in the January, 2015, special issue of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior studying experimental manipulations of delay discountingand related processes.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the devaluation of future rewards as a function of delay in terms of delay discounting; (2) recognize several proposed models of delay discounting both mathematically and graphically, and state the computational approach to fit these models to observed data; (3) explain Effective Delay 50 (ED50); (4) execute approximate Bayesian model selection to choose among candidate models given observed data using the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC). Make informed decisions about the merits and caveats of choosing among candidate models on the basis of observed data.
 
CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech)
Christopher Franck received his Ph.D. from the Department of Statistics at North Carolina State University in 2010. Dr. Franck is an Assistant Research Professor in the Department of Statistics at Virginia Tech, where he also serves as the assistant director of the Laboratory for Interdisciplinary Statistical Analysis (LISA). Dr. Franck collaborates with researchers from the Addiction Recovery Research Center (ARRC) in the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute studying a variety of psychological, behavioral economic, and statistical aspects of those who suffer from addiction and are successful in recovery. Dr. Franck's research interests include non-additivity in unreplicated studies with a focus on the identification of latent-groupings, predictive modeling of health outcomes, spatial modeling, and bioinformatics.
Keyword(s): Bayesian Model, Delay Discounting, Effective Delay50
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #73
CE Offered: PSY

The Surprising and Problematic Consequences of Exposure to Misinformation

Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Scott P. Ardoin, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia)
DAVID RAPP (Northwestern University)
David N. Rapp is Professor in the School of Education and Social Policy and the Department of Psychology at Northwestern University. His research examines language and memory, focusing on the cognitive mechanisms responsible for successful learning and knowledge failures. He investigates the ways in which prior knowledge, text materials, and learning goals influence memory and comprehension of discourse experiences. His recent projects examine how memory is influenced by the plausibility and importance of everyday events, the credibility of sources, and the collaborative nature of group discussions. These projects have been funded by the National Science Foundation, the U.S. Department of Education, and the National Institute on Aging. He received a McKnight Land-Grant Professor award from the University of Minnesota in 2006, the Tom Trabasso Young Investigator Award from the Society for Text & Discourse in 2010, was named a Charles Deering McCormick Professor of Teaching Excellence in 2015, and is a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science. He recently finished serving as associate editor at the Journal of Educational Psychology, and is now editor of Discourse Processes.
Abstract:

Prior knowledge has been a key construct for theories of memory, comprehension, and learning. And traditionally prior knowledge has been identified as a resilient source of information, standing strong in the face of even the most compelling refutations and evidence. In the current talk I describe experiments that call into question this characterization of prior knowledge. Work from my lab shows that well-worn expectations appear malleable (and sometimes even non-existent) when people are confronted with contradictory arguments and facts. Across a variety of demonstrations involving the presentation of text content containing potential misinformation, people subsequently rely on encoded inaccuracies leading to problematic and surprising demonstrations of ignorance. Even obvious misinformation, which individuals should know better than to fall for, can influence subsequent problem solving and decision making behaviors. This talk will identify the consequences of exposure to misinformation, as well as highlight important boundary conditions for when and how people might be encouraged to engage in more critical evaluation in the service of successful comprehension.

Target Audience:

Educational researchers, practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the misinformation effect, specifically in terms of consequences for post-reading behaviors; (2) describe how experiments have used reading time and decision-based methodologies in attempts to evaluate reader comprehension; (3) identify potential instructional strategies and text features that can encourage more critical readings of text content.
 
 
Panel #74
PDS: Consideration of Performance Management in Autism Service Delivery
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Trista Linn (St. Cloud State University)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc; TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
Abstract:

For a field that capitalizes on the utility of feedback and motivation to influence behavior, behavior analysts working in service delivery may be able to improve the way that they manage the performance of employees who provide direct behavior analytic services. Applied behavior analysis has been accepted as the most effective treatment for deficit and excessive behaviors associated with Autism Spectrum Disorder. As a result, there is a dire need for therapists trained in the principles of behavior to provide one-on-one therapy to children diagnosed with autism. Unfortunately, qualified therapists are limited in number and potentially difficult to retain for long employment durations. In theory, those who have been extensively trained in the principles of behavior should be the most effective in performance management, however, this may not be the case. This panel will discuss how those working in behavior analytic service delivery are currently doing with respect to the management of employee behavior, how they could improve, and practical explanations for why constraints exist.

Keyword(s): Behavior Therapist, Employee incentives, Employee training, Performance Management
 
 
Panel #75
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Issues in Rural Behavior Analysis: Ethical Practice, Tele-Practice, and Remote Supervision
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton, Ed.D.
Chair: Robert C. Pennington (University of Louisville)
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
CECILIA KNIGHT (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Rural behavior analysts face many issues. This panel will bring together three practitioner-researchers who are working within the scope of these issues. Panelists will present issues pertinent to ethical practice in small communities, reviewing telehealth and telepractice constraints, and issues related to remote supervision of behavior analysts, assistants, students, and RBTs.

Keyword(s): remote supervision, rural ethics, tele-practice
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics for the Rest of Us: Impact of Cultural Differences in the Practice of Ethics
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. )
Discussant: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
Abstract: How do cultural differences affect the practice of ethics? How do Board Certified Behavior Analysts who practice outside the U.S. define ethics? Are there country-specific challenges that arise and how can we handle these challenges? What about cultural and religious differences? In an era where access to someone living across the world is literally only a click away, subtle and not-so-subtle boundaries exist, particularly as it pertains to what is considered culturally acceptable. Even among countries that may seem homogenous (i.e. America and Canada), significant differences do exist that can and should affect how behavior analysts practice and make decisions in the field. The most common challenge faced by behavior analysts across borders, in both developed and developing countries, are related to misrepresentation and unethical practices. In some cases, the “right” answer appears straightforward, however, the cultural norms of different regions make doing the “right” things more challenging for behavior analysts practicing outside the U.S. The group will begin our discussion by talking about the implications of cultural differences in the practice of ethics by sharing their own experiences. The group will also engage in a group discussion to begin to construct a high level framework that behavior analysts can use as a tool to help them make practical, ethically correct decisions independently.
 
Talking About Ethics, eh? A Canadian Perspective on Multicultural Issues
ROSEMARY A. CONDILLAC (Brock University)
Abstract: There are different ethical challenges that arise in different parts of Canada, including our work with individuals from first nations communities, remote locations where direct supervision becomes a significant challenge, etc. Canada self-defines itself as multi-cultural, and as such, encourages New Canadians to stay true to their culture of origin and bring their traditions with them with the caveat that they not contravene Federal, Provincial, or Municipal Law or the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. There is an expectation of cultural acceptance, and typically training is provided to practitioners to increase their cultural sensitivity. Some aspects of the Ethical Code for Behaviour Analysts are inconsistent with cultural norms, and in some cases tediously so. As an example, small token gifts of appreciation are inherent in many cultures and professions, but completely forbidden in ABA practice. Language barriers often require the use of interpreters in the delivery of services; unfortunately, some interpreters bring cultural biases and put a cultural spin on the discussion that can impact service delivery. Further, the lack of professional designation for Behaviour Analysts in regulatory bodies makes them subject to institutional rules and policies that may conflict with our Code of Conduct. During this session, content will be covered through discussion of ethical dilemmas and how to deal with “tricky” situations in a manner that is consistent with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts yet is practical in application.
 
Ethics in Third World Countries
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: It is common knowledge that there is an acute shortage of qualified behavior analysts in the world. According to the most recent numbers from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), there are approximately 20,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in the world; of those, only 8% live outside the U.S. With an estimated 70 million people around the world with Autism, this means that there are only 1/3 of 1% qualified experts available to meet this growing need. As more and more organizations spring up that attempt to overcome this issue by putting in place systemic methods that can be self-sustaining, we must acknowledge that important culture and language differences significantly hamper the way behavior analysts are able to do their jobs in a manner that is consistent with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. As an example, when dealing with developing countries where commonly held belief is that a child with autism is “possessed,” questions arise regarding how must time a behavior analyst can and should spend educating parents and educators on non-technical skills when their primary “job” is to use their skills to change the lives of as many children with autism as possible and “every moment is priceless.” Other growing dilemma is to determine what happens after the fact. Within a very compressed period of time, there is only so much training one can impart to people who will be actually doing the work. In the U.S. we are beginning to see standards and qualifications put in place for people who implement ABA. However, given the relative “prevalence” of qualified behavior therapists capable of supervising cases, ongoing training and case supervision is a means that we can use to maintain quality control. Outside the U.S., even developed countries do not have sufficient number of behavior analysts to make this model feasible. How do we solve this global dilemma in a manner that can generate immediate results while we look for a long-terms solution? During this session, we will bring to light not only ethical situations facing the profession of behavior analytics but also begin a dialogue to create a paradigm shift that can affect global, long-term, sustainable change.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Walden Two and Beyond: Expanding the Scope of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Neal Miller (University of Memphis)
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii))
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract: These papers will examine issues related to the growth of applied behavior analysis. As the field attempts to move beyond traditional areas of practice to address large-scale social problems, it raises both opportunities and challenges. The first paper will examine the relevance of Walden Two (Skinner, 1948) to the applied field, examining both similarities and differences in their scope and methods. It will suggest specific lessons that we might learn from re-examining the proposals within this utopian novel. The second paper will examine ways that behavior analysts might expand their impact by engaging social issues that have not been traditionally addressed by practitioners. Finally, our discussant will provide her own perspectives on these topics.
Keyword(s): ABA, practice, Skinner, Walden Two
 
Applied Behavior Analysis and Walden Two: Revisiting Skinner’s Utopia
NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), Mallory Garrett (The University of Memphis)
Abstract: In Walden Two (1948) B. F. Skinner described a utopian community in which the science of behavior analysis had been harnessed to improve peoples’ lives. Though this was a bold and ambitious work, at the time it was a purely speculative account. However, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is closely aligned to the purpose of this novel, and has contributed a significant body of research over the past 50 years. A comparison between the areas of application outlined in Walden Two and those currently being addressed by the field of ABA reveals both similarities and differences. We will examine a wide range of topics (from education and child-rearing to religion and government), and identify some that were addressed in depth in Walden Two, but have been largely neglected by our applied field. Finally, recommendations will be made for how the lessons of Walden Two might assist behavior analysts in meeting the challenges we face in our society.
 
Applied Behavior Analysis Beyond Autism: Finding Solutions to Important Societal Problems
MOLLY BENSON (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner’s vision of how behavior analysis could be applied to tackle issues of major social significance represents the foundation of our profession. However, as a professional discipline, the practice of behavior analysis tends to be fairly restricted in terms of its scope and the type of populations it serves. One of the challenges facing behavior analysts is to apply the principles of our science to impact society’s problems. Given that there are so many areas of social significance that need to be addressed (e.g., economic disparity, social injustice, the threat of nuclear war, public health, and climate change), it would seem that the field of applied behavior analysis has significant potential for growth and change. In this presentation, we will examine some of the challenges that exists for behavior analysts in working on these societal problems, explore potential opportunities for growth in our field, and assess what kind of interventions may be required to impact change on a larger scale.
 
 
Symposium #78
CE Offered: BACB
Advancing Social, Self-Advocacy, and Vocational Skills in Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is little behavior analytic research on teaching social, self-advocacy, and job-related skills to adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current symposium includes four papers directed toward filling this gap in the literature. In the first paper, the authors piloted an assessment for evaluating job-related socials skills that are important for individuals with ASD to succeed in work environments. In the second paper, the authors evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training to increase the social play skills of adults with ASD who were teaching social play skills to children with ASD. In the third paper, the researchers evaluated the effects of a text prompt with a time delay on the self-advocacy of an adult with ASD. In the fourth paper, the authors examined the effects of teaching a problem-solving strategy to adolescents with ASD on solving common job-related problems.

Keyword(s): Adolescents/Adults, Job-related Skills, Self-advocacy, Social Skills
 
A Pilot Clinic-Based Assessment for Evaluating Job-Related Social Skills
BRIDGETTE WHITE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Courtney Laudont (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Carolyn Grob (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have difficulties obtaining and maintaining employment, yet little research has been conducted on methods for evaluating and improving critical vocational skills. In this study, we developed and test-piloted a standardized assessment of job-related social skills for individuals with ASD by arranging conditions that simulated on-the-job experiences in a clinic setting. The experimenter contrived situations to assess a variety of work skills, including asking for help, asking for more materials, asking questions, notifying the supervisor when completed with a task, following written and vocal instructions, and responding to corrective feedback. A total of seven individuals, aged 16 to 27 years, have participated thus far. Results suggested that the assessment was useful for identifying specific social skills that could be targeted for intervention to increase success in the work environment. These findings add to the current literature by demonstrating an objective method for assessing a variety of job-related social skills under naturalistic conditions.
 

Teaching Social Play Skills to Adults and Children With Autism as an Approach to Building Rapport

MOLLY SHIREMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Conrad Hillman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have deficits in social skills that may impede their success on the job. As part of a vocational training program, three adults, aged 21 to 27 years, with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and no intellectual disabilities were taught to increase the social play skills of children with autism. Behavioral skills training (BST) was effective in increasing social play skills of the adult. Additionally, social engagement of the children increased. Probes conducted throughout the study evaluated whether the play skills training impacted a measure of rapport between the adult and child. These rapport probes showed that play skills training increased levels of proximity, our measure of rapport, between the adults and children. These findings extend previous work on using BST to teach adults with ASD to implement behavioral procedures with children with autism and suggest that this type of training is potentially valuable for the future employment of individuals with ASD who desire a vocation as a behavioral technician.

 

Teaching an Adult With Autism Self-Advocacy Statements Using Time Delay

Danielle Schatz (Alpine Learning Group), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Little research has explored procedures for teaching adults with autism to make self-advocacy statements. The present study used a multiple probe design across stimulus categories to evaluate the effects of using a text prompt and time delay procedure on the acquisition and generalization of self-advocacy responses. A twenty-five year old adult with autism participated in the study. The participant was presented with situations that required a self-advocacy response (e.g., he asks for a soda and the instructor gives him water instead). During baseline, if the participant responded correctly, the instructor corrected the situation, and if the participant errored, the instructor did not correct the situation. During intervention, a text prompt was used to prompt a self-advocacy response for each situation, and upon a correct response, the instructor corrected the situation and provided reinforcement on the participants motivational system. Results extend the literature by showing an effective procedure for teaching an adult with autism self-advocacy responses. The percentage of independent self-advocacy responses increased for the participant when the text prompt and time delay procedures were introduced across the three baselines. Results also showed generalized responding to novel examples and materials for each situation presented. Future research should investigate these procedures with additional participants as well as explore teaching more advanced self-advocacy responses to adults with autism.

 

Effects of a Problem-Solving Strategy on the Independent Completion of Vocational Tasks by Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CINDY LORA (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of teaching a problem-solving strategy on the independent completion of vocational tasks by four adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. The strategy was presented as a textual activity schedule in a binder and it was evaluated across three types of problem situations (missing items, broken items, mismatched items) and non-problem situations. Use of the problem-solving strategy in these situations was assessed with a multiple-probe-across-participants design. None of the participants were able to complete the vocational tasks when a problem (e.g., stapler missing when stapling packets) arose during baseline. Following introduction of the problem-solving strategy all four participants completed the tasks during problem scenarios and use of the problem-solving strategy generalized in the presence of vocational tasks not associated with teaching.

 
 
Symposium #79
Establishing Praise and Visual Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcers: Basic, Bridge, and Applied Research
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi)
Abstract:

This symposium will include four data-based presentations on establishing conditioned reinforcers. The first presentation will report on two experiments with rats. The first experiment compared pairing and operant discrimination training to condition a cue light as a reinforcer, but the results were equivocal. The second experiment clearly demonstrated overshadowing effects. Results suggested that the pairing procedure creates overshadowing or blocking effects. The second study compared two pairing conditions (pair-with-one and pair-with-four) to establish praise as a conditioned reinforcer with five children with autism. Results indicated that although both pairing procedures increased responding, pair-with-four tended to have higher levels and more maintenance. The third study extends the research on using a discrimination training procedure to establish praise statements as conditioned reinforcers for three children with autism. Results indicated that previously neutral praise statements functioned as conditioned reinforcers while nonsense words did not for all participants. The fourth (on-going) study compared the effectiveness of stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing to condition neutral visual stimuli as reinforcers for four adolescents with autism. Discrimination training was also investigated when the pairing procedures were ineffective or there was no differentiation between S+ and S- stimuli. Results will be discussed in terms of optimal pairing techniques.

Keyword(s): autism, conditioned reinforcers, discrimination training, pairing
 
Comparing Different Procedures Aimed to Establish Conditioned Reinforcers: Procedural Challenges and Some Solutions
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Social conditioned reinforcers typically acquire their effect by being paired with other reinforcers. However, some research have indicated that conditioned reinforcers can develop more effectively through an operant discrimination procedure. Few studies have compared the efficacy of the two procedures directly, and these attempts have been plagued with methodological challenges. The current paper reports on two experiments. The first compared the effectiveness of pairing and operant discrimination training with rats. We paired one cue light with the presentation of an unconditioned reinforcer, and we established a second cue light as a discriminative stimulus for an operant response that produced the reinforcing consequence. Tests of the two lights as conditioned reinforcers were equivocal. Further testing suggested that some collateral auditory stimuli rather than the cue light functioned as conditioned reinforcers for the behavior of the rats exposed to the pairing procedure, and that these other stimuli overshadowed the cue light. Overshadowing effects were clearly demonstrated in a second experiment, and a subsequent conditioned reinforcer test suggested that the pairing procedure, in particular, creates overshadowing or blocking effects and thus can hinder effective conditioning of new stimuli as reinforcers.
 

Establishing Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: The Effects of Pairing With One Versus Multiple Reinforcers

LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University; Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Regis College)
Abstract:

Praise and other forms of attention may not function as a reinforcer for the behavior of children with autism. Previous research showed that pairing praise with an established reinforcer contingent on a response increased the rate of that response when only praise was delivered as the consequence. There were two purposes of the present study. First, we replicated the previous research on the effects of contingent pairing on responding with praise alone using a multiple baseline design across the 5 participants with autism. The second purpose was to use a reversal design to compare pairing praise with one reinforcer versus pairing praise with four reinforcers. After each phase of 105 pairings, we compared responding with praise and no programmed consequence conditions to test the effects of the two pairing conditions and control for antecedent discrimination. Compared to the pair-with-one condition, data in the pair-with-four condition showed higher levels, more increasing trends, and more maintenance. The pair-with-four condition may be more effective in increasing and sustaining responding under praise conditions as it establishes praise as a generalized conditioned reinforcer freeing responding from a single establishing operation. Further analysis of the conditions under which praise becomes a reinforcer is warranted.

 

A Discrimination Training Procedure to Establish Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer for Children With Autism

ERIN SAINSBURY (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that for some children with autism social stimuli often do not function as reinforcers. This lack of social stimuli as reinforcers is problematic for children with autism because praise is one of the most commonly used educational reinforcers, is naturally maintained, and readily available in a multitude of environments. Unfortunately, there is currently no clear research-based technology for establishing social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers. This study used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across stimulus/response sets to evaluate the discrimination training procedure for establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for three children with autism. Two praise words and two nonsense words, determined to be neutral, were chosen for each participant. During discrimination training, praise words were established as SDs and nonsense words were established as S?s. During pre-tests and post-tests, each stimulus was delivered as a consequence for new responses. Results demonstrated that previously neutral praise statements functioned as conditioned reinforcers, and nonsense words did not function as conditioned reinforcers for all three participants.

 

A Comparison of Pairing Procedures to Establish Neutral Stimuli as Reinforcers for Adolescents With Autism

CHRISTINA LOUISE SLATEN (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Few studies have directly compared the effectiveness of pairing procedures to establish a novel stimulus as a conditioned reinforcer with humans. A technology for establishing conditioned reinforcers is particularly important for individuals with autism due to limited reinforcing effectiveness of social stimuli and age-appropriate activities. The current study is the first to compare the effectiveness of stimulus-stimulus pairing and response-stimulus pairing procedures to establish a neutral visual stimulus as a conditioned reinforcer for four adolescents with autism. Discrimination training procedures will be implemented if stimulus-stimulus pairing and response-stimulus pairing are both ineffective. Two different visual stimuli and one response are assessed during each condition; one visual stimulus is paired with a high-preference item and the other visual stimulus is not to serve as control. Results of this (on-going) bridge study will be discussed in terms of optimal pairing techniques for adolescents with autism; directions for future applied research on conditioned reinforcement will be suggested.

 
 
Symposium #80
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applied and Translational Research on Response Persistence
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School)
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The continuation of responding in the face of disruption (i.e., response persistence) is a desired outcome in many situations. For example, one goal of early intervention is to ensure that skills acquired in the clinic or home setting generalize and maintain when the student transitions to school. Conversely, persistent responding may be problematic if destructive behavior maintains when treatment is introduced. The presentations in this symposium focus on the factors that contribute to or mitigate against behavioral persistence in applied contexts. Dr. Joel Ringdahl will present on one way to increase the persistence of social skills exhibited by adults with developmental disabilities. Stephen Ryan will discuss reinstatement of appropriate communication responses following periods of extinction. Valdeep Saini will present on the effects of discriminability on persistence of responding during and following the use of time-based reinforcement schedules. Katherine Lichtblau will discuss differential levels of resurgence of destructive behavior following two forms of differential reinforcement.

Keyword(s): Reinstatement, Response persistence, Resurgence
 

The Effect of Magnitude of Reinforcement on the Persistence of Social Skills Exhibited by Adults With Developmental Disabilities

Erik Otte (Southern Illinois University), JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Several studies in the basic, translational, and applied literatures have demonstrated that the frequency with which reinforcers are delivered (i.e., reinforcement rate) can impact responses persistence. Additional reinforcer parameters, including magnitude of reinforcement, have also been demonstrated to impact response persistence. However, studies relevant to this topic have been conducted in basic laboratories using nonhuman (e.g., Nevin, 1974) and human (e.g., McComas, Hartman, and Jimenez, 2008) participants. Thus, the applied impact is unknown. In the current study, the effect of magnitude of reinforcement on the persistence of socially significant behavior exhibited by adults with mild disabilities was evaluated. Initially, a BST package that included a reinforcement component was used to teach conversation and job interview skills to young adults with developmental disabilities. Performance was scored in terms of percent of steps correct, according to task analyses. The BST packages were paired with either high magnitude of reinforcement or low magnitude of reinforcement, depending on baseline performance (i.e., high magnitude of reinforcement for the skill performed with relatively worse skill during baseline). Following acquisition of the skills, the BST package was discontinued, resulting in termination of the reinforcement contingency. Results indicated that the skill taught using the high-magnitude reinforcer persisted at relatively higher levels during the maintenance period (4 weeks of follow-up) for each participant, though performance remained above criterion regardless of reinforcer magnitude.

 
An Evaluation of Reinstatement of Appropriate Communication Following Extinction
STEPHEN E. RYAN (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a conceptual framework for the study of the recovery of previously extinguished operant behavior. Commonly referred to as treatment relapse, this is the failure to maintain treatment gains (i.e., reduction in problem behavior) when there is a change in conditions under which these gains were achieved. One treatment relapse paradigm previously examined in basic and applied research is reinstatement. Reinstatement of problem behavior has been shown to occur when functional reinforcers are delivered on a fixed-time schedule following extinction. Despite the utility of examining the reinstatement of problem behavior, demonstrations of reinstatement of other behavioral topographies (e.g., appropriate behavior) are rare. During the current study, an evaluation of reinstatement was conducted within an overall study of factors influencing the persistence of communication (Ringdahl, Berg, & Wacker, 2012; Grant R01 5R01HD069377-2). A 3-year-old male with a history of problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement and communication difficulties was exposed to functional communication training (FCT) using two mands. FCT was followed by extinction of communication and fixed-time delivery of a functional reinforcer. Problem behavior was on extinction in all phases. Reinstatement of communication occurred and problem behavior decreased from the levels observed during the preceding extinction sessions.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Discriminability on Behavioral Persistence During and Following Time-Based Schedules of Reinforcement

VALDEEP SAINI (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Using a human-operant preparation and guided by Shahan and Sweeneys (2011) model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory (BMT), we evaluated a refinement to noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) designed to reduce persistence of problem behavior during NCR and mitigate response resurgence during extinction following NCR. The refinement involved increasing the saliency and discriminability of the change from contingent reinforcement (during baseline) to NCR, which BMT predicts should lead to faster reductions in target responding and decrease the likelihood of resurgence. We present data on four subjects, all of whom responded in ways predicted by BMT to varying degrees. Our results are discussed within a translational research framework and broader context of strategies used to mitigate treatment relapse for severe destructive behavior, as NCR is one of the most commonly prescribed interventions for destructive behavior displayed by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

 

Examining Resurgence of Problem Behavior Following Differential Reinforcement With and Without Extinction

KATIE LICHTBLAU (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Nevin and Shahans (2011) Equation 7 of behavioral momentum theory (BMT) predicts that when all other variables are held constant, the rate of alternative reinforcement (Ra) predicts the degree to which responding recurs when disrupted. In the current investigation, we used extinction as a disruptor to evaluate levels of resurgence of problem behavior following two forms of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) in which overall rates of reinforcement were equated. In one condition, reinforcement remained available for problem behavior, as well as for a communication response (i.e., DRA without extinction), whereas in the other condition, DRA was implemented with extinction, but we added noncontingent reinforcement to yoke the obtained rates of reinforcement to the DRA without extinction condition. Both DRA conditions suppressed rates of problem behavior with one individual, but we observed higher levels of resurgence following DRA without extinction. We discuss these results in light of BMT, as well as other treatments for problem behavior that do and do not involve terminating of the response-reinforcer relation.

 
 
Symposium #81
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Children Who Do Not Demonstrate Repertories Critical for Academic Success
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Joseph T. Shane, B.A.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been rigorously demonstrated to be an effective approach to treating children with autism. A large number of studies have shown significant improvements in participants who received Discrete Trial Training (DTT). However, studies with many participants consistently report finding a group of students who fail to make much progress with the traditional Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) treatment package. A concern, therefore, of everyone providing early intervention should be to determine why these children do not make adequate progress. It is possible that the standard EIBI treatment package assumes that learners have prerequisite skills that some children do not demonstrate. Even the most basic skills require some level of environmental awareness and attending to relevant stimuli. For example, simple visual discrimination is a prerequisite skill for conditional visual discrimination. Simple and conditional discrimination repertoires are critical components of many skills necessary for daily functioning, including communication, academic, and daily-living skills. It is also crucial to be able to identify effective reinforcers for each learner. This presentation consists of four studies, each of which addressed one of the following areas of concern for lower functioning students with autism: increasing vocalizations, teaching auditory and visual discriminations, and teaching imitation.
Keyword(s): Discrimination Training, Echoic Training, Imitation, Matching-to-Sample
 

Increasing Vocal Behavior and Establishing Echoic Stimulus Control in Children With Autism

JOSEPH T. SHANE (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism fail to demonstrate echoic behavior as early as their typically developing peers. Some also make very limited vocal sounds in general, remaining mostly mute aside from crying or engaging in stereotypy. Echoic skills demonstrate auditory discrimination and matching, and function as a beneficial, if not necessary, prerequisite for many other vocal-verbal skills. The purpose of this study was to develop an alternative echoic training procedure for primarily non-vocal children who did not demonstrate auditory discrimination in baseline. The intervention consisted initially of sessions in which any vocal sounds were reinforced. Then reinforcement schedules were manipulated to increase the variety of sounds each child made. This was followed by a simplified echoic protocol to establish auditory stimulus control, beginning with high-rate vocalizations. Echoic skills were tested prior to and throughout the intervention. This procedure was able to produce an echoic repertoire in two out of three participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Who Have Difficulty Mastering Auditory Discriminations

SARAH LICHTENBERGER (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Simple and conditional visual and auditory discrimination repertoires are critical components of many skills necessary for daily functioning, including communication, academic, and daily-living skills (Green, 2001). When auditory discrimination is not under instructional stimulus control it can result in delayed acquisition of new skills and limit academic progress. The purpose of this study was to teach auditory discrimination to children with autism who had little-to-no progress on classroom procedures that required auditory discrimination, such as selecting an object from an array when given the name of the object as the instruction. Auditory discrimination will be taught starting with teaching a particular motor response in the presence of an environmental sound, then slowly introducing other sound and response pairings. The procedure will use a variety of teaching methods based on the learner's progress. Trial-and-error, shaping, and physical prompts will be used to aid in the acquisition of discrimination skills.

 

Simple and Conditional Visual Discrimination Training for Children With Autism

BLAIRE MICHELIN (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Numerous everyday living skills rely on an individual having an extensive conditional discrimination repertoire. Some children with autism show difficulty in acquiring conditional discriminations, which can lead to delayed progress through classroom curricula. Green (2001) stated that it has been demonstrated that teaching simple visual discrimination tasks help cultivate the development of more complex visual discriminations. Even though some children with autism show difficulty in acquiring conditional discriminations, these individuals can acquire conditional discriminations after training on simple visual discriminations. The purpose of this study was to teach two individuals with autism simple and conditional visual discrimination tasks. Once the simple discrimination procedure was mastered, a conditional visual discrimination procedure was implemented. Both children had previously mastered classroom matching-to-sample procedures, but the skills failed to maintain. Simple and conditional visual discrimination were taught using trial-and-error and within-stimulus prompts.

 
Using Shaping to Establish Imitative Repertoires
JENNIFER LYNN MRLJAK (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Some children with autism are unable to acquire imitation despite receiving applied behavior analysis therapy meant to teach that and other important repertoires. Many ABA programs utilize physical prompting hierarchies either as a component of the discriminative stimulus or the correction procedure after an error. But even after lengthy exposure to these teaching techniques some children still do not acquire imitative responses. This study evaluated the use of shaping as a method to establish imitative motor responses in children who were not demonstrating any imitative behaviors under the control of the model’s behavior. The primary differences from common teaching methods included reinforcing approximations to the target behavior and increasing the response requirements incrementally over time, in addition to increasing the duration of the model’s actions and fading that over time. Three participants acquired a variety of imitative responses.
 
 
Symposium #82
CE Offered: BACB
Broad Applications of Programming for and Assessing Generalization for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Lauren K. Schnell, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The symposium includes four studies on programming for and assessing generalization in individuals with developmental disabilities. The first presentation evaluated the effect of teaching tolerance responses to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) following training a functional communication request. Generalization was assessed with stimuli, settings, and caregivers not associated with treatment and the effects of treatment maintained up to 6 weeks. The second presentation examined several stimulus conditions under which vicariously reinforced responding might emerge by embedding probes within an experimental arrangement that included multiple exemplars. The third presentation evaluated behavior skills training to establish generalized safety responding in children with ASD. Multiple exemplars were taught to program for generalization to stimuli and settings not associated with training. The fourth presentation taught children with ASD to tolerate medical and dental procedures and determined the extent to which tolerance transferred to settings not associated with training. Collectively these studies provide support for the value of programming for and assessing generalization for individuals with developmental disabilities across a wide range of skill areas.

 

Improving Maintenance and Generalization While Teaching Children to Mand and Tolerate Delays to Mands

JORDAN CHUSID (Regis College), Lauren Beaulieu (Regis College)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of teaching tolerance responses on problem behaviors using a multiple baseline design across participants design with two young children diagnosed with autism. After identifying the function of the problem behavior by conducing a functional analysis, we taught the children simple and complex functional communication responses (FCR). Afterwards, we introduced delay and denial tolerance training. Our dependent measures were (a) problem behaviors, (b) tolerance responses, (c) simple FCR, (d) complex FCR, and (e) percentage of the delay the child was independently engaged in an alternative activity. Generalization was assessed with novel stimuli, settings and caregivers. Maintenance was assessed through a 6 week follow-up. Our results suggested that there was an inverse relationship between tolerance responses and problem behaviors. Additionally, after the children learned FCRs, they were able to accept delays or denials to reinforcement and spend the majority of the delay engaged in a less preferred alternative activity. The effects generalized to novel settings and stimuli and the results maintained at a 6 week follow-up.

 

Effects of Multiple Exemplars and Embedded Probes on Vicariously Reinforced Responding

HYPATIA BOLIVAR (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Vicarious reinforcement refers to an increase in ones behavior as a result of observing reinforcement delivered to a model, but in the absence of direct reinforcement delivered for imitation of the models response. We examined several stimulus conditions under which vicariously reinforced responding might emerge by embedding probes for vicariously reinforced responding within an experimental arrangement that included multiple training tasks (multiple exemplars) maintained by direct intermittent reinforcement. Four subjects attending a school for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities participated. Data for one subject showed maintenance and generalization of vicariously reinforced responding across three different probe tasks. Data for a second subject showed maintenance of vicariously reinforced responding on the first probe but no generalization to a second probe. Data for the remaining two subjects showed initial vicarious reinforcement effects but did not show maintenance on any probe. Implications for the applied use of vicarious reinforcement arrangements are described.

 

Teaching Safety Responding to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Margaret Rossi (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Amy Gross (University of Minnesota), JESSIE NORTHGRAVE (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Children have been taught to demonstrate a safety response when they encounter a dangerous stimulus using behavioral skills training (BST). However, little research has evaluated the usefulness of BST to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the current study, we evaluated BST to establish a generalized repertoire of safety responding in children with ASD. Three categories of dangerous stimuli were identified and multiple exemplars were taught to program for generalization to stimuli and settings not associated with training. The three participants demonstrated an appropriate safety response after BST training across trained and untrained exemplars and settings. Additionally, responding to trained exemplars maintained up to four weeks following training. High levels of social validity were also found. These results suggest BST is a viable training approach for training individuals with ASD to demonstrate safety responding and results are discussed in light of previous studies.

 

Increasing Cooperation With Medical and Dental Procedures in the Natural Environment for Children With Autism

CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (University of Florida/Kaleidoscope Interventions), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism often engage in disruptive behavior (i.e., crying, refusal, aggression) at the doctor or dentist, preventing medical or dental personnel from completing routine procedures. Previous research has demonstrated that exposing clients to a hierarchy of systematic fading steps, while differentially reinforcing compliance, can effectively decrease disruptive behavior and increase cooperation with a variety of procedures, when conducted in a therapeutic setting. However, is it unclear if cooperation generalizes to the natural environment of the doctor or dentist. The purpose of this study is to teach children with autism to tolerate routine medical and dental procedures, without engaging in noncompliance or disruptive behavior, and determine the extent to which cooperation transfers to the natural environment of the childs primary care provider (i.e., doctor or dentist) via pre- and posttest.

 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Cathleen C. Piazza, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When left untreated, pediatric feeding problems can result in poor weight gain, weight loss, malnutrition, dehydration, cognitive impairment, compromised immune function, and dependency on tube feedings (Cohen, Piazza, & Navanthe, 2006). Therefore, it is imperative that clinicians and researchers continue to develop effective treatment procedures and disseminate their findings to a larger audience. This symposium combines 4 data-based presentations on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding problems from 4 different programs: Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of North Carolina Wilmington, Marcus Autism Center, and University of Kansas. Following the 4 presentations, Dr. Cathleen Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute) will discuss the presentations and the implications of each presenters findings. The first presentation will focus on the use of applied behavior analysis to treat feeding problems in children with autism spectrum disorder. The second presentation will compare descriptive and functional analyses in the treatment of feeding disorders. The third presenter will discuss the use of alternative bite presentation methods in the treatment of expulsion and packing. The final presenter will discuss the use of response blocking to distinguish between motivational and skill deficits in pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, food selectivity
 

Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Applied Behavior Analysis Versus Wait-List Control

VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems, and food selectivity, defined as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004), is the most commonly reported feeding problem. Results of studies have shown that treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) are effective as treatment for feeding disorders in the general pediatric population (e.g., Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Although ABA treatments have empirical support for feeding problems, and ABA also has empirical support for the treatment of the core symptoms of ASD, there are no ABA randomized clinical trials with a well-defined cohort of children with ASD and food selectivity. We conducted a randomized clinical trial of ABA treatment of food selectivity in children with ASD relative to a wait-list control group. We randomly assigned 3 children to ABA and 3 children to a wait-list group and compared the effects of treatment in a multiple baseline design across novel, healthy groupings of foods. Results demonstrated that ABA treatment increased acceptance of all food groupings for all six children who participated in the study.

 
Comparison of Descriptive and Functional Analyses in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
JESSICA ASHLEY KEANE (UNCW), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Elizabeth Graham (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Woolson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Hannah Edwardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Natalie Jones (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Previous research on the correspondence between hypotheses derived from descriptive and functional analyses has shown mixed findings (e.g., Lalli et al., 1993; Lerman & Iwata, 1993; Thompson & Iwata, 2007). Further, studies comparing the relative effects of treatments matched to each hypothesis when results of these analyses do not correspond are scarce. To our knowledge, no studies to date have conducted a systematic comparison of descriptive and functional analyses outcomes in the treatment of pediatric feeding problems. Therefore, we compared the results of a descriptive analysis and caregiver- and therapist-conducted functional analyses of the inappropriate mealtime behavior of three children with feeding disorders. Then, using a reversal design, we compared treatments matched to the results of each analysis. Results of the descriptive and functional analyses did not correspond for any of the children. Results of the subsequent treatment evaluations showed that treatments matched to the functional analysis were more effective for all children. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 33% of sessions. Agreement was above 80% for each child. Clinical implications of these findings will be discussed.
 
An Evaluation of Alternative Bite Presentations in the Treatment of Feeding Difficulties
HAILEY ORMAND (Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Interventions utilizing nonremoval procedures and reinforcement have yielded positive outcomes, including increased acceptance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior, in the treatment of feeding difficulties (e.g., Patel, Piazza, Martinez, Volkert, & Santana, 2002; Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Reed et al., 2004). However, challenging behaviors (i.e., expels, packs) often persist even after a bite is accepted. Alternative bite presentations, such as depositing bites with a flipped spoon or Nuk, are antecedent manipulations that have been shown to reduce these behaviors for children who are unsuccessful with bites presented on an upright spoon (e.g., Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010). The current study expands on past research examining alternative bite presentations by providing a review of pediatric cases from an intensive day-treatment feeding program to determine the frequency with which these presentations are utilized clinically. We will present descriptive information about the assessment and/or treatment protocols implemented with these individuals and summarize observed outcomes by topography. Finally, the implications of alternative bite presentations in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders will be considered.
 

Using Response Blocking to Distinguish Between Motivational and Skill Deficits in Pediatric Feeding Disorders

ALEC BERNSTEIN (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Children typically gain the skills to appropriately feed themselves by the age of two years (Carruth et al., 2004). Those whose skills are delayed have statistically been shown to consume less nutrients (Carruth et al., 2004) and are at risk for both developmental and growth delays (Manikam & Perman, 2000; O?Brien et al., 1991). Though previous research has assessed a multitude of treatments for feeding delays and disorders (Cooper et al., 1995; Manikam & Perman, 2000; Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004), little research has evaluated whether such delays are maintained by motivational or skill deficits. The current study describes the treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding skills for four children with developmental disabilities. Response blocking was used to determine whether the absence of appropriate self-feeding was a motivational or skill deficit. Results of response blocking for one child suggest a motivational deficit, whereas results for the other three children suggest a skill deficit. Results will be discussed in terms of response blocking as an assessment procedure as well as backward chaining as a procedure for increasing self-feeding skills.

 
 
Symposium #84
Conceptual and Methodological Topics in Cultural Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis and related disciplines offer much to promote behavioral solutions to socially significant practices within large social units like cultures. Conceptual analyses have advanced ahead of empirical work and the field has many opportunities for research and development. The papers in this symposium aid organizational leaders to create and explore models for stewardship of communities and cultures. Exploration opens opportunities for innovation while social units adjust to growing social upheaval, technological advances, and environmental concerns, as well as crises in the global economy, health, education, and environment.

 
From Conceptualization to Methodologies and Applications
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Recent trends interrelating the global economy and socially significant practices (related to health, education and sustainability, etc.) highlight the role of leadership and related behaviors (e.g., decision making) as among the key factors influencing cultural change. By drawing upon these points, this presentation will provide a set of opening comments for the symposium on Conceptual and Methodological Topics in Cultural Behavior Analysis which is designed to aid organizations and leaders to create new methodologies and models of stewardship and provide opportunities for innovation while adjusting to growing global issues, as well as national crises in health, education, and environment.
 
Using Behavior Analytic Concepts to Produce Systemic Change at Scale in a Large Research University
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract: Student retention and on-time graduation have become key metrics for public universities’ performance and are now typically an important part of performance-based funding and institutional rating systems. Supporting undergraduates is not only the right thing to do, but it has become critical to universities’ base budgets, particularly for public universities. We discuss a national awarding winning, university-wide set of systemic interventions, called the Graduation Success Initiative (GSI). The GSI transforms the administration of the undergraduate curriculum and reorients the university toward undergraduate student success at a large, public, metropolitan, research university. The GSI’s systemic interventions are complex and extensive and have produced a 16 point increase in on-time graduation in its first 4 years, a significant turnaround from the institution’s historical low to its historical high. In previous papers, we have concentrated on systems of interlocking contingencies and metacontingencies that influence the behavior of individual students, advisors, and executive leadership. In this paper, we concentrate on another key systemic element in the interventions—faculty in gateway courses. We will address the challenge of improving the performance of 17 high-enrollment, high-failure, high-impact gateway courses that produce over 41,000 enrollments and represent a significant barrier in students’ progress.
 

Selection of Business Practices in the Midst of Evolving Complexity

MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

Cultural and organizational change involves unique configuration of events, complex interrelations between dynamic systems, and non-recurring interlocking behavior of individuals. Manipulating operant behavior is not sufficient to address these type of phenomena. Behavior systems analysts bring the scientific and philosophical environmental determinism foundations to the understanding and management of complex phenomena. In this presentation I will explore the difference between cultural cusps and metacontingencies and their implication for behavior analysis and complex cultural change.

 
Analysis of the Behavior and Organizational Practices Relevant to Climate Change
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), William D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: There is no doubt within peer-reviewed science about the seriousness of global climate change (IPCC, 2007; 2014). A number of disciplines converge to show climate change is happening now, the rate of change is accelerating and human activities (e.g., use of fossil fuels) following the Industrial Revolution are a major driver of that change. Many ask - Can humans change deeply established lifestyle behaviors in time to halt or slow global warming? Can humans across the globe cooperate to address collectively the greatest threat to humanity and avert strife over limited resources? If not, will humans adapt to habitats created by climate change and learn to live within sustainable boundaries? A science of the behavior of individuals is relatively clear about the contingencies that influence individuals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and behavior analysis has made significant contributions to our understanding. But, in the absence of evidence on strategies for influencing entire populations, this research is having little impact on the problem. This talk outlines a theoretical account of the relevant behavior of individuals and the practices of organizations. The challenge ahead for the behavioral science community is to do the extensive and difficult systems research needed to pinpoint the variables that will bring about massive, yet crucial, changes in individual behavior and organizational action. The challenge may seem to exceed the skill set and resources of the behavior science community. The ideals, perseverance, and success in solving all of the other problems addressed in applications suggest that this community may be the last best hope for the behavioral sciences to address what may ultimately prove to be the biggest challenge to well‐being that humans have ever faced.
 
 
Symposium #85
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating New Approaches to Observational Measurement of Problem Behavior in Applied Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Johanna Staubitz, M.Ed.
Abstract: Advances in observational measurement techniques have the potential to improve the quality and feasibility of direct observation data as they relate to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium includes four data-based studies on new approaches to measuring problem behavior and behavior-environment contingencies. First, Doyle et al. will present an evaluation of correspondence between systematic direct observation and a practical alternative (Direct Behavior Rating) for evaluating treatment effects on problem behavior. The next three presentations will focus on methods of estimating behavior-environment contingencies from direct observation data. Staubitz & Lloyd will share results of a study comparing the validity of six methods of sequential analysis applied to observational data with programmed response-reinforcer contingencies. Courtemanche et al. will share results of a study applying one of these sequential analysis methods to estimate contingencies for individuals with chronic self-injury in community settings. Finally, Valdovinos et al. will present results of a study investigating the role of controlling for base rates when estimating contingencies between problem behavior and environmental events in natural settings. All four presentations represent innovative observational measurement strategies that have the potential to improve the quality and/or feasibility of direct measures of problem behavior in applied settings.
Keyword(s): contingencies, direct observation, measurement, sequential analysis
 

A Simplified Outcome Measure for Use in Treatment Trials for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

ANNE DOYLE (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), Jenny Teator (University of Missouri), Brittany Schmitz (University of Missouri), Courtney Jorgenson (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

One of the challenges faced by parents is objectively measuring treatment outcome. Currently, measurement methods are too cumbersome or rely upon subjective information. The current investigation aims to use a simplified measurement system to assess treatment outcome for problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with DD. Direct Behavior Rating (DBR) is an evaluative rating completed by caregivers at the time the behaviors occur and includes multiple, continuous observations over a period of time that yields a repeated, objective, and quantitative measure of behavior. The specific aim of this project is to demonstrate that DBR is maximally sensitive to detect behavioral changes. The participants were four female college students. Each participant viewed 12, 5-min videos of a child with autism under baseline and treatment conditions. After viewing each video, the participant used DBR to rate the severity of the problem behaviors. Our primary analysis compared DBR to systematic direction observation (SDO) across baseline and treatment phases comparing changes in level, trend, and variability. The results showed good correspondence between DBR and SDO in terms of changes in level across phases, trends, and variability. These preliminary data highlight a promising approach to evaluating treatment outcome in settings in which SDO is difficult.

 

Applications of Sequential Analysis Methods to Observations With Programmed Response-Reinforcer Contingencies: A Validity Assessment

JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

A variety of sequential analysis methods exist to quantify operant contingencies from observational data. Results of a recent simulation study indicated a modified event lag method may produce more accurate and interpretable contingency estimates relative to other standard approaches (Lloyd, Yoder, Tapp, & Staubitz, 2015). Whereas the simulation study modeled zero contingencies, the current study extends this research by applying the same methods of sequential analysis to observations with programmed non-zero contingencies. We used Sniffy the Virtual Rat software to generate observational sessions with programmed reinforcement contingencies, then superimposed fixed time schedules of reinforcement to model variation in contingency strength. We evaluated the degree to which each method of sequential analysis produced contingency estimates that (a) approximated programmed reinforcement contingencies and (b) demonstrated sensitivity to changes in contingency strength. Results indicated that event lag methods produced closer approximations of programmed contingencies and demonstrated greater sensitivity to changes in contingency strength relative to interval-based and time window methods. In addition, consistent with the previous simulation study, our results suggest that interval-based and time-window methods have the potential to produce negatively biased contingency estimates.

 
Sequentially-Dependent Self-Injurious Behavior in Community Settings
ANDREA B. COURTEMANCHE (University of Saint Joseph), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Sherry Crossley (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: Studies have documented a sequential dependence between instances of self-injurious behavior (SIB) rather than temporal relationships between SIB and social consequences. Thus, rather than SIB resulting in consistent social consequences, one instance of SIB is likely to be followed by another instance of SIB. Because many of the participants in these studies lived in institution-like settings, it is unclear whether these results could be attributed to relatively low rates of social attention in that environment. The purpose of this study was to use sequential analysis methodology to assess behavior-behavior and behavior-environment contingencies for a group of individuals with SIB living in community settings. Seven individuals with chronic SIB were videotaped during their daily routines. A continuous, timed-event recording system was used to code videos for the frequency of SIB and the frequency and duration of staff attention and participant engagement in functional activities. Participant and staff behavior were analyzed for frequency, duration, inter-observer agreement, and sequential dependencies. A sequential pattern of SIB was identified for some participants. Additionally, sequential patterns of SIB varied based on idiosyncratic topographies. Future research should evaluate the relationship between sequential associations of SIB in natural contexts and behavioral function as determined by functional analyses.
 

A Comparison of Quantitative Observational Methods

MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University), Lisa Beard (Drake University), Meara McMahon (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John D Hoch (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Advancing technology allows behavioral observation and analysis to move beyond summaries of partial-interval data, to methods that preserve the time sequence of events. With these changes come questions about analysis of indices of association available in different software packages for understanding contingencies between caregiver and participant behavior. Within the context of a larger study evaluating the impact medication changes had on challenging behavior of 11 individuals, weekly, one-hour direct observations were conducted over a period of 2.5 yrs. Videos were uploaded into The Observer XT and coded for the onset and offset of environmental conditions (e.g., location, noise level, number of people in the room), participant behavior (e.g., challenging and adaptive behavior), caregiver behavior (e.g., demands made, attention delivered, etc.). Data from observations were aggregated and analyzed using two tools: the lag sequential analysis function in Observer which provides unadjusted conditional probabilities, and the freeware Generalized Sequential Querier software which provides indices of association adjusted for base rates of occurrence of the event sequences in question (Yules Q). The results obtained from these tools produced different conclusions for the same events (e.g., Table 1). The benefits and challenges of interpreting results within a behavioral analytic contingency framework will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #86
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Applications of Varied Functional Analysis Methodology: Latency, Precursor, and Tele-Health
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University)
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tyra P. Sellers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Practitioners who assess and treat individuals with problem behavior are frequently faced with barriers to implementing functional analyses, such as concerns with repeatedly evoking and reinforcing the targeted problem behavior, or access to resources. The first project evaluated the application of latency-based FA as an alternative to traditional FAs of problem behavior in inpatient hospital settings. The second project extends the utility of latency-based FA methodology by outlining an approach to data collection, which facilitates the use of latency-based FA outcomes as baseline data during subsequent treatment evaluations. A third project evaluated the utility of an FA and subsequent treatment of precursor behavior to reduce occurrence of related problem behavior for young children with autism in home settings. The fourth evaluation assessed the effects of using tele-health to train and coach an existing early childhood behavior specialist to coach parents of children under three in conducting FAs and implementing FCT procedures to reduce problem behavior. The research presentations in this symposium provide evidence that a variety of FA methodology can be successfully implemented to address barriers that might otherwise prevent application of more traditional FA methods.
Keyword(s): functional analysis, latency, precursor, tele-health
 

Outcome Summaries of Latency-Based Functional Analyses Conducted in Inpatient Units of Hospital Settings

JOHN E. STAUBITZ (TRIAD, Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Torelli (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

Latency-based functional analysis (FA) may be a viable alternative to traditional FA when evoking and reinforcing high rates of problem behavior is not advisable. We conducted 16 latency-based FAs of the problem behavior of 15 children diagnosed with autism in inpatient hospital settings. Concurrently, we conducted latency-based structured descriptive assessments (SDA) of four secondary response topographies. Latency-based FAs identified functional relationships for targeted responses during 50% (8 of 16) of assessments and latency-based SDAs yielded evidence suggestive of functional relationships for non-targeted responses during 50% (2 of 4) of assessments. Implications and future directions are discussed.

 

Latency-Based FA as Baseline for Subsequent Treatment Evaluation

NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Carmen Caruthers (Vanderbilt University), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University), Emilee Harbin (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

No research has used latency-based functional analysis (FA) outcomes as baseline data from which to evaluate the effectiveness of subsequent function-based treatments. This approach to analysis calls for the continued collection of latency-based measures for all targeted variables throughout all phases of treatment. We tracked client progress during treatment using latency-based, rate-based, and percentage-of-opportunity measures of relevant behavior and compared graphical representations of each. Visual inspection of all data indicates that changes in variability level, and trend of latencybased measures correspond well with said changes in more traditional measures.

 

Implementation of Interventions for Problem Behavior Based on the Results of Precursor Functional Analyses in an Early Childhood Setting

AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Hayley Halversen (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals engaging in problem behavior may also engage in milder, topographically different precursor behavior maintained by the same functional reinforcers as the more intense problem behavior. Identifying functionally related precursor behavior allows clinicians to implement interventions directly on precursor behavior, which may result in fewer instances of more intense problem behavior occurring during assessment and intervention implementation. Previous research conducted descriptive analyses to identify precursors, conducted functional analyses targeting the precursor behavior, and demonstrated that precursors were functionally related to the more intense topography of problem behavior. Researchers then demonstrated decreases in the targeted problem behavior by implementing interventions addressing the precursor behavior. The current study extended the application of this methodology to children under the age of five who had a history of engaging in problem behavior. Specifically, we conducted descriptive analyses to identify precursor behavior and subsequent functional analyses targeting the pre-identified precursor behavior to identify the function. A function-based intervention was implemented to address the precursor behavior resulting in decreased levels of precursor behavior and suppression of the more intense problem behavior.

 

Functional Analyses and Functional Communication Training With Children Under Three Using Telehealth and Existing Supports: Early Childhood Special Education Behavior Specialist as Coach and Caregivers as Implementers

Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University), BISTRA BOGOEV (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) have successfully demonstrated the use of telehealth in coaching parents to conduct functional analyses (FA) and subsequent functional communication training (FCT). We replicated and extended previous research by enlisting existing natural change agents to conduct FAs and FCT interventions via telehealth for children three years old and younger. BCBAs trained and coached the existing behavior specialist via telehealth, who in turn trained and coached parents to conduct FAs and implement FCT in the community clinic setting. The function of problem behavior was successfully identified for five participants. Two participants have completed FCT. Problem behavior reduced and the selected appropriate communication response increased for both participants. The remaining three participants have begun FCT interventions. This study demonstrates that BCBAs can provide coaching and training, via telehealth, to less trained behavior specialists to improve existing services provided through service programs, while minimizing potentially intrusive involvement of outside service providers.

 
 
Symposium #87
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Caregiver Training and Analyses of Treatment Integrity
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The papers in this symposium review the current status of the literature with respect to treatment integrity and describe the outcomes of investigations of procedures to train caregivers to implement behavior change procedures with integrity. The extant literature was reviewed to identify 1) the number of studies in which levels of treatment integrity were manipulated systematically, 2) the types of errors investigated, 3) which parts of the intervention procedure were manipulated, and 4) the degree to which these errors affected participant behavior. The effects of a video modeling program to increase procedural integrity with graduated guidance to 3 direct care teachers were investigated, with results showing benefits in both treatment integrity and student outcomes. Two studies investigated the development, implementation, and evaluation of a large-scale behavioral skills training program in a large residential/training facility. Following initial development and establishment of a pyramidal training program, maintenance of trainer and direct caregiver skills were assessed and, when necessary, remedial training was provided. Procedures for assessing generalization of caregiver skills to natural environments were developed, implemented, and evaluated.

Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Treatment integrity
 

Increasing Procedural Integrity With Graduated Guidance Through Video Modeling

ELEANOR GILES (New England Center for Children, Western New England University), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate the effectiveness of video modeling as a teacher training tool to improve procedural integrity of graduated guidance. Additionally, the effectiveness of a prescribed graduated guidance procedure was assessed. The implementation of the video modeling training procedure was assessed with a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Participants were 3 teenaged students diagnosed with autism and 3 direct care teachers. Narrated video models of the lead experimenter and a confederate were used to train the teachers to implement a graduated guidance procedure with their students for three house-hold chores. Results showed that the video models were an effective training tool and that increases in procedural integrity generalized to untrained tasks. Furthermore, the students learned the tasks with the prescribed graduated guidance procedure. The social validity of the video modeling training procedure was assessed with a participant completed survey. The importance of using effective training methods for both teachers and students are discussed. Data reliability was collected in 46% of sessions and range from 91% to 100% agreement.

 

Evaluating Maintenance of Behavior Management Skills Following Competency-Based Training for Caregivers and Professional Behavior Analysts in a Large Residential/Training Facility

KELLEN-JADE HARRIS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Shivers (University of North Texas), Lauren Marie Speckin (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Cooper, Heron and Heward (2007) define maintenance as the extent to which the learner continues to perform the target behavior after the intervention has been terminated. Maintenance is important because it ensures that long-lasting behavior change is occurring, and that gains were sustained following the termination of a treatment program. In addition, once it is proven that a learner’s skills have remained in the repertoire the assessment of generalization is possible. Previous literature in behavior skills training has assessed maintenance in a variety of settings and for a variety of skills. Following maintenance assessments, booster sessions are commonly used to re-train skills that did not maintain at criterion levels. The current project assessed the maintenance of caregiver’s skills following a training package used to teach behavior management skills at a large, residential facility as well as the maintenance of the professional staff’s skills in implementing the training package. The project developed, implemented, and evaluated procedures to assess the caregivers maintenance of the skills and, if needed, to re-establish those skills using 5-15 minute booster sessions.

 

Evaluating the Generalization of a Competency-Based Training Package to Teach Behavior Management Skills to Direct Support Staff

LAUREN MARIE SPECKIN (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Shivers (University of North Texas), Kellen-Jade Harris (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

In order for the benefits of a behavior management package to reach clients, the caregivers must use the behavior management package in the natural environment. Caregivers at a state residential facility were previously taught three behavior management tools to competency. Initial training and subsequent maintenance probes with booster sessions (2-22 months after training) were assessed through contrived role-plays. Generalization of behavior management tools in the natural environment is difficult to assess because opportunities to utilize the tools are not programmed by the researcher, rather they are contingent on client behavior. Therefore, the current project systematically defined opportunities to use the tools prior to assessing generalization. Generalization of the behavior management package was assessed by observing caregivers use of the tools when the opportunities arose in the natural environment. Training procedures included prompting the staff when to use behavior management tools in the natural environment followed by immediate feedback and using a constant prompt delay to teach staff to identify opportunities to use behavior management tools.

 
 
Symposium #88
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Evaluation of Behavior of Populations Using Stage Theory
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarthak Giri (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The methodology used by many studies in the social sciences and even behavioral science is severely lacking. This symposium works towards identifying flaws and offering suggestions for improving methodology in behavioral studies. The presentations in this symposium will include a critique on the methodology used in social science that includes composite variables and a lack of empirical evidence-based explanations. In addition they will offer a critique of a common method used for evaluating smarts, IQ tests, and offer an alternative behaviorally based method, behavioral developmental Stage. The effectiveness of instruments based on behavioral developmental Stage will evaluated in another presentation, as well as the benefit of using reinforcement and gamification to increase Stage of performance on these instruments. Finally a methodological study on charting behavioral progress will help to offer an improved manner to assess effectiveness of behavioral interventions. In total, the presentations in this symposium will help to foster a discussion on the methodologies used in behavioral analysis and beyond, and how they can be built and improved upon.

Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, behavioral progress, Methodology, Stage Theory
 

Exploring the Differences Between Social and Behavioral Science

Disti Adhikari (Colby-Sawyer College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Even though social science and behavioral science are interconnected and both study organization of behaviors, there are some noteworthy differences between them in the level of scientific analysis and various dimensions of conduct. Social science is the study of the relationships between macro type variables, like culture and society, and micro variables such as how people behave in very well specified situations. Behavioral research, on the other hand, is the study of the dependent variable which is almost always some kind of relatively directly observable behavior. The independent variables are multiple single dimensionals that measure the environmental situation and other contingencies (Bush & Kennedy, 1985). There are some important distinctions between the two fields in terms of operationalization and the use of composite variables. Claims that social science is both theoretically informed and empirically driven, committed to developing evidence-based observations, descriptions and explanations through theoretical and empirical investigations does not hold true in the absence of true or quasi-independent non-composite variables. Social science can expand their social value by implementing research methods more like behavioral science. Further, behavioral science needs to expand its scope to take on social science issues.

 
A Behavioral Developmental Perspective on Intelligence Quotient (IQ) Tests
KYLE FEATHERSTON (The College of William & Mary), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Although Intelligence Quotient (IQ) tests are the most common and largely accepted measurement of how “smart” a person is, whether they are not behaviorally based. They are only moderately correlated with behaviors such as job performance and school grades. This paper will discuss the relationship between IQ tests and their corresponding Order of Hierarchical Complexity Behavioral Developmental Stage Scores based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC). The verbal comprehension index (VCI) scales of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale- Fourth Edition (WAIS-IV) were used for scoring. This paper will demonstrate that, according to the Hierarchical Complexity Scoring System (HCSS), the WAIS-IV fails to test verbal intelligence beyond the formal stage. This demonstrates the ceiling effect of the Verbal Comprehension Index of the WAIS-IV test. This study used Rasch analysis to demonstrate that the difficulty of items on the VCI of the WAIS-IV test can be largely explained by a behavioral developmental sequence using the HCSS. Difficulties with scoring items due to their lack of behavioral basis and the implications will be discussed.
 
Stage Changes Only With Reinforcement and Gamification
DISTI ADHIKARI (Colby-Sawyer College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Psychological assessment of capability across cultures is a difficult process. It is often muddled by the ethnocentric content laden approaches used to assess the cognitive abilities of people in different cultures. The current study is designed to be content centric by keeping it consistent to previous studies such as Moral dilemma problems in Mexicali (Commons, Galaz-Fontes, & Morse, 2006) and previous Nepal studies (Giri, Commons, & Tuladhar, June 2014; Upadhyaya, Giri & Commons, 2014). Forty non-literate Nepalese adults were given two stage-based isolation of variables instruments. Both the thatched roof problem and laundry problem were derived from Inhelder and Piaget’s (1958) pendulum problem. These simple causality detecting problems were put into behavioral developmental form. The thatched roof problem, very similar to laundry only differing in context, was used as the training instrument. Thatched roof was administered individually. Laundry instrument was used as a transfer task. Laundry instrument was gamified and the correct responses were reinforced with money. For the laundry task, the participants were divided into groups such that the participants could win points for the group for each correct answer. The winning group won additional reinforcement as bonus to be divided equally among all group members.
 

Changing Single Subject Data Into Group Designs for Showing Intervention Effectiveness

Disti Adhikari (Colby-Sawyer College), MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Although individual charting can be an effective way to demonstrate progress, it does not allow for comparisons of effectiveness using traditional statistical standards. Due to the increasing need for evidence of effectiveness of interventions it is important that there be a way to compare interventions. Therefore, this paper proposes a method to aggregate individual data into group data. First, an individuals progress is documented along a behavioral-developmental sequence, using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC). Sequencing through MHC is important because acquisition of individual, possibly helpful behaviors does not always represent development. A behavioral aim can then be selected and behavior can be tracked depending on whether developmental tasks are completed. The effects of contingent reinforcement and training on correct response is analyzed. It is then demonstrated how to specify regression to estimate progress in a subdomain, and how to generalize findings to all participants. The implications and limitations of this method and future directions are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #89
Reversal Learning: Choice, Categories, and Time
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Rapid adaptation to changes in the environment aids in the continued acquisition of resources such as food, and eliminates adverse consequences resulting from adherence to strategies that are no longer effective. Such behavioral flexibility is important for survival, and is also thought to be a property of high-level processes that drive rule generation and behavioral selection. When environmental changes occur repeatedly and are associated with multiple cues, animals can often behave in sub-optimal ways by failing to attend to the most relevant cues. Recent research shows that some animals make surprising anticipatory and perseverative errors in a reversal task that provides multiple cues. These errors suggest that behavior is strongly controlled by elapsed time, even though time is a less reliable cue than other concurrently-available stimuli. The present symposium examines possible reasons for reliance on time as a cue for a likely change in contingency, with data from human, pigeon, and chickadee subjects. In particular, the symposium addresses the involvement of response inhibition, category formation, sequential decision-making mechanisms, and contingency discriminability in behavioral flexibility. The symposium considers both adaptation to repeated contingency reversals, and accuracy following prolonged exposure.

Keyword(s): behavioral flexibility, category formation, reversal learning, timing
 

Temporal Structure and Choice in Go/No-Go Midsession Reversal Tasks Across Species

NEIL MCMILLAN (University of Alberta), Christopher Sturdy (University of Alberta), Marcia Spetch (University of Alberta)
Abstract:

It has been shown previously that some animals make surprising anticipatory errors on simultaneous choice tasks in which contingencies of reinforcement reverse midway through each session. We trained pigeons (Columba livia), black-capped chickadees (Poecile atricapillus), and human undergraduates with comparable go/no-go variants of the midsession reversal procedure. Pigeons demonstrated independent errors on the two stimuli, suggesting that incorrect responses were made based on inhibition failures rather than deliberate choice; chickadees showed poor discrimination that was replicated in pigeons on a novel version of the task; and humans generally showed good discrimination, though with errors in the same direction as other animals. Animals flexibility on midsession reversal is affected by anticipation based on interval time, but responding is dependent on the predictability of reversals and can be subverted by response inhibition.

 

Midsession Reversal in Pigeons: A Test of the Sequential Choice Model

THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky), Aaron Smith (University of Kentucky), Alex Kacelnik (Oxford)
Abstract:

The Midsession reversal task involves a simultaneous choice between two stimuli, one of which (S1) is correct for Trials 1-40 and the other (S2) for Trials 41-80. Pigeons have been shown to both prematurely respond to S2 and perseveratively respond to S1, indicating the perceived valence of these stimuli dynamically change within a session. We hypothesized this reflects a decision mechanism adapted to sequential rather than simultaneous encounters in which subjects adjust the latency to respond to the estimated value of each stimulus. The Sequential Choice Model, which has been tested on different protocols and species, follows this logic and proposes that the currently preferred stimulus in simultaneous choice is the option that produced the shorter latency on single option trials. Two predictions of this model are that relative latencies on single option trials should predict the proportion of choices on simultaneous encounters and that choices should not take any extra evaluation time. Using pigeons, we report that, in a midsession reversal task with both single stimulus and simultaneous choice trials, both predictions were confirmed. Further, on single option trials, latencies to S2 decreased as the midsession approached while latencies to S1 increased as failures to obtain reward accumulated.

 

Behavioral Flexibility Depends on the Discriminated Stimulus-Reinforcer Relation

SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Discriminability of the relation between stimuli and the availability of reinforcers appears important in behavioral flexibility. Where stimuli associated with contingency reversals are less accurately discriminated, the relation between these stimuli and the correct response cannot be perfectly discriminated. We examined the speed and extent to which pigeons choice came under the control of repeatedly-reversing contingencies when the contingency reversal was accompanied by discrete or continuous change in stimuli. In a modified version of the serial-reversal task, the response more likely to produce a reinforcer changed repeatedly within a single session, according to elapsed time, the number of events, or the color of the keylights. Transitions between conditions involved a change in the local reinforcer differential, or in the point at which contingencies reversed. Discriminability of the stimulus that signaled the response-reinforcer contingency was manipulated in two ways: By changing the time at which the schedule reversal occurred; and in some conditions, by preceding or accompanying the schedule reversal by a keylight color change. Choice reached stable values after fewer sessions, and anticipatory and perseverative errors were reduced, under conditions in which the stimuli signaling the contingency change were more discriminable. Thus, environmental conditions that enhance discriminability of the stimulus-reinforcer relation facilitate behavioral flexibility.

 
 
Symposium #90
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Novel Pedagogy in Teaching Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Robert Stromer (George Brown College)
CE Instructor: Albert Malkin, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are bound to the use of scientific knowledge in scientific and professional judgments. The aim of this symposium is to provide evidence that the classroom is not an exception to this tenet. The format of instructional delivery in higher education has expanded past the traditional text and lecture format. Accordingly, this symposium will review novel approaches to teaching with an aim to contribute to the evidence of non-traditional pedagogical approaches. Approaches discussed will include active responding via online asynchronous discussion, the use of interteaching in online coursework, classroom exercises developed to demonstrate principles of learning and other forms of behavior, and the use of matching-to-sample (MTS) and computer-aided personalized system of instruction to teach definitions of concepts, and design, and conduct MTS teaching.

Keyword(s): Interteaching, Online Learning, pedogogy, Teaching
 
An Investigation of the Efficacy of Asynchronous Discussion on Students’ Performance in an Online Research Methods Course
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Online instruction has become common place in higher education, with at least 30% of all instruction being delivered online (Driscoll, Jicha, Hunt, Tichavsky, & Thompson, 2012). Coinciding with the influx of online instruction, is the development of a variety of methods of instructional delivery (Johnson & Palmer, 2014). Given the above trends in online education, it is important to establish how learning results are influenced by various teaching methods. This study evaluated the use of asynchronous class discussion in two sections of an online Master’s level research methods course. Student performance on quizzes, overall scores, and a social validity questionnaire were evaluated using a group design. Teaching methods included pre-recorded instructor lectures and online quizzes; additionally one section of the class was required to participate in asynchronous class discussions lead by the instructors, while the other section received only necessary, logistical announcements from the instructor. Additionally, participants were asked to provide information regarding their satisfaction and the acceptability of their learning experience via a social validity questionnaire, at the conclusion of the course. Preliminary results indicate that group mean performance on quizzes was greater in the group in which asynchronous discussion was a required component of online instruction when compared to a control group (80.47% and 73.88% respectively). Implications for further research in active student responding and course design will be discussed.
 

Teaching Activities Developed by the Laboratory of Comparative Psychology and Behavioral Biology

Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University), CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

Since the mid-1990s, the Laboratory of Comparative Psychology and Behavioral Biology at Oklahoma State University have developed a number of exercises appropriate for classroom use to demonstrate principles of learning and other forms of behavior. These activities have primarily focused on animals such as snakes, planarians, houseflies, earthworms, wasps, and honey bees. We have also developed exercises using fish based on an inexpensive apparatus we have created called the Fish Stick. Other exercises to be discussed include project Petscope which turns local pet stores into animal behavior research centers, Correspondence in the Classroom which helps students learn to write letters to scientists in various fields, Action Figures in Comparative Psychology which stimulates interest in comparative issues, and the Labyrinth in which students negotiate an object through various obstacles. These teaching activities are summarized and the advantages and limitations of each are discussed. We also discuss how our activities can be used to stimulate interest in the STEM disciplines especially when used in conjunction with our psychmobile program. Tables will be presented as a ready reference for using the activities and we are glad to offer assistance.

 

A Description of Planning and Delivering an Online Course Using Interteaching

CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Interteaching is an instructional design and delivery method that incorporates elements of Personalized Systems of Instruction and Peer tutoring. Students complete reading guides in groups of 2-3 and lectures are delivered only on concepts where there is a need for clarification. There is quite a bit of literature supporting the use of interteaching to increase acquisition and retention of material. However, no literature exists that supports the use of interteaching in an online format. In this presentation, I will describe the design and delivery of online interteaching conducted in Fall Semester 2016. Two courses will be described: an undergraduate introduction to behavior analysis course and an upper-level graduate course in behavior analysis methodology. Data presented will include total time preparing and delivering instruction, total time grading, student reviews and suggestions, and student outcome data.

 

Manual vs. Computer-Based Instruction in the Delivery of Matching-to-Sample Training

MARILEIDE ANTUNES OLIVEIRA (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

Matching-to-sample (MTS) teaching consists of presenting a stimulus called sample followed by stimuli called comparisons from which an individual makes a choice. Research shows that MTS is effective in teaching basic academic skills such as word reading to a varied population range including children with learning disabilities. A training program to promote knowledge and use of this teaching technology was evaluated in the present study. Specifically, we compared two intervention packages - a manual by itself and the manual in combination with a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) to teach university students how to define concepts, and design, and conduct MTS teaching. Tests also evaluated generalization to novel words and generalized designing and conducting MTS-related teaching. A group design with five and seven participants in experimental and control groups, respectively, was used. During pre-intervention all participants received written and applied tests involving MTS teaching. During training the control group received the manual while the experimental group received the manual and CAPSI. During post-intervention, participants again received written and applied tests, except that those who did not meet 80% accuracy in designing MTS teaching received further intervention. Results indicate that CAPSI produced better results in teaching concepts and in generalized designing and conducting MTS-related teaching.

 
 
Paper Session #91
Behavioral Interpretations: Disabilities, Addictions. and Communities
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC
Chair: Michael B. Ehlert (University of Guam)
 

The Argument From Analogy in Animal Models: A Case Example From an Animal Model of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder

Domain: Theory
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
 
Abstract:

This paper aims to address a risk of drawing erroneous conclusions when conducting experiments on animal models, with focus on the spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR), an animal model of ADHD. Researchers in this field are susceptible to a fallacy known as argument from analogy, where conclusions are drawn based on assumptions of similarities between animals and humans. Due to the lack of generalizability and predictive validity in animal model experiments, it is argued that animal experiments are reconstructions of human experiments, and not replications. Focus should be increased on mechanistic validity in order to ensure that the underlying mechanisms driving the behavior are the same, as relying on face validity makes the models susceptible to logical fallacies. The issue of drawing rat-human analogies is further addressed in the debate on how useful animal behavior research is in terms of human applications: We cannot - with absolute certainty - establish that a behavior observed in animals will also be found in humans, unless the experiment is reconstructed with human participants. It is argued that animal models primary function is to provide indicative evidence, which can open new fields of research on human behavior, provided both validity and replication is in place.

 
Logging Out: A Conceptual Analysis of Video Game Addiction
Domain: Theory
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract: There is no question that behavioral excesses and addictions, such as alcoholism or gambling, destroy lives. There is now evidence of new, emerging behavioral addictions, including the realm of video game addiction. Over 25 million people have reported having an addiction to video games, to the point of impacting their quality of life. This conceptual, behavioral analysis seeks to explain what makes the virtual environment so competitive with the natural world, and suggests avenues of treatment for this complex behavior.
 

Examining Petty Corruption Behavior With Behavior Analytic Binoculars

Domain: Theory
TETE KOBLA AGBOTA (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Kalliu Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 
Abstract:

One of the wicked problems associated with public administration and service delivery in most developing countries is petty corruption. However, a complex human behavior like corruption has received little attention from behavior analysts and corruption research is dominated by other social sciences such political science, sociology, anthropology, economics, religion to mention a few. Each discipline has its language and sometimes even within the same field there are different concepts or vocabularies to explain the same phenomenon, because the scientific community has no common technical language. In contrast to many social sciences, behavior analysis offers a technical, conceptual framework that is generic and it is valid in different contexts and for a variety of organisms. This conceptual paper highlights how behavior analysis provides objective and efficacious conceptual framework to identify, observe and suggest measures to stem petty corruption behavior. It makes clear how operant analysis of corruption in particular and behavior analysis of corruption, in general, differs from other "traditional" analyzes. The paper underscores why an operant analysis or a behavior analytic perspective offers a better scientific way of analyzing and tackling petty corruption.

 

Sustainability Without Behavior is Unsustainable

Domain: Theory
MICHAEL B. EHLERT (University of Guam)
 
Abstract:

Human action is what produces anthropogenic effects on climate change (by definition). In the climate change literature, however, sustainability models exclude behavior as a grouping factor. Models focus instead on classification measures in economic, social, and environmental contexts using intervening variables like awareness, beliefs, and values when referencing personal action. Sustainability researchers (e.g., Ehrlich & Kennedy, 2005) suggest we begin to change behavior by understanding values and social norms and, then, report that norms are complicated because they change unexpectedly. The sustainability literature (e.g., Clayton, 2012) frequently includes self-reports and variables with weak relationships to difficult behavior (e.g., attitudes, intentions). Also, the literature repeats common misunderstandings about behavior analysis: focusing on (observable) behavior is too limiting, behavioral interventions are transitory, successful interventions are too costly to maintain. The literature often concludes that values and social norms must change before we can mitigate climate problems. Many climate scientists seem uninformed about the contributions of behavior analysis and its potential. This paper considers possible explanations of psychologys lack of representation within the sustainability literature and presents an argument for behavior analysis, as the science of behavior, to play a central role.

 
 
 
Symposium #92
Future Research Topics in Verbal Behavior: Meaning, Narrative, Unique Influences, and Voluntary Control
Sunday, May 29, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
Discussant: A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner's monumental publication, Verbal Behavior, has stimulated more than one-half century of intensive research on the causes, characteristics, and effects of verbal behavior. It is the ultimate operant (Chapter 8, 'The Verbal Operant,' in Verbal Behavior). Verbal behavior is complex, changes moment-to-moment as a function of current stimuli and past histories, and is exquisitely sensitive to the influence of reinforcing feedback. While arbitrary in topography (e.g., compare different languages), verbal behavior exerts high levels of control over action, thought and emotion. The present symposium joins four senior researchers, noted for their diverse contributions to behavior analysis, each to focus on one aspect of verbal behavior. These include the important role of meaningful stimuli in the establishment of stimulus equivalence classes; the compelling role of narrative in influencing behavior; the extraordinary potency of written and oral communications in directing non-verbal actions; and the insights that verbal behavior provides for our understanding of volition and what some refer to as free will. The overarching goal of this symposium will be to provide overviews of current research and theory as springboards to identifying productive areas of future research.

Keyword(s): meaningful equivalence, narrative, operant variability, verbal control
 

Acquired Stimulus Control Functions and the Class-Enhancing Effects of Meaningful Stimuli

LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The meaningfulness of a stimulus is defined by its acquired hedonic value, as well as by its acquired denotative and connotative properties. When a meaningful stimulus is included in a set of otherwise meaningless stimuli, the meaningful one enhances equivalence class formation. These effects are attributed to the above mentioned properties that define meaningful stimuli. The hedonic properties of meaningful stimuli are presumably induced by Pavlovian conditioning with CS+s and CS-s enhancing and interfering with class formation, respectively. This interpretation has been confirmed with experimental preparations. Meaningful stimuli also serve as members of simple and conditional discriminations. When an initially meaningless stimulus acquires one of these stimulus control functions through prior conditioning experience, its inclusion in a set of other meaningless cues enhances equivalence class formation. Thus, the 'operant stimulus control functions' served by meaningful stimuli can also account for class enhancement, and are probably responsible for the formation of denotative and connotative properties. Finally, these operant and Pavlovian effects are independent of each other.

 
Narrative – A Major Gap in Our Account of Verbal Behavior
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: I occasionally make the mistake of starting to read a novel or mystery story when I have important work to do. Typically, little of that work is accomplished until I’ve finished the book. This illustrates one potent effect of narrative (story-telling, story-reading or listening, a type of prose, and a type of context), but besides that, narrative is ubiquitous -- in newspaper and magazine articles, in essays on social problems, in political speeches and fund-raising appeals, and in informal conversation. Nevertheless, our account of verbal behavior has had little to say about narrative. What are the prerequisite repertoires for story-telling to affect the reader/listener’s behavior? What are the processes that sustain the behavior of reading or listening? In what ways, besides simple response competition, does narrative-reading affect other behavior? Some of our concepts and related research provide the beginnings of answers to these questions, but a systematic and detailed account remains to be accomplished, and it is a worthy, even urgent topic for our efforts as behavior analysts.
 
The Amazing Power of Written and Spoken Words
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
Abstract: One of the most important, and yet poorly understood, characteristics of human behavior is the often astonishing control verbal stimuli can have over actions. Most of humankind’s greatest achievements and greatest problems have root in this kind of control of action. One of the reasons such control is poorly understood is that it is a uniquely human phenomenon that is dependent to a large extent on experience, the details of which are probably unknowable for any individual. Behavior Analysis (BA) is based on understanding how experience alters subsequent behavior, but, obviously, experiments interfering with normal development of verbal control by altering relevant experience are essentially impossible to conduct for either practical or ethical (or both) reasons. I will discuss possible contributions by BA to understanding the power exerted by written and spoken words.
 
Variability, Volition, and Verbal Behavior
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Abstract: This presentation focuses on the 'response' part of the operant three-term contingency. Skinner, Salzinger, Catania and others have conceptualized operant responses as members of a generic class. The nature of that class has been studied in a variety of ways. One is in terms of the variability of responses under different schedules of reinforcement and under different motivations (variable versus fixed interval schedules and high versus low deprivation). Another is in terms of response hierarchies, e.g., under extinction conditions and during resurgence of previously reinforced responses. A third is in the formations of equivalence classes. Most relevant to the current talk, research has demonstrated the extraordinary sensitivity of response-class members and within-class probabilities to direct reinforcement. Stated differently, within-class types and dynamics are controlled by reinforcement contingencies. Although operant response classes may contribute importantly to an explanation of volition (or what some refer to as free will), we have far to go to understand within-class interactions and the rules governing emergence of individual responses. This paper will explore the (truly) voluntary nature of operant behavior, using verbal behavior as a model, and will discuss how operant variability helps to illuminate such voluntary control.
 
 
Symposium #93
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Behavioral Interventions to Teach Children With Autism Appropriate Play Skills
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (Autism Concepts, Inc.)
Discussant: Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.S.
Abstract:

Play is one of the core deficits of children with autism. Impairments in play impact communication and language, cognition, and social and emotional interactions. Appropriate independent and sociodramatic play skills are critical to the development of social skills. Children who do not learn to play may miss out on opportunities for social interactions due to observable differences in their play. Increasing appropriate play has been shown to increase language skills while decreasing stereotopy and other problem behaviors. Play is an integral part of the development of typically developing children and should be an emphasis in a behavioral intervention for children with autism. Applied behavior analysis play interventions often target improving play skills by relying on extrinsic reinforcers. Genuine play is intrinsically motivated and will maintain and generalize across environments. These studies utilize behavioral interventions to increase appropriate independent and sociodramatic play skills for children with autism and decrease the reliance on prompts and extrinsic reinforcers.

 

The Use of Priming to Teach Children Diagnosed With Autism Three Essential Skills During Sociodramatic Play

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (Autism Concepts, Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavioral intervention for preschool age children on the autism spectrum should emphasize play. Deficits in play aversely impact language and communication skills, cognition and problem solving, and social interactions. In this study a priming strategy was used to teach 3 essential skills of socio-dramatic play to 3 participants, aged 4-6, diagnosed with autism. Priming was systematically faded by increasing the duration of time between priming and the play opportunity. All participants are currently receiving center based applied behavior analysis services. Participants were taught to generalize mastered independent play of combining multiple play schemes by utilizing the essential skills for age appropriate sociodramatic play. These three essential skills are 1) initiating a new cooperative play action, 2) responding to a peers play action, and 3) expanding on the current play action. A multiple baseline across participants study demonstrated the efficacy of priming as an effective procedure to teach the three essential skills to engage in sociodramatic play. Generalization across peers and environments was assessed.

 

A Comparison of Script Fading With Video Modeling to Teach Independent Pretend Play to Children With Autism

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare script fading wtih video modeling and the rates of acquisition, maintenance, and generalization to teach pretend play to children with autism. Script fading and video modeling are procedures that have been effective in increasing a variety of skills. Scripts have been used to teach a variety of social skills including increasing social initiations, conversations, and imitative independent play. Video modeling procedures have also been used to teach a variety of skills including increasing reciprocal pretend play, daily living skills, perspective taking, conversational skills, and game play. A multiple baseline across participants study with concurrent treatments of video modeling and script fading per participant was implemented. The study had three participants, 2 boys and 1 girl with autism diagnoses, ages 4-5, who receive center-based applied behavior analysis services. The same two play schemes were taught (Burger Shop and Birthday Party) to each participant simultaneously, using video modeling to teach one scheme and script fading to teach the other. The video model and the script both consisted of 7 scripted play actions and corresponding vocalizations. The outcomes of the acquisition rates, maintenance across 3 months, and generalization across settings will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #94
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Reinforcement in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Predicting Outcome and Improving Procedures
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
CE Instructor: Per Holth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first presentation reports data on the extent to which a functional reinforcement contingency may facilitate receptive discriminations in children with ASD. The number of trials needed to establish four receptive discriminations was assessed using either a functional reinforcement contingency (e.g., if cookie was the sample stimulus, identifying the cookie produced cookie as a consequence) or an arbitrary reinforcement contingency (e.g., highly preferred stimuli were used as reinforcers, but they had no relation to the stimulus material). The second presentation canters on variables that can predict overall treatment outcome. Given the central role of positive reinforcement in (early intensive behavioral intervention) EIBI, it has been hypothesized that the more reinforcers are available for teaching a specific child, the more that child will benefit from treatment. The second presentation report data on how assessing preferred items that can be used to predict rate of learning in children with ASD receiving EIBI.

Keyword(s): Arbitrary Reinforcement, Autism, Functional Reinforcement, Receptive Discriminations
 

Effects of Functional Reinforcement on Receptive Discriminations in Children With Autism

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Hege Aarlie (Norway ABA), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Department of Autism, Pedagogical Psychological Centre, Bergen)
Abstract:

Many behavior analytic procedures have proven successful in establishing receptive discriminations in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Most procedures are based on discrete trial teaching, and adding a prompt to the relation between the instruction and the response. Despite applying a number of well-documented effective procedures, some children have difficulties learning receptive discriminations. The purpose of this study was to examine if a functional reinforcement contingency could facilitate receptive discriminations in these children. We compared the number of trials needed to establish four receptive discriminations following well-established procedures under a functional reinforcement contingency and an arbitrary reinforcement contingency in an alternating treatment design. Three out of the six participants showed more rapid acquisition in the functional reinforcement condition. The remaining participants did not establish any discrimination in neither of the conditions. These findings suggest that arranging a functional response-reinforcer contingency should be considered when encountering children that struggle to establish receptive language through more traditional teaching procedures.

 

Preference Assessment to Predict Treatment Outcome for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LARS KLINTWALL (Oslo and Akershus University College), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Toys, activities and other items that a child express interest in can function as contrived reinforcers during treatment. However, some reinforcers are controlled solely by the stereotyped behavior of the child, and may compete with contrived reinforcement, such when a child produce sensory reinforcement by eye-gazing, rather than complying with a therapist to receive contrived reinforcement. Klintwall and Eikeseth (2012) developed a questionnaire to indirectly assess these types of stimuli, and found that when subtracting the number of stereotyped behaviors from the number of preferred items that potentially could be used as contrived reinforcers (i.e., SMARQ total score); this controlled 50% of the variance in treatment outcome. The present study was designed to replicate and extend the study by Klintwall and Eikeseth (2012), using a prospective design, a new sample, and by assessing preferred items and stereotyped behaviors at intake, rather than later in treatment. Results replicated the findings of Klintwall and Eikeseth (2012) by showing a correlation between SMARQ total score and outcome after one year of EIBI. An interpretation of these results is that for every SMARQ total score, the learn rate in treatment increased by one month per year.

 
 
Symposium #96
Diet and Exercise: Behavior-Analytic Interventions for All Ages
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: As part of thesis research in pursuit of efficient, easily-implemented interventions, the primary investigators presenting in this symposium completed studies targeting healthy food choices of children ages 3-8 and physical therapy exercises of typically-developing adults. In the first study, children’s selection of healthy foods over less-healthy alternatives was established through differential reinforcement procedures. Once the healthy choices maintained in the experimental setting on an intermittent schedule of reinforcement, generalization probes were conducted in the participants’ homes or schools. When necessary, sessions in the natural environment were conducted to help ensure maintenance of healthy choices over time. The second study included in this symposium investigated the effects of self-monitoring and public posting in a private social media group on the number of physical therapy exercise repetitions completed by four adults. Three participants’ completion of exercises increased following intervention, with varying degrees of experimental control. Taken together, these studies demonstrate the effectiveness of simple, socially significant interventions in establishing and maintaining healthy behavior across populations.
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, public posting, schedule fading, self-monitoring
 
The Effects of Differential Reinforcement on Food Preferences of Children
SONIA LEVY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of differential reinforcement on food choices of children. This study included participants who were both typically developing and those who are diagnosed with a developmental disability, including autism. This study was an extension of previous research involving the differential reinforcement procedures described by both Stark et al. (1986) and Allison et al. (2012) with the fading procedure, generalization, and maintenance techniques used by Valdimarsdottir et al. (2010). After the behavior was successfully maintained by an intermittent schedule of reinforcement, generalization probes were conducted in the participants’ natural environment (i.e., home or school). When necessary, training sessions in the natural environment were conducted to ensure proper maintenance of healthy snack choices over time. A follow-up probe was conducted to assess maintenance. All of the participants’ responses of selecting and consuming the healthy food option experienced an increase in level once vocal praise and social physical attention became contingent on that response. In addition, all three of the participants who reached the generalization phase of the study demonstrated generalization of the skill when implemented with their parents.
 

The Effects of Adding Public Posting to a Treatment Package that Includes a Social Media Group Page and Self-monitoring on Improving Excercise Compliance for Patients Formerly in Physical Therapy

LAUREN KANTE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of self-monitoring and use of a private social media group to publicly post exercise session results on the number of physical therapy exercise repetitions completed by four adults who had previously been in physical therapy. A Facebook? group was used throughout the study, and to post daily and weekly data on exercise repetitions during intervention. The study used an ABAB design, in which baseline (A) consisted of access to the Facebook group page and self-monitoring, and reporting exercise data to the researcher by sending before- and after-exercise photos via text message. The intervention (B) consisted of the same plus public posting of exercise data by the experimenter on the Facebook? group page. Two participants' data increased from baseline to the intervention phase, but the data did not demonstrate clear experimental control. One additional participant showed improvement late in the study, and the other never reported any exercise throughout the study. Although results do not demonstrate a clear functional relation between public posting and physical therapy exercise, the self-monitoring and performance-reporting procedures bear further investigation.

 
 
Symposium #97
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Examining Diversity in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Fielding Graduate University and Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Discussant: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Fielding Graduate University and Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium explores the application of applied behavior analysis to diverse populations. Specifically, how interventions and diversity may be inter related. The first paper will review the perception and access to ABA treatments to diverse populations. This paper will focus on understanding how Autism is perceived across different cultures and learning about the challenges faced by applied behavior analysis (ABA) service providers as they work to improve the lives of individuals on the spectrum as well as continuously improving perceptions and acceptance of treatments of those in areas that are under served The second paper examines the lack of diversity within the practice of Behavior Analysis. Specifically, how the diversity in practioners of ABA do not reflect the diversity of clients. For behavior analysis to maintain continued growth and interest with all populations, board certified behavior analysts have to actively recruit multicultural populations to be in the field to maintain relevance in the changing demographics of the United State of America.
Keyword(s): diversity, ethics, multicultural, social validity
 
Autism Perceptions and Access to Applied Behavior Analysts Treatment Across Diverse Populations
LILA AYYAD-ALHARSHA (Academic & Behavior Consultants of Illinois)
Abstract: In recent years, there has been an increase in autism awareness which is due to the significant increase in the number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. As numbers increase, we must ensure that children diagnosed with the disorder have access to interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) which will help to improve the lives of those diagnosed. Access to ABA services is critical to the growth of and development of children on the spectrum, however global access to these services is limited. Additionally, although there is an increase in autism awareness, the disorder continues to be understood and treated differently cross culturally. This portion of the symposium will focus on understanding how autism is perceived across different cultures and learning about the challenges faced by ABA service providers as they work to improve the lives of individuals on the spectrum as well as continuously improving perceptions and acceptance of treatments of those in areas that are underserved.
 
Why Are There Not More Multicultural Board Certified Behavior Analysts?
SEANA FICKLIN (Trinity Behavior Consulting)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a field that is a significant part of the health service profession with continued interest and growth. The field has added more clinicians to keep up with the increasing demand of areas of need. Although a significant amount of clinicians have been added to the field, the diversity in board certified behavior analyst clinicians have been slowed to keep up with the increase in multicultural populations. The increase in multicultural populations in United States of America are becoming a necessity for the field of behavior analysis to adapt to this change. It is a matter for the field to adhere to this change and not be known as a field that does not adhere to change by losing relevance to multicultural populations. Behavior analysis is a proven field that has the capability to work with all populations. With the changing demographics of America, it is imperative that there are more clinicians who reflect the increasing multicultural populations who can relate the value of behavior analysis by taking cultural norms into consideration. For behavior analysis to maintain continued growth and interest with all populations, board certified behavior analysts have to actively recruit multicultural populations to be in the field to maintain relevance in the changing demographics of the United States of America.
 
 
Paper Session #98
Effects of Aversive Contingencies on Operant Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
 
A Review and Reanalysis of Quantitative Models of Punishment
Domain: Theory
BRYAN KLAPES (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University), Nicholas Calvin (Emory University)
 
Abstract: The addition of a punisher, by definition, decreases the rate of a target behavior. Naturalistically, reinforcers and punishers frequently co-occur; a behavior usually has both costs and benefits associated with its performance (e.g., cost-benefit analyses in economics). Through the exploration of simultaneously presented reinforcement and punishment, two matching law-based theories of punishment have arisen. The competitive-suppression theory (Deluty, 1976) states that punishers disperse behavior away from the target to other alternatives. In contrast, the direct-suppression theory (de Villiers, 1977; Farley & Fantino, 1978) states that punishers subtract from the reinforcing value of a target behavior. Previous comparisons have generally lent support to the direct-suppression model (see Critchfield et al., 2003). In addition to a comprehensive review of the previous literature, we performed an extensive reanalysis on a subset of past data. None of the previously presented competitive- and direct-suppression models account for the data significantly better than matching law equations that do not factor in punishment rates. In response, we have developed novel versions of the models based on theoretical advances in the continuous-choice literature. Additionally, we recommend modifications to past experimental designs to inform future studies on the experimental analysis of punishment.
 

Studies on Aversive Control: Development of Alternative Procedures; Behavioral Patterns Produced by Aversive Contingencies; and Effects of Aversive Contingencies on Verbal-Nonverbal Interactions

Domain: Basic Research
CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (University of Manitoba; Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Monica Andrea Arias Higuera (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Camilo Gonzalez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Alejandra Hurtado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Angelo Cardona (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Maráa Carolina Bohórquez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Karen Henao (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Erika García (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
 
Abstract:

There has been a dramatic decline in aversive control research over the past decades. This is not the result of having settled all of the area's major questions; instead, other aspects, primarily ethical-related, have contributed to this situation. Regarding the lack of nonhuman research, it is largely a consequence of an over-reliance on electric-shock-based procedures which, notwithstanding their role in the success of preeminent behavior-analytic research programs in the past, have been increasingly criticized on ethical, practical, and ecological validity grounds. In the case of research with humans, the influence of the ethical debates related to nonhuman research, together with controversies on the use of aversive procedures in applied settings, seemed to have resulted in an overall "bad reputation" of the field. As a result, there is a diminished interest for the basic processes of aversive control and their interaction with other behavioral phenomena (e.g., stimulus control and verbal behavior). Three studies that aim for the establishment of a research program on aversive control, and more generally, for the revival of the field will be reviewed. Study 1 focuses on the development of alternatives to shock-based procedures, entailing experiments with rats, gerbils, and fish. Study 2 focuses on the adaptation and validation of a methodology for the study of avoidance phenomena on gerbils, and the exploration of behavioral patterning that emerge during a step-down task. Study 3 focuses on the verbal-nonverbal interactions during a computerized adaptation of the experimental task designed by Catania et al. (1982) when an aversive contingency is embedded on the nonverbal component of such task.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #99
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Associative Symmetry, Emergent Relations, and Stimulus Class Formation
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D.
Chair: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : PETER URCUIOLI (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Associative symmetry is one of a number of derived relations that can emerge after explicit training on other conditional relations. Here, untrained but accurate B?A conditional discrimination performances arise from training A?B conditional relations, a finding indicative of stimulus class formation (i.e., the development of sets of disparate but interchangeable stimuli). Recent research shows that human language capabilities are not necessary for associative symmetry; it can also reflect basic reinforcement and stimulus control processes.This tutorial will describe the history of the now-successful search for symmetry in an animal other than humans (viz., the pigeon) and show how this important finding led to demonstrations of other rarely or never-before seen emergent relations in a non-human animal. Central to these demonstrations is the presenter's theory (Urcuioli, 2008) of the origin of stimulus classes in pigeons, specifically, the reinforcement contingencies of training, the nature of the functional stimuli, and the effect of common functional stimuli across different reinforced relations. The theory makes precise, testable and often confirmed predictions about the training conditions that should, and should not, yield emergent relations such as symmetry, transitivity, and reflexivity.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe associative symmetry and why it is an example of an untrained or “emergent” relation; (2) define a “stimulus class” and describe how stimulus classes develop and are demonstrated; (3) cite newly discovered emergent relations in non-human animals and outline a theory to explain these behavioral effects.
 
PETER URCUIOLI (Purdue University)
Peter Urcuioli is Professor of Psychological Sciences at Purdue University. He received his undergraduate degree in psychology at the University of New Hampshire where he worked with Tony Nevin, and his Master's degree and Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Dalhousie University (Nova Scotia, Canada) where he was a graduate student of Vern Honig. After a two-year postdoctoral research fellowship with Tony Wright at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center at Houston, Peter joined the faculty at Purdue University in 1981. Peter has made significant contributions to the areas of discrimination learning and stimulus control, differential outcome mechanisms, animal memory and cognition, and stimulus-class formation. His research has been continuously funded since 1983 by NIH and NSF, and he has over 70 peer-reviewed articles in journals such as Behavioural Processes, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, Learning and Behavior, Learning & Motivation, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His recent ground-breaking work on equivalence relations in pigeons reveals a wide range of never-before-seen emergent relations that are predicted by his innovative theory of stimulus-class formation that incorporates basic stimulus control and reinforcement assumptions.
Keyword(s): Emergent Relations, Reflexivity, Symmetry, Transitivity
 
 
Symposium #100
CE Offered: BACB
Feedback: Everyone is Doing It, But Are They Doing It Right?
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Experimental analyses of the characteristics of performance feedback inform the proper use and application of feedback as OBM interventions. In this symposium, we will present and discuss the results of three laboratory-based experiments that examine critical components of feedback and associated performance goals. The first presenter will discuss the differential effects of three different feedback modalities on performance of a simple data entry task. The second presenter will discuss the interaction between feedback source and goal difficulty on performance and feedback-seeking behavior. Finally, the third presenter will discuss the effects of altering the placement of a single corrective statement in a feedback sequence that includes two positive statements on individuals' persistence to perform in the presence of a challenging �stretch� goal. Come and find out the best mode and sequence with which to deliver feedback and how the type of performance goals in place might influence the appropriate mode of feedback.

Keyword(s): feedback sequence, feedback source, goal difficulty, technology
 
Effects of Feedback Modality on Performance
GARRETT WARRILOW (Western Michigan University), Douglas Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Giving employees information about their performance is a common method for employers seeking to improve or change performance. With the popularity of the internet and computers feedback today is often provided through emails, text messages and video meetings. While feedback has continued to evolve within and across organizations little has been done to assess the impact its delivery through various modalities has. This study looks to explore and evaluate the relationship between the modality which objective feedback is delivered, and the differential effects it produces on performance of a check entering task. This is an area in which there seems to be a large gap in the literature especially considering the impact it may have on any feedback study. This experiment will be a laboratory study employing a between-group repeated measures design with random assignment to one of the following four experimental conditions; 1) no feedback, 2) computer delivered feedback, 3) feedback via cell phone text message and, 4) feedback via face-to-face interaction.
 
Impact of Feedback Source and Goal Difficulty on Work Performance and Feedback Seeking
BRANDON BREUER (University of Minnesota Duluth), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Abstract: This research examined the influence of computer monitoring on work performance and feedback-seeking behavior under different conditions of feedback source and performance goals. As the third in a series of three experiments, this study was conducted in a laboratory setting using a data-entry work task designed to simulate the job of a medical transcriptionist. Undergraduate students attended five 45-minute sessions, and measures of ability and keyboarding skill were collected to use in the analyses. This study used a 2 x 3 factorial design to examine effects of computer monitoring under different conditions of feedback source (computer-mediated / researcher-mediated) and goal difficulty easy / moderate / difficult) on both task performance and feedback-seeking behavior. Results indicate that performance was highest, overall, when the participants received difficult goals in combination with computer-mediated feedback; performance was lowest when participants received easy goals in combination with computer-mediated feedback. The type of feedback did not appear to influence performance when individuals received moderate goals. Feedback-seeking behavior was higher among participants who received difficult goals. Discussion of these results, as well as an overview of participants’ levels of stress and satisfaction with feedback medium, will be presented.
 
The Influence of Feedback Sequence and a Challenging Goal on Task Performance
AREANNA LAKOWSKE (University of Minnesota Duluth), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Abstract: Due to the widespread use, acceptance for, and effectiveness of using feedback and goal setting simultaneously, the present study focused on the use of feedback to improve persistence to perform in the presence of a challenging “stretch” goal. This study also examined the influence that core self-evaluation, job satisfaction, goal commitment, and stress may have on the persistence toward reaching a challenging “stretch” goal when individuals were provided with various feedback sequence statements. The most well-known feedback sequence is the “Sandwich”, which places a corrective statement between two positive statements. A within-subjects design was used to expose participants to a control (no feedback) condition and three feedback sequences: (1) PCP (positive, corrective, positive); (2) CPP (corrective, positive, positive); and (3) PPC (positive, positive, corrective). Results of this study will illustrate the most effective feedback sequence to increase performance, as well as individual preference for a particular feedback sequence. The influence of core self-evaluation, job satisfaction, goal commitment, and stress will be discussed and practical implications will be provided.
 
 
Symposium #101
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Behavior Analysis of Gambling
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Seth W. Whiting (Yale University)
CE Instructor: Ryan C. Speelman, M.S.
Abstract: Advances in a behavioral analysis of gambling have emphasized the functions of gambling behavior rather than merely the form of this pervasive behavioral addiction. Increasingly, the interactions between verbal behavior and direct contingencies are being explored in basic human operant laboratories with the potential for providing meaningful treatment for disordered gamblers. The studies reviewed highlight the interaction between the environment and gambling behavior, both inside and outside of a casino setting, and provide avenues for future research on this socially valid issue.
Keyword(s): Defusion, Derived Rules, Discounting, Gambling
 

Exploring the Convergent Validity of Functional Assessments and Experimental Functional Analyses With Gambling

TYLER GLASSFORD (St. Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Daniel Tourigny (Saint Louis University), Sophia Howard (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to create a methodology for conducting experimental functional analyses on gambling behaviors, and test the convergent validity of the Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA) and Gambling Functional Assessment-Revised (GFA-R) with results obtained from the functional analysis. Pathological and recreational gamblers completed all study procedures in a gambling lab in the Midwest. Functional assessments were counterbalanced across participants, to control for order effects. During the experimental functional analysis, participants were asked to gamble on one of four slot machines. Each slot machine had a concurrent random ratio (RR) and fixed time (FT) 30s reinforcement schedule, where additional reinforcers were provided across four conditions (social attention, escape, tangible, sensory). Participants were instructed to play on each machine for 2min, prior to completing a free play condition. Next, participants were provided a vignette derived from items on the GFA and GFA-R, prior to selecting a machine to play on for 2min. Slot machine selection was recorded across each 2min trial. Cumulative records indicate response differentiation across slot machines for all participants. Convergent validity results to date suggest the current methodology is consistent with outcomes generated by the GFA-R.

 
Investigating Derived Rule Following Across Casino Games
SOPHIA HOWARD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: The current study replicated and extended previous research on derived rule-following during two casino games (slots and roulette). Adult gamblers were stacked with a $100 credit voucher to use across all games during the study. The order games were played was counterbalanced across participants, to control for order effects. Throughout the study, five arbitrary stimuli were posted around each of the games, and participants were instructed to follow the symbols to get out of the task quicker. Following baseline play, all participants completed a computerized conditional discrimination task, where training established a rule based on a feature of the games (e.g., bet on [color]; bet big on [color] to win; etc.). Gamblers were instructed to tact the rule using fill-in-the blank and multiple-choice measures before and after training, to assess the degree to which the rule (e.g., “bet on [color]; bet big on [color]”) had derived after training. Following training, participants responded appropriately to the fill-in-the-blank and multiple-choice questions. Further, participant response allocation towards casino games with similar features (color) of training increased. Implications for conceptual development of self-generated rule formation and subsequent following, particularly in the development for treatment, will be discussed.
 
Using ACT to Reduce Impulsive Choice and Contextual Control in Gambling
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: Impulsive decision making and inaccurate rule following are two classes of behavior that are related to several addictive behaviors including pathological gambling. Mindfulness and defusion exercises may be used to undermine the literal content of verbal behavior and increase the saliency of direct experience thereby reducing impulsive choice and rule following. In study one 34 participants watched a 9-min and 25-s mindfulness instructional video to examine the effects on delay discounting, a behavior analytic model of impulsivity. Results indicated a significant decrease in discounting scores after watching the mindfulness video (p < .01). In study two 21 participants were taught to select stimuli of differing physical qualities in a relational training task establishing a contextual cue of black as GREATER-THAN and red as LESS-THAN. Following relational training, half of the participants underwent a defusion exercise. The results show that 82% of participants who did not undergo the defusion exercise showed an increase preference for a black slot-machine in a simulated slot-machine task, and all participants who underwent the defusion activity allocated their responding closer to what would be expected due to the contingencies alone. ACT exercises may reduce the influence of rules and contextual features that promote destructive behavior patterns.
 

Do Setting Events Alter the Rate of Probability Discounting?

KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current discounting literature in impulsivity research indicates that impulsivity may be a multifactorial concept. The potential sources that may lead to impulsivity have yet to be completely identified. Among the variables that are considered to play a role in impulsive choice are setting events. Yet, limited research has been conducted on how setting events may affect risky choice, which is one part of the multifactorial concept. In the current study the researchers investigated how grade standing in a course influenced the rate of discounting on an actual probabilistic discounting task. Twenty college students participated for the chance to earn extra credit worth up to 3% of their final grade, through a game of roulette. The roulette game was arranged to mirror the traditional probability-discounting task. Participants were staked with a proportion of their extra credit to gamble with and told that they could earn up to 3% of their final grade. An analysis of the rate of discounting and academic standing was made. The results and implications of the current study are discussed with regard to pathological gambling, risk taking with regard to setting events, behavioral economics, and the effectiveness of self reported discounting tasks.

 
 
Paper Session #102
Choice, Delay Discounting, and Respondent Conditioning
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: EAB
Chair: Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
 

A Comparative Approach to Matching-Based Measurement of Gain-Loss Asymmetry

Domain: Basic Research
HAROLD L. MILLER JR. (Brigham Young University), Diego Flores (Brigham Young University), Veronika Tait (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Jordan Sgro (Brigham Young University), Colby Kipp (Brigham Young University), Madeline Hollenbeak (Brigham Young University)
 
Abstract:

The matching law has proven robust across species, methods, and reinforcers. Research in behavioral economics has demonstrated the asymmetrical effects of gains (reinforcers) and losses (punishers) on human decision making in hypothetical scenarios primarily involving monetary outcomes. We applied matching-based analysis to the measurement of the gain-loss differential in three parallel experimental series involving human participants, pigeons, and rats. The experimental procedure included conjoint interdependent concurrent variable-interval schedules of reinforcement and punishment. Human participants played a customized video game in which the concurrent schedules were associated with the two sides of a screen containing moving submarines and underwater targets. Participants gained or lost on-screen points or actual coins (dispensed by and inserted into a device next to the screen). Nonhuman subjects received access to food or lost that access while responding in standard experimental chambers (pecking for pigeons and lever pressing for rats). Molar data analysis utilized a set of models derived from the generalized matching law to produce model-specific parameter values for gain and loss, respectively. Molecular data analysis utilized event recording to identify behavioral patterns characteristic of the transition from gain-only to gain-plus-loss conditions and vice versa. We will describe the results from each experimental series, then compare and contrast the three sets of results.

 

Temporal Regularity and Temporal Variability in Pavlovian Conditioning

Domain: Basic Research
GABRIEL VELAZQUEZ GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Desiderio Ramirez (Universidad de Sonora), Gandhy Aguiar (Universidad Autonoma de Nayarit), Alejandra Martinez (Universidad Católica de Pereira), Josue Gonzalez Diaz (University of Guadalajara)
 
Abstract:

Organisms can anticipate an environmental event when it occurs regularly in time or when it is preceded by a cue. Three experiments were conducted in order to explore the interaction between these two strategies. Each experiment involved to maintain constant or variable certain temporal relation between the conditional stimulus (CS, noise) and the unconditional stimulus (US, water) in a Pavlovian conditioning procedure. Rats were used as experimental subjects. In Experiment 1 subjects were exposed to a fixed or a variable intertrial interval; in Experiment 2 subjects were exposed to a variable interstimulus interval, but one of the stimuli occurred at fixed interval; and in Experiment 3 subjects were exposed to fixed or variable duration of the CS. Approaching to the water dispenser was established as the target response. When the US-US interval was fixed subjects gradually increased responding over the interval. In contrast, responding was relatively constant when the US-US interval was variable. Furthermore, responding increased when the CS was presented. This increase depended on the temporal proximity of the CS with the US. These results suggest that the organisms adjust their behavior to the temporal regularities of the stimuli occurrences.

 
Delay Discounting: Lack of Say-Do Correspondence
Domain: Basic Research
MATT LOCEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Courtney Smith (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: In a series of studies, humans made three different types of choices: (1) Verbal predictions of preference for hypothetical consumable reinforcers, (2) Actual choices for experienced, consumable reinforcers, and (3) Verbal self-reports of preference for experienced, consumable reinforcers. All three choice types involved choices between alternatives that differed in delay. Participants experienced one or more sessions of Type 2 choices prior to any Type 1 or Type 3 choices. Following this experience with different delayed consequences, a hypothetical situation was described. That hypothetical situation exactly matched the recently experienced situation with Type 2 choices. Participants were then asked which alternative they would prefer in that described situation. These Type 1 choices are the type of hypothetical choices usually asked in most human delay discounting tasks (except the choices were for recently experienced consumable reinforcers). In some studies, participants were also asked Type 3 choices after completing all Type 2 choices. Type 3 choices consisted of a simple self-report of which alternative (e.g., left or right operanda) was preferred during the immediately preceding Type 2 choices. Fewer than 50% of participants showed a consistent preference across these three choice types - raising concerns about popular discounting methodology.
 

Selection of IBCs and Their Aggregate Products

Domain: Basic Research
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Kalliu Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College), Nayara Gois (Oslo and Akershus University College), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
Abstract:

We performed two experiments in which pairs of participants were asked to coordinately respond in order to achieve a common goal. Each participant would move a piece in a virtual chessboard and meetings in adjacent cells in specific areas were reinforced according to an ABAB design, experiment 1, and ABA design, Experiment 2. For experiment 1, meetings were not reinforced at conditions A. Meetings were reinforced by successive approximations at conditions B. The results from the first experiment showed that the variability index of IBCs and aggregate products were smaller in conditions B than in conditions A. However, they did not completely stereotyped. Experiment 2 was design to evaluate if longer exposure to intervention condition would enhance stereotypy in the IBCs and their aggregate product. The second experiment used ABA design where conditions A where intervention condition, and condition B baseline. Results of experiment 2 shows that a complete stereotypy on IBCs and aggregate product was found. Both experiments may be indicating that contingent reinforcing consequences may have a selective effect upon IBCs and their aggregate products.

 
 
 
Symposium #103
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching and Measuring Foundational and Complex Repertoires
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.
Abstract: From time to time behavior analytic approaches to education have been criticized because they are said to focus on simple behaviors or basic skills. Over the past twenty years there has been a concerted effort to extend behavior analytic approaches to the areas of reasoning, problem solving, inquiry, and independent learning. Learners with a range of entering repertoires in a wide range of environments from classrooms to online platforms have benefited. This effort has resulted in work that has led to the examination of the critical foundational skills required in terms of verbal operants, mands, tacts, echoics, intraverbals and autoclitics leading to conversation skills, to composite repertoires such as Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS) and Fluent Thinking Skills™ (FTS) which emphasizes question asking, and to advanced content areas such as music education. This symposium will describe recent work in this area with an emphasis on measuring both foundational and complex educational repertoires. It will highlight the effects not only on the learner, but on teachers as well. An emphasis throughout the presentation will be how behavior analysis can benefit a great range of learners, some who otherwise may not have been successful.
Keyword(s): instructional design, music, reasoning, vocal operants
 
TAPSing into the Potential of Students and the Ingenuity of Classroom Staff
SEAN WILL (University of North Texas), Lucero Neri (University of North Texas), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Students with learning and developmental disabilities often have slow academic and social progress. They seem to lack interest and sometimes refuse to work at all. Sometimes, they demonstrate high levels of understanding in one subject area, while performing extremely poorly in other areas. Educators usually blame slow academic progress on the lack of intelligence or low capacity to learn. As a result, educators lower their expectations for these students. One particular deficit area is often problem solving. This presentation will describe the efforts of teaching and assessing a set of reasoning skills with seven students with learning and developmental disabilities in a Life Skills class in a public school. We will further discuss the effects of teaching this repertoire on four classroom staff members in their interaction with children while helping the students with their assignments. The reasoning skills under discussion were based on those described by Robbins in her 2014 manual, Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach.
 
Measuring Complex Repertoires in Project Based Learning
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: This presentation will describe a sequence of developing and measuring the acquisition of analytic thinking skills required for the talk aloud problem solving (TAPS) repertoire (Robbins, 2014) and Fluent Thinking Skills (FTS™) (Robbins, Layng, Jackson, 1996) repertoire in middle school students at Morningside Academy. Ways to define and assess application of the component skills, or atomic repertoires (after Palmer, 2012), that lead to composite thinking repertoires will be explored. To ensure that all students acquire the repertoires of the Problem Solver and Active Listener, all students must learn to observe and record the presence or absence of the essential qualities in trios and then apply their TAPS skills to the enquiry model taught in Fluent Thinking Skills. Everyday academic and nonacademic problems are then presented that required the use of these strategies. Precision Teaching procedures may be used in the measurement of question generating, and accuracy and rate of problem solving. Finally, application of these skills during independent research in project based learning will be discussed.
 

Measured Music: Behavior Analysis Meets the Arts

MARK MALADY (Institute of Meaningful Instruction), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Institute of Meaningful Instruction), Bryan Hallauer (High Sierra Industries/WARC), Brendan James Bohr (Brohavior)
Abstract:

Over the past 20 years there has been a renewed interest in designing educational environments that lead to a range of practical outcomes for learners. Educational endeavors may be conceptualized as falling within several categories that may include formal public education, formal private education, independent studies, sports related activities, musical activities and day-to-day learning through the life of an individual. A common move in the past 10 years has been the creation of individual learning opportunities through internet-based applications. Behavior analysis as a science has historically been closely aligned with the formulation of instructional design methods and is in a well-suited position to lend a helping hand to the endeavor of creating meaningful educational opportunities for people of varying ages and skill sets. This presentation will outline a pilot program that was designed to teach students of music how to design their own independent studies using the science of behavior analysis. This program, Measured Music, is one example of how the Institute of Meaningful Instruction is aiming to assist learners in becoming their own instructional designers. The Measured Music program will be overviewed and future directions will be discussed.

 
Measurement and Induction of Vocal Verbal Behavior
ANGELA MORAN (Ascension Parish School District), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Mary Johnson (Ascension Parish Schools)
Abstract: Effective social interactions are imperative for all individuals, in particular those with faulty verbal repertoires. Vocal verbal behavior is the most common form of speaker behavior and allows for access to reinforcement across multiple listeners. This type of behavior provides information in a more accessible form for listeners and allows speakers to access more advanced verbal functions. The five vocal verbal operants, mands, tacts, echoics, intraverbals and autoclitics, are learned through the function of an individual’s environment and reinforced by the responses of others. This presentation will discuss these vocal verbal operants and their and function in conversation, as well as measurement tools that can be used to identify the presence or absence of these behaviors under varying conditions. Finally, protocols and procedures, such as Speaker Immersion Protocol, Intensive Tact, and Social Listener Reinforcement games, used to induce these behaviors for individuals who may have faulty or no vocal verbal behavior will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #104
Using ABA to Improve Teacher Effectiveness
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; 2004) and the No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB; 2001) mandate that teachers use instructional methods that are supported by empirical research. Although these federal mandates have been in effect for over a decade, the majority of teachers do not select interventions that are based on research; rather, they select interventions based on their own preferences (Cook & Cook, 2013; Cook, Tankersley, & Landrum, 2013). When teachers do select methods that are supported by research, they may not be able to implement them with fidelity due to lack of training and support. Empirically supported interventions are more likely to produce optimal student outcomes when they are implemented with fidelity. In order to promote and extend the use of evidence based teaching practices in schools, teacher training programs must equip their graduates with the skills necessary to identify appropriate evidence based practices relevant to their students’ individual needs and implement those evidence based practices with fidelity. This symposium will consist of four presentations that examine the effectiveness of using behavioral interventions to increase pre-service and in-service teachers’ skills.
Keyword(s): BST, evidence-based practice, teacher training
 
The Differentiated Effects of Rates of Specific Praise on the On-Task Behavior of Elementary-Aged Students
MICHAEL KRANAK (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Lauren Hensley (The Ohio State University), Erin N. Roby (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Praise has been used in special education classrooms for many years to not only serve as positive reinforcement, but also as a behavior management technique; however, a consummate praise rate has yet to be established. Reinforcing appropriate behaviors can serve as a proactive strategy for decreasing otherwise challenging behaviors (Stichter et al., 2009). Special education teachers have commonly used this behavior management technique to decrease challenging behavior (Heward, 2012). Again, although there is large body of literature supporting the use of praise to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate, desirable behaviors, a consensus on how much praise is needed is yet to be reached (Myers, Simonsen, & Sugai, 2011; Piscareta, Tincani, Connell, & Axelrod, 2011; Stichter et al., 2000; Van Acker & Grant, 1996). By using an alternating treatments design, this study examined the differential effects of 1 praise statement per minute, 4 praise statements per minute, and 8 praise statements per minute on the on-task behavior of elementary-aged students receiving special education services. Implications of the results are discussed as well as future directions for this area of research.
 
ACCOMPLISH: Teaching Preservice Teachers How to Write Objectives
RACHEL SEAMAN (The Ohio State University), Kristall J. Day (The Ohio State University), John Schaefer (The Ohio State University), Gleides Lopes Rizzi (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Self-Regulated Strategy Development is an evidence-based practice that has been successfully used to support P-12 students on various tasks (Harris et al, 2012; Santangelo, Harris, and Graham, 2008). One empirically supported SRSD method for teaching multiple component skills to students in the P-12 settings is the use of mnemonic devices (Wood, Frank, & Wacker 1998; Mastropieri & Scruggs, 1998; Scruggs, & Mastropieri, 1991; Pressley, Levin, & Delaney, 1982). In this presentation, we will share two studies where we evaluated the effects of a mnemonic on preservice teachers’ lesson objective writing skills. The first study was used to inform revisions to the protocol and rubric for the second study. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to test the strategy and preservice teachers’ objectives were evaluated using a rubric. Generalization data were also collected through the evaluation of lesson plans that preservice teachers wrote for student teaching assignments.
 

Teaching Pre-Service Teachers to Implement Evidence-Based Practices With Fidelity: A Replication Comparing Two Teaching Approaches

LAUREN HENSLEY (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Natalie Andzik (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute)
Abstract:

There is a wide range of interventions being used in todays classrooms, and some of these interventions lack empirical evidence for effectiveness. It is the duty of teacher preparation programs to provide pre-service teachers with evidence-based practices (EBPs), strategies that have been empirically validated, which could be used in classrooms. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an EBP that has been proven effective when teaching adults; however, research is lacking with using BST in teacher preparation programs. The purpose of this replication study was to compare the effects of a traditional lecture followed by BST or a study session on four undergraduate pre-service teachers implementation fidelity of eight different EBPs and if these skills are maintained for two weeks. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of BST and study sessions on the pre-service teachers implementation fidelity of the EBPs during role-play sessions. Results and implications will be discussed.

 

Behavioral Skills Training of a Reading Racetracks Intervention at a Montessori School: Effects on Teacher Implementation Fidelity and Student Outcomes

CARRIE DAVENPORT (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of behavioral skills training, an evidence-based practice used for teacher training, on implementation of a reading racetrack game. Reading Racetracks is a board game developed to improve sight word acquisition fluency. Studies have shown the game to be effective to use with elementary students receiving special education services, students served in general education settings (Anthony, Rinaldi, Hern, & McLaughlin, 1997; Rinaldi & McLaughlin, 1996), as well as students with autism (Crowley, Mclaughlin, & Kahn, 2012), and students with specific learning disabilities (Falk, Band, & McLaughlin, 2003). The present study extends the research on reading racetracks by training teachers to implement the game. In this study, three teachers at the kindergarten and primary (e.g., grades 1-3) levels at a Montessori school were trained to implement the intervention. Student participants were identified learning disabilities and/or were 1-2 grade levels below in reading. Data were collected on a teacher-dependent variable (i.e., procedural integrity), and a child dependent variable (e.g., number of words read correctly in 1 minute). This simple, straightforward evidence-based intervention has the potential for being integrated into Montessori classrooms in one-on-one instruction with teachers, or in centers with peers. Limitations, implications, and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB
High Tech, Low Tech, No Tech, What the Heck?
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As technology usage continues to swell worldwide the penchant for technology options in educational environments has reached a fever pitch. In US alone it is projected that spending on instructional technology will reach over $20 billion by 2020. The emphasis on the use of delivering instruction via high tech options is easily observed in most school settings. Smart boards, personal e-tablets, response clickers are just as prevalent as the crayons and compositions found in children’s school bags found in classrooms just a generation ago. However, relying on sophisticated technology tools to fix educational problems may fall short if the technology options do not incorporate evidence based components of effective instruction. Low Tech options such as guided notes and active student responding have an extensive research based and permeated the behavior analytic literature in the mid and late 1980’s. Conversely some of the more prevalent high tech options found in today’s classrooms little or no research to support their usage. In this symposium we report four papers which address some element of either high or low tech instructional delivery tactic across 4 distinct populations and target behaviors.

 
The Technology of Educational Technology: Is the Learn Unit a Reliable of Ed Tech Effectiveness?
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Cynthia Vavasseur (Nicholls State University), Mary Breaud (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: While society’s appetite for technology appears to be insatiable it is still not evident whether the impact of modern day instructional technology on student achievement will be appreciable. Much of this emphasis on technology is based on premise that being uber-techy is simply the norm and the upgrading of technology based options in the classroom brings the outside world and the classroom inline. However, relying on sophisticated technology tools to fix educational problems may fall short if the technology options do not incorporate research based components of effective instruction. One of those components, the learn unit has been shown to be an important predictor of student achievement. Thus, we tested the effects of a variety of technology initiatives with and without learn units instruction on the acquisition of new learning targets for four pupils across two elementary classrooms. The results are discussed in terms of formative and summative assessments.
 

The Effects of an Auditory Matching App on Accurate Echoics and Advanced Listener Literacy With Three Preschoolers With Autism

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Megan Medina (Teachers College Columbia University), Michelle Cole-Hatchard (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract:

We report an experiment to investigate the effects of an auditory match-to-sample protocol on three preschoolers accurate echoics to 100 English words and advanced listener literacy skills. The protocol was presented by using an iPad app Sounds the same: an app to target listening and speaking clearly. A delayed multiple probe design across participants verified the effectiveness of the auditory match to sample protocol. The three participants ranged from 4 to 5 years old and were all diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. They were taught to discriminate between positive and negative exemplars of different sounds, words, and phases by matching the sample sound to the matching exemplar. Our data show that acquisition of auditory match-to-sample resulted in increases of the accuracy in participants articulation of their echoics as well as their advanced listener repertoires as measured by having students follow vocal directions in the presence of visual negative exemplars.

 
Teaching Undergraduate Students to Take Effective Lecture Notes Using a Fading Procedure
REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Philip Nelson (Bangor University)
Abstract: Student engagement with course materials (i.e., lectures), and subsequently performance in undergraduate behavioral courses, may be affected by students’ ability to take effective lecture notes. Guided notes, in which some of the key lecture material is omitted so that students can ‘fill-in-the-blanks’, can be an effective method to teach note-taking. In order to teach note taking that could be generalized across courses, we increased systematically the number of words to be filled in on notes pages given out in each lecture (stimulus fading). We used a changing criterion design and measured the accuracy of undergraduate students’ note-taking (i.e., the number of correct filled in blanks). In addition, students were given a weekly in-class quiz that was comprised of questions from both the notes pages and other lecture material from the previous lecture. Our results showed that the faded guided notes increased the accuracy of students’ lecture notes compared to baseline, and that students performed better on quiz questions linked to the notes than on questions based on lecture material not contained in the notes. We discuss the utility of a fading procedure to teach note-taking in large classes.
 

Video-Based Mand Training for Three Early Interventionists Teaching Toddlers With Autism: An Additive Component Analysis

AMY D. WIECH (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii)
Abstract:

Professional development remains a foundational crux for training teachers and staff in evidence based interventions for teaching students with autism. Online training videos provide a viable component of professional development for early intervention and special education organizations facing budget constraints and challenges with complying with mandates for training their staff and teachers in evidence-based interventions for students with autism. Mand training is an effective evidence based procedure for increasing functional language and decreasing problematic behavior associated with autism spectrum disorders. The teacher implementation of four-step manding procedure was also evaluated. Measuring both the student and the teacher behavior evaluated interventionists competency improvement following and/or during different training components and concurrently measured student manding changes in frequency across each training component phase. Online training remains a valuable tool to efficiently and effectively train staff, however additional components may be necessary to result in optimal outcomes. Results indicated that student manding increased slightly when online training videos alone was used for one participant and with more significance when components of feedback and coaching/modeling were added.

 
 
Symposium #106
CE Offered: BACB
Variables Affecting the Acquisition of Tact, Listener Behavior, and Visual Discriminations
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia)
CE Instructor: Joseph M. Vedora, Ed.D.
Abstract: Educational programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders and developmental delays often target the development of speaker (e.g., tact) and listener repertories, and discrimination training with visual stimuli. Several procedures may facilitate the acquisition of tact and listener relations or visual-visual discriminations. This symposium reviews two studies conducted with individuals with autism spectrum disorders that evaluated procedures used to teach listener relations. The first study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of an error correction procedure to a second-order reinforcement and response-cost procedure during training of listener relations. The second study compared the efficiency of picture prompts versus picture prompts used with a differential observing response during training of listener relations. A third study evaluated learners’ preference between massed and alternating matching-to-sample trials in young children with autism. Additionally, research with typically developing children may help guide research for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. The fourth study evaluated the effects of a differential observing response on typically developing children’s (3-5 years old) acquisition of tacts of overlapping compound stimuli. The implications of these procedures for practitioners and recommendations for future researchers will be discussed.
Keyword(s): tact, listener
 

Assessing Preference Between Massed and Alternating Trials in Teaching Word-Picture Relations to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ERIN CONANT (Evergreen Center), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Camille Rivera (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The goal was to assess preference between massed and alternating matching-to-sample trials in children with autism. Two participants were presented with a matching-to-sample task on a computer. Sessions consisted of six trials of an unknown set of word-picture stimuli relations and six trials of known picture-picture identity relations. Prior to the presentation of the 12 trials, participants were asked to choose between three different colored stimuli randomly located on the computer screen. The participants choice of stimuli determined the condition for the session either mass (6 known/6 unknown stimuli relations, or vice-versa), alternating (alternation of known and unknown stimuli relations), or extinction (no reinforcement delivered). Once a condition preference to a condition was established a new set of colors were presented and preference was reassessed. Throughout a session, no prompts were delivered during the presentation of known stimuli relations, and a spoken word was used as prompt for the unknown stimuli relations. Prescribed prompts were faded systematically to assess acquisition of skill. All correct responses produced a token and once three tokens were earned a trade-in period occurred (unless the extinction condition was chosen). A preference for alternating trials developed during every assessment within and across participants.

 

Establishing Compound Stimulus Control Over Vocal Tacts

BAILEY DEVINE (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

An accurate tact repertoire often requires control by multiple features of nonverbal stimuli over the verbal response. Inappropriate stimulus control can develop when learners are exposed to compound stimuli. The current study evaluated the effects of a differential observing response (DOR) on typically developing childrens (3-5 years old) acquisition of tacts of overlapping compound stimuli. When initial instruction without a DOR did not produce acquisition, an instruction format was introduced which required participants to engage in a DOR in the form of an identity match to sample response prior to tacting the stimuli. If the DOR intervention did not produce mastery, further manipulations were evaluated, including a verbal DOR and the establishment of vocal precurrent responses. Implications of the effectiveness of such interventions on tact acquisition are discussed.

 

A Comparison of Response Cost and Error Correction Procedures

JESSICA NIEMEIER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Some children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) display persistent errors during discrete-trial training. Fisher and colleagues showed that combining a second-order reinforcement schedule with response cost produced improved accuracy in completion of intraverbal and receptive tasks among children with ASD (Fisher, Pawich, Dickes, Paden, & Toussaint, 2014). The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Fisher et al. (2014) by evaluating the efficiency and effectiveness of their second-order reinforcement and response-cost procedure with a common error-correction procedure during acquisition of receptive-identification tasks. Two children diagnosed with an ASD participated. During baseline, we implemented a VR2 reinforcement schedule for cooperative behavior but not for correct responses. During treatment, in one condition we reinforced correct responses on a second-order FR3 [FR1] schedule and removed all accumulated reinforcers contingent on an error. In the other condition, we reinforced correct responses on an FR1 schedule, and following an error, we repeated the trial until the participant emitted an independent correct response. Results showed that the error-correction procedure proved to be more efficient with both participants and more effective with one participant. We discuss these results relative to the discriminative effects of reinforcement and punishment during acquisition of new tasks. We will continue to replicate these procedures with additional participants.

 
An Evaluation of Differential Observing Responses During Receptive Label Training
TIFFANY WALLER (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Prior researchers have used Differential Observing Responses (DORs) such as naming the sample stimulus (Geren, Stromer, & Mackay, 1997) or matching the visual sample to an identical comparison prior to a trial during visual-visual matching tasks (Dube & McIlvane, 1999). A DOR such as an echoic response to the auditory sample stimulus might enhance the learner’s attention to the sample and remediate stimulus control during receptive label training (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). To date, only a few studies have evaluated the effects an echoic response-DOR during receptive label training for individuals with autism. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a DOR that required the participant to imitate the sample stimulus prior to the receptive trial. A comparison of picture prompts, with and without a DOR, was conducted to determine if the DOR facilitated acquisition for a participant with autism who had a history of faulty stimulus control during discrimination training. The results indicated that the DOR enhanced acquisition and remediated stimulus control issues (i.e., position bias) during training. The implications of DORs used during receptive label training will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #107
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Psychological Well-Being With BST and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
Sunday, May 29, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jamie DeVillez (St. Louis University)
Discussant: Kara Reagon (Autism Speaks)
CE Instructor: Kail H. Seymour, M.S.
Abstract:

The topography of maladaptive behavior provides minimal information in terms of developing treatment strategies for reducing its occurrence, rather an analysis of the function of behavior both adaptive and maladaptive has repeatedly shown effectiveness across populations and behaviors. Contemporary treatment strategies for individuals with developed language and cognitive abilities have focused on verbal behavioral interventions that are function-based and teach the necessary skills for children and adults to progress towards their values. The current set of studies show how two pervasive contemporary treatment approaches, behavioral skills training (BST) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), can be utilized with both clinical and non-clinical populations to decrease various topographies of maladaptive behavior, increase psychological flexibility as an alternative operant, and help participants move towards a valued life. Three of the studies detail the use of these approaches in large scale application in school settings, and the other provides a metric for on-going evaluation of psychological flexibility as a generalized operant.

Keyword(s): ACT, BST, Psychological Flexibility
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training Paired With Observational Learning to Decrease Peer-to-Peer Aggression

TRACY CRYSTAL LEMLER (St. Louis University), Thea Ervin (St. Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been used as an antecedent intervention to teach a range of skills, however little is known about the effects of BST paired with observational learning. Therefore, the current study used a concurrent multiple baseline design across classrooms to evaluate the effects of BST paired with observational learning on responses to aggression. Four students with emotional and behavioral disorders (age range = 8-18) were randomly selected as models (n=2) and classmates (n=2) across two classrooms. Classroom observations were conducted on the percent of intervals the selected students engaged in classroom aggression using a 5-s momentary- time sampling procedure. Before BST, selected students completed a verbal assessment, consisting of forced choice and open ended WH questions related to peer aggression. During training, the model was trained to ignore, walk away, and/or engage in a calming strategy when peers engage in aggression. BST sessions took place in front of the models classmates. Following BST, students completed the verbal assessment and classroom observations were conducted. Results identified increases in appropriate responding to peer aggression, and decreases in engagement in aggression. These results support the clinical utility of observational learning in groups, to assist with training appropriate classroom behavior.

 
Clinical Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Urban Elementary Schools
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Sean Saito (St. Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Many children attending urban schools with high poverty rates present with significant behavioral challenges that interrupt learning for both themselves and others. Studies show that students in impoverished urban schools experience a range of environmental variables that impact learning and graduation rates, in addition to higher rates of mental health disorders, including emotional dysregulation, substance abuse, depression, and anxiety than matched peers. Nationwide, urban city schools are twice as likely to have inexperienced teachers and a high-turnover rate, further contributing to student performance deficits. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment options for a range of clinically significant behaviors across the lifespan, and research is beginning to emerge on applying ACT in schools, particularly for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. However, minimal focus has been paid to implementing ACT with both students and their teachers in impoverished urban schools. Given the minimal literature on the topic, there appears to be a need for clearly identifying empirically based strategies for successful implementation of ACT in urban settings. Therefore, the current presentation will showcase empirically-based strategies for infusing ACT into urban city schools, for both teachers and students with emotional behavioral disorders.
 
Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Protocols in the School Setting
DANA PALILIUNAS (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kelly Neville (Indiana University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Students with and without disabilities often exhibit behaviors in school that have a negative impact on their academic performance as well as their social interactions. Intervention protocols that can be utilized by school faculty to address these behaviors at an individual, group, and school-wide level are needed for these students who have more advanced language capabilities. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), which has demonstrated effectiveness in treating children with a variety of challenges, may have utility in the school setting. One protocol, ACT for Children with Autism and Emotional Challenges (Dixon 2014), has been developed to provide professionals with daily lessons that teach the components of ACT through exercises appropriate for children from kindergarten through high school. A series of studies have evaluated the use of this ACT protocol in the school setting with students who have a variety of needs and its effect on school-specific measures such as classroom behavior, attention, attendance, and grades, among others. The implications of these studies as well as avenues for future research are discussed.
 
WHA? Creating a Brief, Clinical Measure for Psychological Flexibility: The Weekly Hexaflex Assessment
KAIL H. SEYMOUR (Southern Illinois University), Travis Sain (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) emphasizes functional assessment in a talk-therapy setting. In brief, ACT attempts to (a) identify inflexible behavioral repertoires that cause suffering and (b) establish/enhance more flexible responding (psychological flexibility) in service of creating a vital life. To accomplish this, ACT focuses on six behavioral repertoires (i.e., present-moment awareness, acceptance, defusion, self-as-context, committed action, and values construction) collectively referred to as the hexaflex. Multiple self-report hexaflex measures currently exist. For example, the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II) assesses psychological flexibility as a whole, whereas other measures assess individual hexaflex repertoires (e.g., the Cognitive Fusion Questionnaire). However, no singular, well-known, psychometrically-valid measure that quickly assesses all six individual repertoires appears to exist. Such a measure could potentially identify clinical strengths/deficits, which would help therapists focus attention where it is most needed during clinical sessions. In an attempt to fill this gap, the Weekly Hexaflex Assessment (WHA) was generated. Its creation, including the initial assessment of its psychometrics and comparison of the WHA with various other measures (e.g., personality, specific hexaflex measures, the AAQ-II, etc.), will represent the primary focus of this talk.
 
 
Paper Session #109
Sustained Attention and Response Inhibition in Children With Comorbid Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT
Chair: Ambreen Shahabuddin (Easern Michigan University)
 
Sustained Attention and Response Inhibition in Children With Comorbid Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
Domain: Basic Research
AMBREEN SHAHABUDDIN (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University), Renee Lajiness-O'Neill (University of Michigan), catherine peterson (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Difficulties attending have been frequently observed in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). While preliminary research suggests that co-occurring symptoms of ASD and ADHD are associated with greater delays in adaptive and cognitive functioning, little research has been devoted to examining attentional deficits in comorbidity. Four groups of 8- to 10-year-old children were administered the Conners Continuous Performance Test (CCPT-II): ASD only (n=16), ADHD only (n=16), comorbid ASD and ADHD (n=16), and a neurotypical group (NT; n=16). Children with comorbidity engaged in greatest behaviors of hyperactivity/impulsivity (M = 66.39, SD = 7.90), inattention (M = 64.18, SD = 9.20), and response time variability (RT; M = 61.67, SD = 8.86). No differences were found in comorbidity and ASD (p = .09) on commission errors, comorbidity and ADHD (p = .61) on omission errors, or comorbidity and ADHD (p = .24) on RT. The comorbid group was significantly different than ASD (p = .001), ADHD (p = .02), and controls (p < .001) on sustained attention. Parents and teachers reported similar behavior profiles in ADHD and comorbidity. Results indicate that comorbidity reflects both diagnoses with overall greater difficulties in attention. Suggestions for treatment and future research will be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #110
Sexuality and the Spectrum: Lessons on Sex, Dating, and Love, Autism Style
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT
Chair: Amy Gravino (A.S.C.O.T Coaching)
 
Sexuality and the Spectrum: Lessons on Sex, Dating, and Love, Autism Style
Domain: Applied Research
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Coaching)
 
Abstract: Individuals on the autism spectrum are sexual beings, yet they are often not taught the necessary skills to be successful in romantic relationships. Thissession features a firsthand personal narrative from a woman on the autism spectrum, and gives an inside perspective on both the triumphs and heartbreaks of young adulthood.The potential for using principles of Applied Behavior Analysis to teach these skills and challenges that may arise in doing so will be addressed, as well as differences between males and females on the autism spectrum and challenges they may face as they encounter adolescence, puberty, and young adulthood. Strategies for professionals and parents to discuss issues and assist individuals on the spectrum in navigating relationships, avoiding victimization, and becoming empowered will also be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #110a
Effects of Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure on Delay Discounting and Sensitivity to d-Amphetamine in Mice: An Information-Theoretic Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Area: BPN
Keyword(s): Amphetamines, Delay Discounting
Chair: Steven R Boomhower (Auburn University)
 

Effects of Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure on Delay Discounting and Sensitivity to d-Amphetamine in Mice: An Information-Theoretic Analysis

Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R BOOMHOWER (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
 
Abstract:

Methylmercury (MeHg) is an environmental neurotoxicant that can be used to study how cortical damage during early development affects behavior later in life. The consequences of MeHg exposure in adolescence, a developmental period in which the brain and behavior may be especially vulnerable to MeHg, is unknown. The current experiments were designed to assess the effects of low-level MeHg exposure during adolescence on delay discounting (i.e., preference for small, immediate reinforcers over large, delayed ones) and sensitivity to d-amphetamine (a dopamine agonist) using a mouse model. Thirty-six male C57BL/6n mice were exposed to 0, 0.3, or 3.0 ppm mercury (as MeHg) via drinking water from postnatal day 21 to 60, the murine adolescent period. As adults, mice lever-pressed for a 0.01-cc droplet of milk solution delivered immediately and four 0.01-cc droplets delivered after a series of delays for 35 sessions. A dose-response determination of d-amphetamine (i.p.; 0.1-1.7 mg/kg) followed. An information-theoretic analysis, which does not rely on traditional null-hypothesis testing, was employed to determine the most parsimonious model of the generalized matching equation to describe the data collected. Adolescent MeHg exposure impaired the acquisition of delay discounting compared to controls. Magnitude-sensitivity estimates were lower for mercury-exposed mice relative to controls, and delay-sensitivity estimates were reduced in the 0.3-ppm group compared to controls and the 3.0-ppm group. Further, d-amphetamine dose-dependently reduced delay-sensitivity estimates in all groups but decreased magnitude-sensitivity estimates only in the mercury-exposed groups. Adolescence is a developmental period during which the brain and behavior may be vulnerable to MeHg exposure.

 
Keyword(s): Amphetamines, Delay Discounting
 
 
Panel #111
PDS: Ethical Considerations for the Practicing Behavior Analyst
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joseph Hacker (McNeese State University)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Ensuring the safety of both the client and the practitioner is paramount to the facilitation of the client's success. To ensure this safe practice, the ethical guidelines set forth by the BACB dictate the various "do's" and "do not's" of conducting treatments. Both knowing and adhering to the current codes allows the practitioner to move forward, fully confident in their ability to formulate safe and comprehensive treatments. Before beginning treatment, the practitioner must create an environment for success, minimizing or entirely dealing with any and all anticipated ethical problems prior to the commencement of treatment. Addressing ethical dilemmas before they have the chance to occur is important, as new issues can arise that the practitioner could not have anticipated and being prepared can minimize the amount of occurrences of these dilemmas. This panel will discuss how best to prepare the environment for clinical practice to protect both one's self as the practitioner and the client and how to approach some potential ethical struggles that preparation of the environment alone cannot account for.

Keyword(s): Autism, Ethics, Safe practice, Service delivery
 
 
Panel #112
Ethical Considerations of Short-Term Training and Revolving Door Volunteers
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project)
JULIA EJIOGU (Autism Care and Support Initiative)
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants)
SARA COSTELLO (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

International centers for autism and applied behavior analysis service delivery have long been sites for volunteers and clinicians looking for a short-term volunteer opportunity. This training has been shown to hinder growth of ABA centers, as conflicting methodologies and training protocols are often implemented. There is large procedural drift from training when short term trainers enter a city, center, or school. Additionally, gifts of materials and toys can develop paternalism, take away from the local economy, and dismiss cultural relevance. Revolving door volunteers are unable to offer their expertise in a way that is meaningful to their center. Experience has shown that short-term volunteer opportunities are reinforcing for the volunteer, yet detract from training received in international programs. Experts in the field who work directly with children can draw away from the training previously in place at the center or school. In order to increase cultural humility and gains in program development and implementation, sustainable practices must be implemented. The Global Autism Project has implemented a protocol for sustainable training methodologies, with short-term intensive training on the ground, as well as follow-up training throughout the year. This follow up is what differentiates sustainable training from short-term "voluntourism."

Keyword(s): international development, short-term volunteer, sustainable practices, volunteer abroad
 
 
Symposium #113
CE Offered: BACB
Soup to Nuts: Effective Treatments for Food Selectivity
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Food selectivity is defined as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck & Williams, 2006). Children with selective diets often consume foods that are high in fat and/or sodium (e.g., French fries) and/or low in nutritional content, which is of concern because poor dietary intake is associated with health, learning, and behavior problems. Children who are selective eaters and who consume these types of diets are at greater risk for developing severe health problems such as obesity, Type-2 diabetes, chronic constipation, and hypertension (Freedman, Dietz, Srinivasan, & Berenson, 1999; Ludwig et al., 1999). Given the negative consequences associated with food selectivity, validation and dissemination of effective treatments is critically important. This symposium includes two data-based presentations from different programs.

Keyword(s): fading, food selectivity, generalization, sequential oral
 

Treatment Generalization Following Sequential-Oral-Sensory Therapy for Food Selectivity in Children With Autism

CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (University of Nebraska Medical Center/ MMI), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display food selectivity (consumption of a limited variety of foods; Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). Treatments for pediatric feeding disorders based on applied behavior-analytic (ABA) research have the most empirical support (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). To our knowledge, no empirical evidence supports the use of an alternative treatment approach, Sequential Oral Sensory (SOS), despite its wide use. In the current study, we modified the SOS procedure to evaluate it scientifically as a treatment for food selectivity in two children with ASD using a multiple baseline across foods design. When acceptance of target foods did not increase during SOS, we implemented the ABA treatment and observed high levels of acceptance. Additionally, once we implemented ABA treatment with the first food, both children began accepting bites of the other two foods that were not in treatment (i.e., generalization). For one participant, generalization did not occur during an additional assessment with three foods that were never exposed to SOS. The findings of the current study suggest that although SOS in isolation was not effective, implementation of SOS prior to an ABA treatment produced more robust effects.

 

The Effects of Hierarchical Presentation of Steps on Food Acceptance

ANSLEY HODGES (Nemours Children's Hospital), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Lianne Hurtado (Nemours Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

In clinical settings, absent an intensive feeding program, high rates of problem behavior can deter parents and clinicians from successfully implementing food acceptance protocols. After initial ineffective attempts to increase acceptance using escape extinction and shaping with one participant, the experimenter implemented a hierarchical presentation of steps along with shaping, chaining, and modeling. Results showed an increase in food acceptance and decrease in problem behavior. Due to rapid food acceptance in the 9 step hierarchy, the total number of required steps was reduced to 3. A multiple probe design across foods with terminal baseline probes throughout was used to determine if additional shaping steps were needed. In one day, both participants met the response requirements for each novel food within the reduced 3 step hierarchy with negligible rates of problem behaviors. This procedure is a viable alternative to parents and clinicians that want to obviate side effects of using escape extinction.

 
 
Symposium #114
CE Offered: BACB
In Another's Shoes: Recent Research on Teaching Perspective Taking Skills to Children With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (ABRITE)
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Perspective-taking is a complex repertoire of behavior that is crucial to nearly all areas of human functioning that involve social interactions, be they at school, home, work, or play. Unfortunately, many children with autism have difficulties with perspective taking skills, even when they have age-appropriate verbal and intellectual functioning. This symposium brings together three presentations on teaching various aspects of perspective taking to children with autism. The first presentation, by Rocio, consists of a behavioral conceptual analysis of humor and how it might be taught to children with autism. The second presentation, by Dr. Adel Najdowski, consists of a study that taught children with autism to identify and respond to the preferences of peers during play. The third presentation, by Smita Mehta, consists of a study on a computerized program for teaching perspective taking skills.

Keyword(s): perspective taking, RFT, ToM
 

"I Know, I'm Funny, Right?" A Behavior Analytic Account of Humor and Implications for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

ROCIO NUNEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Understanding and using humor are critical components of many social interactions and have been shown to be deficit for many individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. The vast majority of research on humor has come from developmental psychology and describes the various levels and stages of humor that are typically observed throughout childhood and adolescence. This paper will discuss a behavior analytic interpretation of humor, utilizing the stages and types of humor described in the developmental psychology literature, with a Relational Frame Theory approach to non-literal language. In addition, we will suggest some intervention strategies and implications that this may have to remedy these deficits in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify and Respond Appropriately to the Preferences of Others During Play

ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (ABRITE), Megan Michelle St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders; Florida Institute of Technology), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Angela M. Persicke (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Deficiency in social interaction is characteristic of autism spectrum disorder (ASD; DSM-5, APA, 2013), and in particular, children with ASD have been found to have difficulty with perspective-taking, including detecting what others are thinking, feeling, or wanting (Baron-Cohen, Leslie, & Frith, 1985). This study employed a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to investigate the use of a multiple exemplar training package for teaching children with ASD to notice and respond appropriately to the preferences of others during play. The intervention was effective in teaching participants to: (a) identify what others like and dont like, (b) make offers to play with items that were demonstrated to be preferred by others, (c) and refrain from making offers to play with items that were demonstrated to be nonpreferred by others. Generalization to the preferences of untrained adults and peers was also observed.

 

Effect of Computer Assisted Instruction on the Theory of Mind of Children With High Functioning Autism

SMITA SHUKLA MEHTA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) show significant deficits in social interaction and communication, emotion recognition, and perspective taking. These deficits are often exhibited as an inability to understand and process subtle social and emotional cues expressed through facial expression, voice intonation, and context cues (i.e., deficit in Theory of Mind). One intervention gaining increased attention for teaching Theory of Mind (ToM) to children with ASD is the use of computer assisted instruction (CAI). This study evaluated the effect of CAI on ToM skills of four children (5-12 years) with high functioning autism. A software program was developed using 22 line-drawn scenarios from the mind-reading curriculum by Howlin et al. (1999), where characters were portrayed without facial expressions. Using a single-subject multiple baseline design across participants, the CAI software was delivered to participants to teach them to identify emotions of characters based on situational cues alone. Results showed that all participants correctly identified emotions of characters during intervention. Additionally, learned behavior generalized to untrained social situations at home involving family members. The magnitude of effect was also large for all participants. Implications of the study will be discussed with regards to strategies for bridging the research-to-practice gap.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #116
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Making a Difference With Applied Behavioral Science: Actively Caring for People

Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Angela Sanguinetti, Ph.D.
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Davis)
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Tech)
E. Scott Geller, Alumni Distinguished Professor at Virginia Tech, is a senior partner of Safety Performance Solutions, Blacksburg, VA. He has authored or coauthored 33 books, 82 book chapters, 259 magazine articles, and more than 350 research articles addressing the development and evaluation of behavior-change interventions to improve quality of life. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and the World Academy of Productivity and Quality Sciences. He has received Lifetime Achievement Awards from the American Psychological Foundation and the International Organizational Behavior Management Network. In 2011, the College of Wooster awarded Scott an honorary degree: Doctor of Humane Letters.
Abstract:

From dawn to dusk, psychology affects every aspect of our lives. For example, success in educational settings, at the workplace, on the athletic field, and at home is influenced dramatically by interpersonal and intrapersonal communication. Are teachers facilitating motivation and learning among their students? Do supervisors empower workers to go beyond the call of duty to achieve organizational goals? Do coaches bring the best out of their players by enhancing self-motivation and cultivating interdependent teamwork? Do parents discipline their children so undesirable behaviors are not only eliminated but desirable behaviors and attitudes are promoted? This presentation will offer research-based principles and techniques teachers, coaches, supervisors, parents, and healthcare workers can use to instruct and inspire others to perform at optimum levels of effectiveness. Within this context, the vision of an Actively Caring for People Movement will be introduced � large-scale applications of behavioral science and leadership principles to cultivate cultures of compassion worldwide and thereby prevent interpersonal conflict, bullying and violence.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) explain self-motivation and research-based ways to increase an individual’s self-motivation or self-directed behavior; (2) explain how applied behavioral science can be used to improve quality of life on a large scale, beyond the clinic; (3) explain “humanistic behaviorism” and discuss similarities and differences with applied behavior analysis; (4) explain what it means to feel “empowered” to accomplish a worthwhile and challenging SMARTS goal.
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Social Reinforcers via Two Social Learning Conditions
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Mara Katra Oblak (Seattle Behavior Consulting)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We report two papers related to the establishment of social reinforcers, including peer observation and awareness, observational learning of conditioned reinforcers, observational performance, and the acquisition of new operants as a function of observation for preschoolers with language delays through two different social learning interventions. The first paper tested the relation between peer awareness responses and observational learning repertoires, indicating that peer awareness was a prerequisite for acquisition of new operants or new reinforcers through observation. In a second experiment, a peer-yoked contingency was used to establish observational learning repertoires. In the second paper, a peer observational procedure used to establish neutral stimuli as reinforcers functioned to increase peer awareness in free-play settings and audience-appropriate responses in social settings.

Keyword(s): observational learning, social learning, social reinforcers
 

An Analysis of the Relation Between Peer Observing Responses and Observational Learning Repertoires

ERIKA BYERS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

For decades, there has been research about how humans learn through observation, however there has been little research on the prerequisites for observational learning. We conducted 2 experiments to determine the relation between peer observing responses and observational learning. In Experiment 1 we selected 21 preschool-aged participants with and without developmental disabilities and screened the participants for a) peer observing responses; b) observational performance; c) observational acquisition; and d) conditioned reinforcement through observation. The data were analyzed through a Pearson correlation. The results of the experimental comparison indicated statistical significance between peer observing responses and observational performance, peer observing responses and conditioned reinforcement through observation, observational performance and conditioned reinforcement through observation, and observational performance and observational acquisition. The correlational data suggested that the peer observing responses are likely prerequisites for observational learning. In Experiment 2, we tested the effects of a peer-yoked contingency game board intervention on the emergence of observational learning. The results of Experiment II demonstrated that only the participants with the peer observing responses in repertoire had the prerequisites to acquire observational learning from the observational intervention. Additionally, the results verified that the peer observing responses cusp is a prerequisite for observational learning, as well as the peer-yoked contingency game board observational intervention.

 

The Effects of an Observational Intervention on Peer Awareness and Audience Appropriate Behaviors in Preschool Children With Disabilities

LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of an observational intervention on peer awareness and socially appropriate responses to peers in four preschool children with developmental disabilities. The participants ranged in age from 3-5 years and were selected from a preschool program that implemented a behavior analytic approach to all instruction. The children were selected to participate because they displayed little to no awareness of their peers during free play and social settings. All participants had fluent listener and speaker repertoires and emitted mands, tacts, and sequelics with adults. A series of probes were designed to test the presence of peer awareness as well as appropriate social interactions with peers. These probes were conducted across different settings, and using different peer contingencies. Pre-intervention probes showed that all participants emitted low observing responses to their peers in free play settings, and did not initiate or reciprocate peer interactions across different social settings. The independent variable was an observational intervention. The dependent variables were peer observing responses and audience appropriate responses in social settings. Post-intervention data suggest that the observational intervention increased peer observing responses in free play settings as well as audience appropriate responses in social settings in two of the participants.

 
 
Symposium #118
CE Offered: BACB
The Place of the Human Subject in the 21st Century Operant Laboratory
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Shrinidhi Subramaniam, M.S.
Abstract:

Baron and Perone (1982) attributed what they described as a "paucity of laboratory research on human operant behavior" to several misconceptions about constraints on experimental research with humans. The intervening decades have seen great expansion of the number and variety of publications reporting experimental analysis of human behavior. Has human operant-conditioning research acquired the technical depth and topical breadth to address Baron and Perone's concerns? Through two empirical presentations, this symposium will provide a snapshot of contemporary laboratory human operant conditioning research. In two talks, speakers will present schedule-based work testing the generality of basic behavioral principles as they have been applied to experimental analysis of delay discounting and interval timing. Vanderveldt and Green will discuss the magnitude effect in delay discounting, a robust effect in nonhuman research that has been more elusive in human subjects. Subramaniam and Kyonka will present results of peak-interval experiments with humans in which screen color-interval correlations differed across conditions. Discussant Michael Perone will present his opinion of the quantity and quality of experimental human operant research today.

Keyword(s): delay discounting, human operant, interval timing, reinforcement schedules
 
Delay Discounting in Human and Nonhuman Animals: Some Similarities and Differences
ARIANA MAE VANDERVELDT (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University)
Abstract: Delay discounting is apparent when the subjective value of a reward decreases with the time until it receipt. Both human and nonhuman animals show discounting, which is well described by a hyperbolic function. Despite the pervasiveness of delay discounting across species, it has been claimed that animals discount delayed reinforcers orders of magnitude more steeply than do humans (i.e., animals are much more impulsive) and do not show a magnitude effect (i.e., animals do not discount larger delayed amounts proportionally more steeply than smaller delayed amounts). Whether these are true species differences or due to procedural differences will be discussed. For example, we employed a procedure in which humans discounted a real liquid reward that was consumed on each choice trial, a procedure more similar to that used with animals, rather than the more typical procedure in which humans discount monetary and/or hypothetical rewards. We find that humans now discount the delayed reward on the order of seconds. Other studies will be discussed in which comparisons between discounting by humans and animals will be presented.
 

Beyond Face Validity: Peak Procedures With Humans

SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The peak-interval (PI) procedure is a well-established and widely used way of researching interval timing in laboratory animals, but has been used much less with human subjects. In a version introduced by Guilhardi and colleagues (2010), a target moved across a computer monitor at several velocities and participants fired shots at the center of the screen. The target was masked during 12-s PI trials. The distribution of shots was similar to PI response gradients from nonhumans. We used this PI procedure to isolate the relation between timing and misinformation. The correlation between screen color and interval duration (i.e., time to point availability) varied across conditions in Experiment 1 and groups in Experiment 2. Experiment 1 resulted in order effects that were prevented using a group design. When screen color was perfectly correlated with interval duration, PI distributions peaked at the target times. At intermediate correlations, differences between distributions from different screen colors were smaller, and when the correlation was 0, distributions converged. Color-interval correlation affected response strategy by altering the stimulus control. Regard for strong, experimentally imposed contingencies above face validity can overcome difficulty with complex human subjects in the operant laboratory.

 
 
Symposium #119
Equivalence Class Formation and Additional Measures
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: In the first paper, Ayres-Pereira and de Souza present a study on establishment of equivalence classes using photos of objects, and evaluate if children would include the objects into the classes, without any direct training. Then main findings were that all participants performed the generalized identity matching tasks and learned the arbitrary conditional discriminations. Finally, all of them formed equivalence classes between the photos. In the second paper, Hansen and Arntzen present an experiment on ocular observing response measures. Preliminary results suggest differences in observing response measures, such as duration, rate, and sequence as a function of order of learning conditions, and in eye-movement speed as a function of not only order of learning but also variation in motivation.
Keyword(s): attending behavior, emergent relations, measures, stimulus equivalence
 

Inclusion of Objects in Equivalence Classes Formed by Photos in Preschoolers

VANESSA PEREIRA (HiOA), Deisy das Gracas De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Adults commonly use pictures of objects to establish equivalence relations, and suppose that children generalize the relations to the objects itself. The purpose of this study was to establish equivalence classes using photos of objects, and evaluate if children would include the objects into the classes, without any direct training. Participants were six four years old children. They trained arbitrary conditional discriminations between photos of abstract objects. Multiple probes evaluated effects of the training over learning, maintenance and emergence of relations between the photos. After the emergence of equivalence relations between the photos, tests of arbitrary matching between the objects, and between the photos and the objects assessed the classes expansion. Throughout the procedure, tests evaluated childrens performance on generalized identity matchings of photos to photos, objects to objects, and photos to objects and vice versa. All participants performed the generalized identity matching tasks, learned the arbitrary conditional discriminations and formed equivalence classes between the photos. However, only three participants demonstrated the expansion of the equivalence classes from photos to objects. The results suggest that, generalization of stimulus cannot be the only relevant process to produce the expansion of an equivalence class between similar two-dimensional and three-dimensional stimuli.

 

Fixation and Speed Measures Across Training Structures in a Within-Participant Research Design

STEFFEN HANSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

The analysis of eye-movements, obtained with Eye-tracking Technology, during Matching-to-Sample learning, extends and enriches our behavioral attempts to understand complex human behavior (Hansen & Arntzen, 2015). The analysis of eye-movements, obtained with Eye-tracking Technology, during Matching-to-Sample Performance, extends and enriches our behavioral attempts to understand complex human behavior (Hansen & Arntzen, 2015). Previous group studies from our eye-tracking research lab suggest that topographically different eye-movement and observing response measures, such as duration, rate, variability, pattern, and speed, emerge during the establishment of stimulus equivalence classes that are formed using different training structures (e.g., Hansen & Arntzen, 2013, October; Hansen & Arntzen, 2014, May). In a systematic replication, introducing a within-participant design, we intend to establish five 3-member classes in a concurrent training format by exposing all participants to one of three conditional discrimination training sequences that involve the Many-to-One, One-to-Many, and Linear Series training structures. Preliminary results suggest differences in fixation measures, such as duration, rate, and sequence as a function of order of learning conditions, and in eye-movement speed as a function of not only order of learning conditions but also variation in motivation. itions, and in eye-movement speed as a function of not only order of learning but also variation in motivation.

 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
OBM Approaches to Supervision, ABA Clinic Management, and Training
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Deborah L. Grossett (The Shape of Behavior)
CE Instructor: Deborah L. Grossett, Ph.D.
Abstract: Evidence-based supervision and training of those accruing hours towards certification along with those who already have attained certification is recommended as best practice. We can often turn to a branch of our own science for what is evidence-based management and training of staff; that branch being Organizational Behavior Management. This selection of papers will discuss how those supervising individuals with and without their certification can integrate Organizational Behavior Management approaches into their everyday practices. The first paper will describe how supervisors can break down the Task List into a skills list to create a supervision tracking tool that enables supervisors and supervisees to monitor skill acquisition in supervisees. The second paper will review how an ABA clinic can apply and use a systems analysis approach to the management of BCBAs and BCaBAs to ensure quality, ethical service provision. The third paper will examine and outline the use of behavioral-based training techniques for training ABA clinic staff with emphasis on training staff to the same standards as set forth by the BACB for RBT training. By utilizing evidence-based techniques often found in OBM literature, we can improve our supervision and operations of our practices.
Keyword(s): Clinic Management, Supervision, Systems, Training
 

An OBM Approach to Using the Task List as a Supervisee Skill Monitoring and Supervision Tool

MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University), Christie L. Nutkins (Grand Rapids Public Schools and Behavior Health Partners, PLC)
Abstract:

The BACB specifies that supervision provided by BCBAs must be evidence based and include observations of supervisee performance. It is recommended, as outlined in the Supervisor Training Curriculum Outline, that supervision includes competency tests, assessments of skills, direct observation of, and review of written material of supervisees. However, even after going through the required 8-hour supervisor training, supervisors are still unclear on how to make supervision data-based. The current presentation will discuss how to break down the 4th edition Task List in ways that allows the BCBA to continuously assess skill acquisition in supervisees and requires the supervisee to show competency in each Task List item. Combinations of OBM-style approaches can be integrated into what is subsequently created, which should include behavioral skills training, direct observation and assessment of supervisee performance, along with immediate feedback. In doing so, the supervisee knows what is expected of them throughout supervision, the BCBA has a way to monitor skill acquisition of supervisees, and allows both supervisee and BCBA to know that the supervisee has shown competencies in all areas of the Task List.

 
OBM System Approach to Supervision of BCBAs and BCaBAs in ABA Clinics
ANNETT L. ALLEN (The Shape of Behavior), Deborah L. Grossett (The Shape of Behavior)
Abstract: Certified behavior analysts are trained on computer modules covering key areas of behavior analysis techniques employed at ABA clinics. Tests are given after each module. The new BCBA or BCaBA is paired with a BCBA from a different clinic to teach them hands-on agency skills. After this training, the new employee is trained and shadowed by a BCBA at their assigned clinic. Weekly meetings are conducted with team members at the ABA clinic. Monthly BCBA meetings are conducted to review current ABA journal articles and discuss clinic progress. Supervision is conducted in person at clinics or via web-based technologies. A BCBA scorecard is employed to assess performance to determine pay increase and/or bonus pay. It includes areas of programming and research, position description and performance evaluation, child progress, and a business evaluation. BCBA and BCaBA job duties include programming, meeting participation, staff training, parent training, new patient assessment, ongoing assessments and BIPs, and caseload maintenance. BCBA and BCaBA are also evaluated on changes in behavior following corrective feedback, parent satisfaction surveys, and adhering to HIPAA, agency policies and procedures, and the BACB professional conduct guidelines. All BCBAs are required to complete and maintain supervision credentials established by the BACB. BCBAs are responsible to supervise and evaluate BCaBAs and RBTs.
 
OBM Approach to RBT Training and Performance Monitoring
AMY LYNN VEENENDAAL (The Shape of Behavior)
Abstract: Behavioral procedures are employed to training new employees. New hire training consists of computer training (“E-Learning Portal”) on key areas in applied behavior analysis employed at ABA clinics. The “E-Learning Portal” can be employed to track completion of pre-tests, lectures, activities, quizzes, duration of time in portal, and provide automatic grading, facilitate communication with trainees, and issue completion certificates. Video examples of reinforcement, prompting, verbal operants, ABC data collection, DTT, NET, zones, and other ABA techniques are shown on the “E-Learning Portal.” Following training, a new hire shadows a trainer, receives hands-on training, is shadowed, observed, evaluated with feedback and assessed to successfully perform the task independently prior to being placed on the schedule. Effective October 2014, RBT training was embedded in new hire training. RBT training includes assessment competency as evaluated by a BCBA or BCaBA. In training and ongoing monthly performance monitoring of direct therapists are conducted on therapy skills (i.e., instructional strategies, zone teaching, shadowing, naturalistic strategies, reinforcement, promoting independence, problem behaviors and data collection) and work behaviors (e.g., daily notes, communication skills, keeping patients engaged, and changes behavior following corrective feedback). All new direct therapists have trainee status until passing the established BACB competency assessment and completing the BACB RBT application. New BACB RBT requirements include passing an examination.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #121
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Prospective and Retrospective Contingency in Operantly Conditioned Behavior

Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CHARLES R. GALLISTEL (Rutgers University)
Charles Gallistel is a Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Behavioral and Systems Neuroscience and Cognitive Psychology at Rutgers University. His research pursues a psychophysical approach to screening for memory malfunction in genetically manipulated mice; these behavioral screens look for distortions and increased noise in simple quantitative memories like interval duration, distance, and number.
Abstract:

Contingency is a fundamental concept in associative learning, but it has not been defined in such a way that it could be measured in most conditioning paradigms, particularly operant paradigms. A simple information-theoretic measure of contingency may be applied to most classical and operant associative learning paradigms. In applying it to assess the role of contingency in maintaining responding on variable interval schedules of reinforcement, we distinguish between prospective contingency—the extent to which one event (e.g., a response) predicts another (e.g., a reinforcement)—and retrospective contingency—the extent to which one event (e.g., a reinforcement) retrodicts another (e.g., a response). We find that the prospective contingency between response and reinforcement is un-measurably small, that is, the probability of reinforcement at any latency following a response does not differ from the probability of reinforcement following a randomly chosen moment in time. By contrast, the retrospective contingency is perfect. Degrading the retrospective contingency in two different ways, by delay of reinforcement or by partial non-contingent reinforcement, suggests that reinforcement is only effective when it falls within a critical time window, which implies that retrospective temporal pairing is critical, not retrospective contingency.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) define contingency; (2) explain the difference between prospective and retrospective contingency; (3) discuss the role of contingency in conditioning.
 
 
Panel #122
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Developing Effective Practical Training Systems in Higher Education
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Erick M. Dubuque, Ph.D.
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Spalding University)
MOLLY DUBUQUE (Spalding University)
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Practical experience is a vital component of any behavior analytic training program. Practicing skills in supervised settings provides students with the opportunity to further develop their competencies and demonstrate that they have learned the technologies reviewed in their didactic courses. However, ensuring students are receiving quality practical training relevant to their needs while remaining in compliance with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) experience standards can be a challenge. During this event our panelists will describe their experiences coordinating practical training systems designed to meet the needs of their students and the standards set by the BACB. Topics reviewed will include, but are not limited to: diversity of training; site development; supervisor management, contact and oversight; assignments and grading; distance supervision; sequenced learning objectives; case management; training of trainers; record review/keeping; and international development. Faculty members directing practical training activities, students accumulating BACB experience hours, and supervisors overseeing their work should benefit from this discussion.

Keyword(s): certification, experience standards, practicum, training
 
 
Paper Session #123
Discriminative Stimuli and B. F. Skinner
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC
Chair: Kristjan Gudmundsson (Reykjavik University)
 
Sdeltap: The Missing Discriminative Stimulus
Domain: Theory
CATALINA REY (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech)
 
Abstract: As the natural science of behavior evolves, the use of accurate terminology is critical to maintain its conceptual and terminological integrity. New terms have been added to describe the functions of various stimuli as our understanding of stimulus control has grown. However, some researchers have noted that our understanding of stimulus control surrounding punishment effects has somewhat stalled. We believe the current terminology for discriminative stimulus control in relation to punishment could be enhanced by a new term. In this paper, we aim to provide symmetry and balance to the discussion of the functions of stimuli involved in discriminative control while still recognizing the inherent complexity of the interaction between reinforcement and punishment contingencies. Currently, behavior analysts discuss stimulus control with the following terms: discriminative stimulus for reinforcement (SD), discriminative stimulus for extinction (S∆), and discriminative stimulus for punishment (SDp).
 

Dr. Skinner and Mr. Hyde

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik University)
 
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner has a two-faced reputation. On the one hand we see various developments and applications that are directly based on his theories, but on the other hand Skinner is both badly misunderstood and harshly criticized, especially when he extends his basic theory to a wider field. In this paper this two-faced reputation is demonstrated and explained, distinguishing between a bottom-up and a top-down approach to science. A bottom-up theory (as opposed to a top-down one that is typically based on common-sense mentalist terms) is a theory that begins with a simple experimental design, applies basic well-defined terms and is applicable to a restricted area. The crucial question is how to extrapolate to a wider area. This is where the major criticism comes in, Chomsky's review, mentalism, cognitivism, neuroscience and other areas seem to assume that a Skinnerian approach has faltered, is not applicable, totally wrong, even "dead." Although much of is based on misinterpretation, I maintain that Skinner himself is partly to blame as well as radical behaviorists in general. A good example is Chomsky's famous criticism, for although it is not even a review of Skinner's book, and may be - and has been - answered in some detail, still his basic criticism stands unanswered. Skinner himself made no attempt to answer, and although various answers have been made, Skinner's basic relation to the rest of psychology is double-edged, hence the title of the paper. I maintain that E. G. Boring, Skinner's main professor at Harvard has the same criticism as Chomsky and that Skinner did not respond directly to him either. He did so however in developing his theory, but that development - his slow break from Pavlovian S-R theory - is not well documented in the literature. Skinner himself did not seem to appreciate the significance of this change, as can well be seen in his first book, where he himself calls the operant a reflex - something that he would never do again. Therein lies the crux of the matter of the two-faced character of his theories.

 
 
 
Paper Session #124
Complex Analyses in Verbal Behavior: Probabilistic Index and Contextual Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC
Chair: Ian Hussey (Ghent University)
 

Quantifying Effects on Implicit Measures Using a More Behavior-Analytic Consistent Metric: The Probabilistic Index

Domain: Applied Research
IAN HUSSEY (Ghent University), Maarten De Schryver (Ghent University), Jan De Houwer (Ghent University)
 
Abstract:

Measures of "implicit attitudes" such as the Implicit Association Test have become popular in many areas of psychological research. While there have been efforts to understand the effects generated by such tasks from a behavior-analytic perspective, the fact that such effects are typically quantified using abstractive statistics makes them harder to reconcile with the behaviour-analytic approach. For example, the commonly used D score compares differences between mean response times. This paper will first discuss the conceptual difficulties this poses. It will then outline a non-abstractive scoring metric: the Probabilistic Index. The PI has a clear interpretation: it reflects the probability that a randomly selected response on a trial within one block is faster than a randomly selected response on a trial within the opposing block. Support for the conceptual and empirical utility of the PI metric, and its compatibility with the behaviour analytic approach, will be argued for based on several data sources. First, we present data from a Monte Carlo simulation that indicates that PI is more robust to the influence of outliers than the D score. Second, data from three studies collected on the Project Implicit website in three different domains (self-esteem, race, and voting behaviour). The PI demonstrated higher internal consistency in all three domains. Furthermore, the third study allowed for the calculation of predictive validity: the included graph demonstrating the PI's superior sensitivity and specificity in predicting voting in the US election. Finally, two studies will be reported on utility of the PI in scoring implicit measures of verbal behaviour within depression and self-harm in students at Ghent University. The arguments for the use of PI in the analysis of verbal behavior will be discussed.

 

Skinner Laid the Blueprints, Who Will Build the House? Exploring the Skinnerian/Post-Skinnerian Divide

Domain: Theory
NEAL SHIPLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract:

The current paper explores the divide between Skinnerian and post-Skinnerian interpretations of verbal behavior, specifically the persistent debate between Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior, and Relational Frame Theory. ConsideringSkinner's definition of operant behavior, Relational Frame Theory is presented not as a revolutionary paradigm, but instead as a behavior analytic tool emergent from Skinner's analysis, much like the technologies of Functional Communication Training, or Picture Exchange Communication Systems. An interpretation of Relational Frame Theory amenable to Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior is presented, along with suggestions for how the established differences between each approach can be smoothed over. Comparisons are drawn specifically between Skinner's definition of multiple control, and Relational Frame Theory's concept of derived relational responding. Further suggestions for how Skinner's elementary operants can be incorporated into the language of Relational Frame Theory are also provided. Finally the issue of "cognition" is presented as an argument that Skinner never pursued in Verbal Behavior, but a final frontier of human behavior that Relational Frame Theory enthusiastically promises to explore.

 
 
 
Special Event #125
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Scholar Address: Brain-Machine Interfaces: From Basic Science to Neurological Rehabilitation
Sunday, May 29, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo)
CE Instructor: Martha Hübner, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: Brain-Machine Interfaces: From Basic Science to Neurological Rehabilitation

Abstract:

Dr. Nicolelis will describe how state-of-the-art research on brain-machine interfaces makes it possible for the brains of primates to interact directly and in a bi-directional way with mechanical, computational, and virtual devices without any interference of the body muscles or sensory organs. He will review a series of recent experiments using real-time computational models to investigate how ensembles of neurons encode motor information. These experiments have revealed that brain-machine interfaces can be used not only to study fundamental aspects of neural ensemble physiology, but they can also serve as an experimental paradigm aimed at testing the design of novel neuroprosthetic devices. Dr. Nicolelis will also describe evidence indicating that continuous operation of a closed-loop brain machine interface, which utilizes a robotic arm as its main actuator, can induce significant changes in the physiological properties of neural circuits in multiple motor and sensory cortical areas. This research raises the hypothesis that the properties of a robot arm, or other neurally controlled tools, can be assimilated by brain representations as if they were extensions of the subject's own body.

 
MIGUEL NICOLELIS (Duke University Medical Center)
 
Miguel Nicolelis, M.D., Ph.D., is the Duke School of Medicine Distinguished Professor of Neuroscience at Duke University, Professor of Neurobiology, Biomedical Engineering and Psychology and Neuroscience, and founder of Duke's Center for Neuroengineering. He is Founder and Scientific Director of the Edmond and Lily Safra International Institute for Neuroscience of Natal. Dr. Nicolelis is also founder of the Walk Again Project, an international consortium of scientists and engineers, dedicated to the development of an exoskeleton device to assist severely paralyzed patients in regaining full body mobility. Dr. Nicolelis has dedicated his career to investigating how the brains of freely behaving animals encode sensory and motor information. As a result of his studies, Dr. Nicolelis was first to propose and demonstrate that animals and human subjects can utilize their electrical brain activity to directly control neuroprosthetic devices via brain-machine interfaces (BMI). Over the past 25 years, Dr. Nicolelis pioneered and perfected the development of a new neurophysiological method, known today as chronic, multi-site, multi-electrode recordings. Using this approach in a variety of animal species, as well in intra-operative procedures in human patients, Dr. Nicolelis launched a new field of investigation, which aims at measuring the concurrent activity and interactions of large populations of single neurons throughout the brain. Through his work, Dr. Nicolelis has discovered a series of key physiological principles that govern the operation of mammalian brain circuits. Dr. Nicolelis’ pioneering BMI studies have become extremely influential since they offer new potential therapies for patients suffering from severe levels of paralysis, Parkinson’s disease, and epilepsy. Today, numerous neuroscience laboratories in the US, Europe, Asia, and Latin America have incorporated Dr. Nicolelis' experimental paradigm to study a variety of mammalian neuronal systems. His research has influenced basic and applied research in computer science, robotics, and biomedical engineering. Dr. Nicolelis is a member of the French and Brazilian Academies of Science and has authored over 200 manuscripts, edited numerous books and special journal publications, and holds three US patents. His award-winning research has been published in Nature, Science, and Scientific American and has been widely reported in national and international media. He is the author of Beyond Boundaries: The New Neuroscience of Connecting Brains with Machines and How It Will Change Our Lives; and most recently co-authored The Relativistic Brain: How it Works and Why it Cannot be Simulated by a Turing Machine.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) explain the concept of the brain-machine interface and neuroprosthetic devices; (2) describe how brain-machine interfaces have influenced the development of a new generation of neuroprosthetics for treating neurological and psychiatric disorders; (3) discuss a new theory of brain function; (4) explain how a brain-machine interface can control an exoskeleton.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #126
Introduction to BACB Certification
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Chair: Mai-Linh Pham (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on BACB credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. This meeting is intended for individuals who are planning to become certified.
 
 
Business Meeting #127
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues SIG Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
Presenting Authors:
The annual meeting of the TPC-SIG. This year's agenda is focused on SIG initiatives for the 2016-2017 year. All ABAI attendees are welcome!
Keyword(s): Conceptual, Philosophy, Theory
 
 
Business Meeting #128
ABAI Science Board Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Presenting Authors:
ABAI Science Board Business Meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #130
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Skyway 273, Hyatt Regency, Blue East
Chair: Terri M. Bright (Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Presenting Authors:
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group Chair: Terri M. Bright (Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals) The Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG) brings together individuals who specialize in or who have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: to (1) promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; (2) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and (3) support in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change of animals in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All interested parties are welcome to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #131
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group meeting is to generate interest, foster collaborative research, share clinical information, and impact training, practice, and reimbursement for pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, mealtime behavior, pediatric feeding
 
 
Business Meeting #132
Organizational Behavior Management Network and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management: Joint Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management, the Network, JOBM, and the JOBM editorial process. Additionally, network officers and the JOBM editor will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization and journal.

Keyword(s): JOBM, OBM
 
 
Business Meeting #133
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Center for Inc)
Presenting Authors:
Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools or organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, giving input on the goals and objectives, and developing plans for disseminating accurate information about positive behavior support while promoting its presence at future conferences. All interested people are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by Rose Iovannone.
Keyword(s): Behavior Support, Systems Change
 
 
Business Meeting #134
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University)
Presenting Authors:
Please join us for the annual Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (EBA SIG) business meeting. Over the last year, the EBA SIG has grown in size and continues to increase its impact on the field of behavior analysis and beyond. With over 30 members, the EBA SIG has organized a number of symposia for this year's ABAi conference, built a foundation of financial stability to fund student research, and organized a special edition on the ethics of telehealth for a premier behavior-analytic journal. Join us as we reflect on our progress and prepare our goals for the future.
 
 
Business Meeting #135
Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota)
Presenting Authors:

To review SIG progress and plan for the 2016/2017 year.

 
 
Business Meeting #136
Autism Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Presenting Authors:

The Autism SIG will meet to discuss the status of current projects being developed in collaboration with Autism Speaks.These include: The development evaluation tools for Consumers of ABA services in public schools and family friendly versions of the SIG Consumer Guidelines. Future directions of the SIG and opportunities for members to participate in SIG activity will be discussed. A panel of current Autism SIG leaders will review and discuss challenges and opportunities facing ABA based Autism services in the coming decade.

Keyword(s): Autism SIG
 
 
Business Meeting #137
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Chair: Brigid McCormick (Precision ABA, LLC)
Presenting Authors:
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.
Keyword(s): Sex Ed, Sex Education, Sex Research, Sexuality
 
 
Business Meeting #138
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association Member Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Presenting Authors:
The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association (LaBAA) invites all LaBAA members and those interested in joining LaBAA to attend the biannual business meeting. LaBAA is the Louisiana affiliate chapter of ABAI. The purpose of the meeting is to update members on LaBAA's events and initiatives over the last year and make decisions regarding future events and initiatives.
Keyword(s): LaBAA louisiana, Louisiana
 
 
Business Meeting #139
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of the meeting is to review issues of interest affecting individuals with acquired and traumatic brain injuries and related neurological deficits. Treatment for this population is complex and requires the efforts of many therapeutic disciplines including behavior analysis. This group provides an opportunity to network with rehabilitation professionals working in neurorehabilitation programs across the country. Topics such as student programs, research, funding, staff training, sports concussion, community reintegration, and military-related injuries will be discussed. Search “Facebook: ABA Special Interest Group” to connect with this group and join us at the meeting.
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, Neuroscience, Rehabilitation, Stroke
 
 
Business Meeting #140
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of the VB SIG business meeting is to update members on current activities of the SIG, including updates from the treasurer, website coordinator, and other officers. We will present awards to the winners of the VB SIG Student Research Competition, the VB SIG Student Grant Competition, and the Jack Michael Award. Attendees may become members prior to attending the meeting or at the front door. We will provide all attendees with a new issue of the VB SIG newsletter, VB News.
 
 
Business Meeting #141
New U.S. Program Accreditation
Sunday, May 29, 2016
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting held by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board (BAAB) to disseminate information to U.S. programs interested in pursuing accreditation with the BAAB.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #142
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
.

University of Maryland, Baltimore County: Applied Behavior Analysis Master of Arts Track

Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jolene R. Sy (Saint Louis University), MARCELLA HANGEN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institutes Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to prepare students as professionals in the practice of behavior analysis. Our track is accredited by ABAI. Our course sequence is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.

 
1. Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Association for Behavior Analysis International), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update of the newly established BAAB, its mission, structure, and plans for accreditation.
 
2. ABAI Accredited Applied Behavior Analysis Program at McNeese State University
JOSEPH HACKER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. (McNeese State University)
Abstract: McNeese State University offers students a unique and comprehensive experience in the pursuit of a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis. Home to the McNeese Autism Program, students will work with both children and adults who have varying degrees of developmental disorders, such as autism and Down’s syndrome. In addition to gaining a wide range of clinical experience, working in the clinic facilitates the completion of an intensive practicum internship during the student's time in graduate school. Following graduation and the completion of the internship, students will be able to immediately sit for their certification exam. McNeese State University is also home to an operant behavior laboratory where students can work with laboratory rats and experimentally study changes in behavior. The presence of both the clinic and the laboratory allow multiple opportunities for the conducting of studies, allowing the student to gain research experience as well as clinical. Students wishing to pursue further education have the opportunity to earn a dual concentration master’s degree in both applied behavior analysis and experimental psychology contingent on the completion of a thesis and additional coursework.
 
3. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's (OSU) ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. In 2011, OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, ABAI-accredited since 1995, prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, also ABAI accredited since 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.
 
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University Los Angeles
Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: This poster will cover the various programs offered at California State University Los Angeles, including the Masters in Counseling Applied Behavior Analysis Option, the Applied Behavior Analysis Certificate in Educational Settings, the Assistant Applied Behavior Analysis Certificate, and the Registered Behavior Technician. A brief description of the full-time faculty and their research interest and recent theses and publications will be provided. Information regarding admissions will be presented and Program Coordinator contact information.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston, Clear Lake
SAMANTHA CORDOVA (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Rachel Jackson (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming Licensed Psychological Associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program in the department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida in Tampa offers programs at the graduate and undergraduate level. The doctoral program is designed to develop scientist-practitioners who are accomplished teachers and researchers. Students with a master’s degree in behavior analysis are welcome to apply to the three-year doctoral program. The two-year master’s program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International with a course sequence and practicum approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The ABA master’s program at the University of South Florida welcomes applicants from students with good academic credentials who have coursework and experience in ABA (and a passion for ABA). Graduates of the master’s program have excellent clinical and research skills so they are prepared for their BCBA exam or for application to a doctoral program. The undergraduate minor in ABA provides the coursework needed for certification as a BCaBA. Students who take the ABA minor are successful applicants for graduate programs in ABA.
 
7. Applied Behavioral Science at University of Kansas
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice.
 
8.

Behavior Analysis at City University of New York Queens College and The Graduate Center

Mariam Chohan (CUNY Graduate Center), Samantha Dalfen (City University of New York Graduate Center), JULIA BRODSKY (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Bryan Tyner (CUNY Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, CUNY), Bertram O. Ploog (City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

This poster highlights components of the advanced certificate in applied behavior analysis, the Master's program in applied behavior analysis and the Ph.D. program in psychology, behavior analysis training area. It also provides a brief description of faculty and their research interests.

 
9. Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada Reno: 25th Year Anniversary
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 25th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating our 25 years of accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2016: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations.
 
10. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International as well as includes a graduate course sequence and practicum approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, Jordan and Saudi Arabia.
 
11. Florida Stata University Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
HARRY ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: The Florida State University master's program based at the Panama City campus was founded in 1999 and has graduated 217 students. The course sequence and practicum are both approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. In the most recently reported results of applicants sitting for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst for the first time in 2014, 100% of Florida State graduates passed. The ninth annual Job Fair held February 2015 attracted 26 behavior analytic agencies from across the country who attended with the sole purpose of recruiting Florida State students. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All courses are offered face-to-toface by PhD faculty. Currently, all students have paid assistantships including a tuition waiver.
 
12. Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i-Rosales (UNT), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships, in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at UNT's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more.
 
13.

Hybrid Graduate Training From Southern Illinois University in Chicagoland and Online

JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The Behavioral Analysis and Therapy Program at SIUC was the first masters degree program in the world in behavior analysis and continues to be a prominent research institute in the field. Our program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. The masters training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. SIUC has an approved course sequence from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board for both on-and off- campus courses that prepare the student sit for the BCBA exam. The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation. Most graduates have starting salaries ranging from $55,000-$65,000.

 
14. M.S. Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum, research, and thesis opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities.
 
15.

Masters and Ph.D. Training at Southern Illinois University

KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Southern Illinois University Carbondale offers Masters and Doctoral level specialization in Behavior Analysis and Therapy. The masters training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. The behavior analysis and therapy program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. Training is offered in behavioral practice, research and theory as it applies to problems such as child abuse and neglect, developmental disabilities, chronic medical conditions, and traumatic head injury. The Masters degree requirements are to ful?ll 45 semester hours, and the doctoral degree requirements are 96 semester hours for the doctoral courses (up to 30 hours from a masters degree may be included). The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation.

 
16.

Munroe-Meyer Institute and University of Nebraska Omaha Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program

AMI J. KAMINSKI (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashten Grasmick (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The MMI-UNO ABA Program is a collaborative program managed jointly through the University of Nebraska Omaha (UNO) School Psychology Program and the Psychology Department at the UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI). The program has faculty with experience and expertise in the area of applied behavior analysis. The MMI-UNO ABA Program prepares students to be mental health practitioners with advanced knowledge and skills related to the provision of behavioral therapy for children. Students who graduate from the program will be eligible to sit for the examination administered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). Coursework also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska. The MA-ABA Program typically takes two years of full time study to complete. The coursework consists of a combination of online and live courses as well as BACB approved practicum experience. The MMI-UNO ABA Programs mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence relevant to the knowledge and skills of applied behavior analysis.

 
17.

University of Nebraska Medical Centers Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis

CHRISTY WILLIAMS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.

 
18. St. Cloud State University MS in ABA
ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The mission of the M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program is to prepare graduate level scientists/practitioners who will contribute to the field of applied behavior analysis in research, and applied areas. We are accredited by Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and approved to offer coursework for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). We provide coursework in the principles of behavior, single case methodology, behavioral assessment, experimental and applied applications, ethics and codes of conduct, and behavioral applications in a variety of social, organizational, educational, and clinical settings.
 
19. The Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior.
 
19a. The Behavior Analysis Programs at Simmons College
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Master’s Degree program in Behavior Analysis was started in 2000 and received course approval from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that same year. The Master’s Degree program then met the eligibility standards for its initial accreditation (2005) by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). This accreditation was again granted in 2010 and 2015. In 2006 a Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis was launched and in 2008 the Department of Behavior Analysis was created. Since that time enrollment in both programs has grown markedly. Post-graduate school employment for Masters student is close 1to 100% and the pass rate on the BACB examination is 80% (BACB, 2015). Also, our faculty is supplemented by the participation of esteemed Behaviorists, such as Dr. David Palmer, Dr. Vince Carbone, Dr. Harry Mackay, Dr. Julie Vargas, Dr. Ted Carr, Dr. Carol Pilgrim, etc. as Instructors, Dissertation Committee members or Invited Speakers at our Annual Conference. Finally, Dr. Phil Chase has recently joined the faculty, making our programs even stronger and more rigorous.
 
20.

The Campus-Based Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology

DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology: The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie A. Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The School of Behavior Analysis has three programs accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International and all of the core course sequence are also approved by The Behavior Analyst Certification Board Inc. (BACB). The BACB is the only credentialing organization for professionals within the discipline. With a Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis from Florida Tech, Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs) help to better the lives of children and adults struggling with behaviors ranging from difficulty with everyday social interactions to complex disorders such as autism spectrum disorders, severe behavior problems and many areas in between by applying a systematic scientific approach. Through class discussions of case studies, involvement in research studies on perplexing human behavior, or applied work at the numerous internship sites in the area, students gain the knowledge and skills needed to understand and work effectively with people from diverse backgrounds. Students earning a master's in applied behavior analysis learn from faculty who themselves are making a difference in the world, be it through their meaningful research, professional services, or community activities.

 
21. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers an ABAI©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. The core of the program consists of a BACB©-approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB©-approved intensive practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program.
 
22. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.
 
23. University of Cincinnati ABAI Accredited School Psychology Programs
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Tai Collins (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati), Janet L. Graden (University of Cincinnati), Daniel Newman (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly competent professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging field of education through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the Programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology.
 
25. Western Michigan University: ABAI-Accredited Programs in Behavior Analysis
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Psychology Department at Western Michigan University offers two graduate programs in Behavior Analysis: A Masters of Arts (MA) and a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) degree program. The Master of Arts Program in Behavior Analysis prepares students for doctoral study, or for work at the MA level with individuals and organizations in developmental disabilities, mental illness, substance abuse, community mental health, education, government, business, and industry. The Masters curriculum includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The department also offers a hybrid (online/in person) version of its Masters of Arts program, based in Detroit, Michigan. The doctoral program in behavior analysis prepares students for a career in academics, applied work, and research involving behavioral pharmacology, business and industry, community mental health, developmental disabilities (including autism), education, government and substance abuse. The Department of Psychology uses an online application process. Application materials for the MA and Ph.D. programs are due by December 15 for fall admission. Applications for the online BA program are due by September 15 for a spring admission.
 
Keyword(s): Expo Posters
 
Expo Poster Session #143
Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
26.

Western Michigan University - Hybrid Master of Arts Degree in Behavior Analysis

Denise Ross (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis masters degree at Western Michigan University is nationally known as an exceptional program for individuals working with people with autism and other developmental disabilities. The ABAI accredited program is designed to produce qualified, engaged professionals who can move the fields of autism therapy and research forward. Western Michigan University is expanding its masters degree to the Metro-Detroit area via a hybrid program that is designed to meet the growing demand for certified professionals. Western Michigan University's hybrid graduate program is ideal for individuals who are working full-time and want to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) while earning a masters degree in psychology. Graduates of the program are prepared to work in a variety of fields including education and psychology.

 
27. Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management M.A. and Ph.D. Programs at WMU
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Douglas Johnson (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions.
 
28.

Western Michigan University's Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS)

RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Petree (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The students in the BATS program are trained as practitioners and complete the coursework and experience training (intensive practicum) to become competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in two years. Throughout the program our students acquire a solid foundation in the principles and concepts of behavior analysis through completion of two practical MA projects rather than an MA thesis. Our students also attain early, intensive, behavioral intervention skills, supervision experience, and time management skills

 
29. ABA @ UTSA
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The University of Texas at San Antonio (UTSA) is home to San Antonio’s exclusive Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved course sequence in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) which is singularly recognized as the natural science of learning and teaching. The Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching (ILT) offers coursework in behavior analysis at the graduate level, which meets the eligibility standards for Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) exam, and at the and undergraduate level, which meets the eligibility standards for Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) exam. The TEAM Center, south Texas' premiere verbal behavior laboratory and makerspace, offers an intensive practicum in applied behavior analysis to meet the BACB's field experience requirements by providing behavior-analytic intervention to the local community. Additionally, Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) training is provided through UTSA's Office of Extended Education. More information about our behavior analysis programs can be found at http://utsa.edu/autism
 
30. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College)
Abstract: Assumption College is pleased to announce the launch of its new Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis. This program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at the Horace Mann Educational Associates and at the Department of Psychiatry and Shriver Center at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
31. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University
STEPHEN F. WALKER (Aurora University), Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide.
 
32. Applied Behavior Analysis at Fresno State
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (Fresno State)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. These are paid positions through our Behavioral Sciences Institute. Placements include The Autism Center, Behavior Intervention Services, and Social Connections, working with a wide variety of clients. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State.
 
33. Applied Behavior Analysis at Northern Illinois University
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Department of Special and Early Education at Northern Illinois University is offering graduate study in Applied Behavior Analysis. A six-course sequence meets the requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. The Board Certified Behavior Analyst approved course sequence is offered in a hybrid format; online classes are live and interactive and face-to-face sessions are offered at various locations throughout the Chicagoland area. The next cohort will begin in the Fall, 2016 semester with SESE 554, Foundations of Applied Behavior Analysis in School and Community Settings and SESE 711, Ethics and Professional Behavior in Applied Behavior Analysis, as the initial course offerings. Two courses in the sequence are offered each semester including summer. The Board Certified Behavior Analyst Course Sequence is offered as a Certificate of Graduate Study for those who already hold an acceptable master’s degree. For those without a master’s degree in Education, Psychology, or Behavior Analysis, the approved course sequence may be taken as part of an Advanced Practices Master’s Program with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
34. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus
ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joshua Garner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!
 
35.

Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus

ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Marlene J. Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julia H. Fiebig (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Online at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. Because of the convenience of The Chicago Schools online programs, your life remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals.

 
36. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Arkansas
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Jasmine Welch-Beardsley (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: The University of Arkansas currently offers a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. This program offers a coursework sequence that has been pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ and aligns with the current course requirements set forth by the BACB. The graduate certificate can be completed 100 percent online and within an 18-month time frame. In addition to the pre-approved course sequence, the University of Arkansas also offers an on-site intensive practicum opportunity through the University of Arkansas ABA Family Service and Research Clinic. Within the clinic, students have the opportunity to work as instructors for learners with autism, while under the direction and supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral. The University of Arkansas is located in Fayetteville, Arkansas. Prospective students should contact Dr. Elizabeth R. Lorah for additional information about the program.
 
37. Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education at the University of Utah: New Doctoral and Other Training Opportunities
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah)
Abstract: This poster will provide information on behaviorally oriented programs within the Department. These include teacher certification and master's degree programs in a variety of areas (e.g., mild/moderate and severe disabilities), including a master's program preparing persons to sit for the BCBA exam. In addition we have a new federally funded doctoral leadership training program focused in the area of applied behavior analysis and positive behavioral support. This program provides substantial financial support and tuition coverage for accepted students attending full time. This program will equip students with research, teaching, and related skills to assume positions in higher education settings. Completion of required coursework and supervision requirements will make the students eligible to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
38. Applied Behavior Analysis Masters Program: University of the Pacific
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific), Holly Ayn White (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an optional emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 30-unit curriculum and the supervised experience students receive are both approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®. The course sequence is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Two faculty and two staff are board certified behavior analysts and can provide the supervision necessary for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst.
 
39. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Scott A . Spaulding (University of Washington), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), Natalie Badgett (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract: This poster will provide description of the on campus and distance education Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington. Programs include a BACB approved coursework sequence, an intensive practicum, and a Master's Degree in Special Education. Information about continuing education opportunities will also be provided.
 
40. Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization in the Disability Disciplines Doctoral Program at Utah State University
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis specialization in the Disability Disciplines doctoral program at Utah State University prepares graduates for leadership careers in academia and applied practice. Students in the program complete both coursework and practical activities to prepare them for these careers. Faculty from the Applied Behavior Analysis specialization in the Disability Disciplines doctoral program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students.
 
40a. Arizona State University Department of Psychology MS ABA Program
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Arizona State University)
Abstract: In the early 1960s, the Department of Psychology at Arizona State University was nicknamed Fort Skinner in the Desert and was the first psychology department in the U.S. to start a program that would specialize in behavioral research, applications and theory. In fact, ASU’s first PhD graduate was Montrose M. Wolf (1935-2004) who originated time-out for children who engaged challenging behavior. Now, over 50 years later, Arizona State University’s Department of Psychology MS ABA Program is the only known bricks and mortar masters program at a Research I University to provide the necessary BACB-approved course sequence and 1500+ supervised practicum hours required for state licensure. In addition to four, full-time semesters of scientific coursework and summer practica experiences, the degree’s culminating experience with be presentation of our students’ year-long Capstone Projects at a region-wide event to recognize and celebrate the program’s rising graduates. To apply or for more information about the program please visit the MS ABA program's website at https://psychology.clas.asu.edu/content/applied-behavior-analysis-ms or contact the MS ABA Program Director, Dr. Adam Hahs at adhahs@asu.edu.
 
41. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
DANNAH CHAPPELL (Auburn University), Sheridan Chambers (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a two-year master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis in Developmental Disabilities. The full-time program is designed to train future practitioners to provide behavioral services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities; students with academic and behavioral challenges; and foster, adoptive, and birth families facing varied challenges. Doctoral training in behavior analysis is also provided at Auburn University through the Cognitive and Behavioral Science (CABS) program. Applicants seeking doctoral training via the CABS program must be board certified behavior analysts.
 
42. Behavior Analysis at LIU Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gerald Lachter (LIU Post Psychology Department)
Abstract: The ABA Advanced Certificate program is designed for individuals who wish to receive a formal background in the theory and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. A Masters Degree program in Behavior Analysis is also available. Hands-on experience is available in human and small animal labs.
 
43. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
44. Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Central Missouri
SARAH CORWIN (University of Central Missouri), Heather Jenkins (University of Central Missouri), Jarrod Vaughan (University of Central Missouri), Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri)
Abstract: We describe three behavior analysis programs at the University of Central Missouri. Undergraduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and a professional career track sequence. Completion of each program of study enables students to meet the educational requirements for the Board Certified (Assistant) Behavior Analyst (BC[a]BA) or the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Multiple field experience sites throughout Missouri are available to students.
 
45. Behavior Momentum India Approved Course Sequence
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Manoj Sharma (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: Behavior Momentum India is the first organization based in India offering a BACB Approved Course Sequence. It offers BCBA and BCaBA courses and is currently running its third cohort. The course modules are taught by BACB approved faculty face to face from Bangalore ,or Delhi with students connected by webex technology from various parts of the country. Students on the course have the benefit of attending classes on weekends twice a month. The course work provides student theoretical and conceptual understanding of behavior analysis. The course mandates students should conduct independent research and submit two – three projects for course completion. The BACB-ACS has been taught by highly acclaimed international faculty in India ensuring highest standards of teaching are maintained. The duration of the BCaBA course is 1 year and the BCBA course duration in 1.5 years. Eligibility for the BCaBA is a Bachelors in any field while for BCBA it is Masters in Psychology, Special education and Education.
 
46.

Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales

JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university's MSc in Behaviour Analysis and Therapy, housed with the School of Psychology, is designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and practice skills. Our course team have a range of specialisations, ensuring that students gain an understanding of the scope of behaviour analytic science and application. The course is approved by the Behaviour Analyst Certification Board and includes 120 credits of taught modules and a 60-credit dissertation. The university's on-campus behaviour analysis clinic, combined with partnerships with local schools, the NHS, and the Cym Taf Youth Offending Service, provide a wealth of settings and populations for research and practical experience.

 
47. Briar Cliff University's Master of Science in Behavior Analysis
COREY S. STOCCO (Briar Cliff University), Stephanie A. Hood (Briar Cliff University), Todd W. Knealing (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract: Briar Cliff University's Master of Science program in Behavior Analysis prepares students to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Our program prepares students for careers as behavior analysts across a variety of populations and settings. The approximate timeline for program completion is 2 years and students are required to complete a thesis.
 
48. Capilano University Bachelor of Arts and Post-Baccalaureate Diploma in Applied Behavior Analysis - Autism
BRENDA FOSSETT (Capilano University), Richard Stock (Capilano University)
Abstract: Capilano University in North Vancouver, British Columbia, offers both a Bachelor or Arts and a Post-Baccalaureate Diploma in Applied Behavior Analysis - Autism. We are an approved course sequence, which includes a 500 hour BCBA supervised intensive practicum, and the Post-Baccalaureate Diploma is available fully on-line.
 
49. Centre for Applied Disability Studies at Brock University, St. Catharines, Ontario Canada
ALISON ROTHWELL (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: Brock University in St. Catharines, Ontario, offers two Masters Degrees, and a Graduate Diploma in Applied Disability Studies with specialization in ABA. These programs provide the BACB approved 4th edition graduate level course sequence for BCBA. The Masters of Arts (MA) is full-time and students complete a MA research thesis. It is geared towards students interested in research and obtaining a Ph.D. MA students are eligible for stipends, bursaries and teaching assistantships. The second Masters program, Master in Applied Disability Studies (MADS), is offered fulltime (2-years) or part-time (3-years) and has no thesis component. Full-time MADS courses are offered in St. Catharines and Hamilton. Part-time MADS courses are geared to working students and are offered one weekend per month in Toronto, Hamilton or Ottawa. Most courses include face-to-face and online instruction. The Grad Diploma is for students with a Masters degree in a related field who wish to take the BACB approved course sequence for BCBA. Eligibility requirements for admission to the Masters programs include a 4 year Bachelors degree in a related area of study and three letters of reference. Undergrad ABA courses and relevant field experience are assets. A PhD program in behavioral clinical psychology is under development.
 
50. China’s First Online BCaBA Course Sequence and Recent Development
CHENGAN YUAN (The University of Iowa), Jing Zhu (The University of Iowa), Youjia Hua (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this Expo poster is to present the first online Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) course sequences developed by the University of Iowa for parents and teachers in China. Started in 2014, our first group of 30 students has completed the BCaBA course sequence in 2015. Twelve of them sat in the board exam in August 2015 and nine passed the exam. They have since become the first group of BCaBAs in mainland China. Our second group of 21 students will complete the course sequence in 2016. This poster will present information regarding the course delivery format and challenges, student performance and feedback, as well as the future development of the course and research agenda. We will also include information on the first BACB approved intensive university practicum coursework in China by the University of Iowa.
 
51. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
ROBERT F. LITTLETON JR. JR. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Cambridge, Massachusetts with a second campus located in Springfield, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-approved course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the approved BACB-approved sequence. The BACB-approved courses are delivered in a hybrid learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
52. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy at Eastern Michigan University
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Leanna Gonzalez (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's level (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral level (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various basic and applied laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology, including options for behavioral research is available (thesis required).
 
53. Grand Valley State University’s Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program
AMY L. MATTHEWS (Grand Valley State University), Amy Campbell (Grand Valley State University), Jamie S. Owen-DeSchryver (Grand Valley State University)
Abstract: The GVSU psychology department is offering an online graduate certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) that will allow students to pursue certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Students in the program will learn behavior analytic principles, concepts, and behavior change strategies with an emphasis on application in educational settings with children demonstrating a variety of learning, social, and behavior support needs. Students will complete six courses (18 credits) that meet the 4th Edition Task List coursework requirements of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). A master’s degree in psychology, education, or behavior analysis is required for admission to the program, per the BACB degree eligibility requirements. Students will start the program in the fall semester with the pre-requisite course of the program sequence. Courses: Psy 522 ABA I: Foundational Principles (3 credits), Psy 523 ABA II: Application to Behavior Change (3 credits), Psy 550 Research in Applied Settings (3 credits), Psy 624 Behavioral Assessment and Intervention (3 credits), Psy 527 Ethics and Diversity in Professional Practice (3 credits), Psy 525 Behavior Analysis Applied to Autism Spectrum Disorders and Developmental Disorders (3 credits). For more information, contact Amy Matthews at matthewa@gvsu.edu or go to www.gvsu.edu/grad/aba
 
54. M.Sc./PhD Applied Behaviour Analysis, National University of Ireland, Galway
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland)
Abstract: The School of Psychology at NUI Galway offers postgraduate training in Applied Behaviour Analysis at both Master’s (MSc) and Doctorate level (Ph.D). Both courses are accredited by the internationally-recognised Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®). The MSc is a taught programme that provides professional training in Applied Behaviour Analysis. The programme subscribes to the scientist-practitioner model, and provides students with thorough and integrated training in academic, practical, and research aspects of ABA. The Ph.D programme is a structured four-year Ph.D programme of study. This qualification articulates within the existing MSc in ABA and therefore combines the Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Students of the programmes have had their research published in peer reviewed journals and this poster will provide an overview of the research output of the programmes. Research streams include behavioral fluency, social skills intervention, investigation of co-morbidity in Autism, early intensive behavioral education, sleep and feeding, behavioural interventions for challenging behavior and mental health issues. In addition, students of the programmes have a 94% pass rate on the BCBA exam. Students have access to excellent research facilities, and are supervised by academic staff with international reputations in behaviour analysis. Graduates are qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings.
 
55. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College
APRIL M. WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Sarah K. Slocum (Rollins College)
Abstract: The mission of the Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science (ABACS) master’s program is to prepare individuals to take the certification exam administered by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®. A secondary mission is to produce graduates who are skilled not only in behavior analysis but also in the science of clinical psychology. This program will prepare students for either master’s level professional practice in applied behavior analysis or for doctoral level work in clinical psychology or applied behavior analysis. The program is embedded in the Hamilton Holt School at Rollins College, a small liberal arts college in the heart of Winter Park, FL. The program faculty are members of the Health Professions department within the College of Professional Studies. Students begin the program as a cohort in the fall term. Classes are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Up to 8 hours of prerequisite coursework may be required for students who do not hold a bachelor’s degree in a related field.
 
56. Master's of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University, Northridge
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Master's program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. The curriculum was designed for students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Our students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practica experiences and research projects. While we prepare our students to practice as master's level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs.
 
57. MS in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), Amelia Mitchell-Storer (Salem State University)
Abstract: Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct research work in laboratories focused on animal or human behavior. Our program includes a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) approved course sequence to meet coursework requirements for eligibility to apply to the BACB for examinations related to certification, as well as conceptual and experimental seminars in behavior analysis. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 39 - 42.5 credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three or four years depending on the number of courses taken per semester.
 
58.

Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program With ABA Specialty at East Carolina University

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Katy Scott (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

East Carolina University has a Pediatric School Psychology program that leads to a Ph.D. in Health Psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the students chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the National Association of School Psychologists, the American Psychological Association and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers. Students can gain experiences in autism clinics, at the medical school, in hospitals, and/or in school systems.

 
59. Penn State Harrisburg ABA
JONATHAN W. IVY (Penn State Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: The program prepares graduates to function in community settings as applied behavior analysts, and provides the academic training necessary for graduates to apply for national board certification in behavior analysis. The overall model emphasizes the core areas of the discipline including the scientific basis of behavior analysis, as well as how biological, social, and individual differences affect human behavior. Training will emphasize the development of both assessment and intervention skills. The program will prepare graduates to work in hospitals, medical schools, mental health centers, health maintenance organizations, various educational settings, forensic settings, research facilities, and in center- and home-based programs for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. The program is intended for both part-time and full-time students. Courses will be scheduled for fall and spring semesters. Admission is in the fall and spring semesters only.
 
60. Penn State University's Graduate Programs in Special Education (Online and On Campus)
DAVID L. LEE (Penn State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State University), Erin M. Garthe (Penn State University)
Abstract: The Special Education program at Penn State University recently introduced an online M.Ed. in Special Education that gives students the opportunity to choose an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis, Autism, or Academic and Behavioral Supports. The ABA emphasis includes Penn State’s 18-credit, BACB-approved course sequence and the option to complete supervised experience hours via practicum. In residence programs on Penn State’s main campus in State College, Pennsylvania include M.S., M.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees. There are currently ten tenure-track faculty working in the program, with a diverse range of research interests including mild disabilities, severe disabilities, behavior disorders, school-based prevention, and augmentative and alternative communication. The faculty to student ratio is quite low, allowing students a great deal of individualized attention and the ability to work with advisers and mentors who have similar research and training goals. Information on all graduate programs, both online and on campus, and associated funding opportunities will be available.
 
61. Regis College Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: Students enrolled in our MS in ABA program will learn how to effectively apply behavior-analytic procedures to solve behavioral problems of social importance and improve conditions for those who exhibit problematic behavior and skill deficits. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® has approved the course sequence (asterisked below) as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Certification Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® has approved the practicum courses (double asterisked below) toward the experience requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Certification Examination®. Applicants may need to meet additional requirements to qualify.
 
62.

Rowan University Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis

DENISE KERTH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board , Inc (BACB) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 45 credit hour program that fulfills the coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a masters degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowans on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.

 
63. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Ashley Marie Lugo (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a Master’s degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer three degree options: a Masters of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (M.S. ABA), a Masters of Social Work with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis (M.S.W. ABA), and a Post-Master’s Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students who attend SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to school based settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations; from children and adults with intellectual disabilities, to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program.
 
64. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington.
CASEY OGBURN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashleigh Leuck (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Anna Tillery (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sammantha Harvin (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ryan Blejewski (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington we are dedicated to providing a well-rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. In addition, students complete an empirical thesis with a faculty member. Students in our applied behavior analysis track take additional courses in clinical psychology, complete a 10-week practicum course, and a 6-month internship. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and NC licensure as a psychological associate. Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
65. Shenandoah University: Graduate Training Opportunities in Applied Behavior Analysis
BRANDON GREENE (Shenandoah University), Jason Craig (Shenandoah University/Grafton Integrated Health), Autumn Kaufman (Commonwealth Autism), Courtney D Vaughan (Shenandoah University/Commonwealth Autism)
Abstract: Shenandoah University offers a Master's program in applied behavior analysis. The curriculum spans familiar topics in ABA—basic concepts, research methods, and autism. However, it also offers advance coursework in ABA as it pertains to organizational development, child welfare, family training, and related areas. The faculty at Shenandoah have a combined experience of 60 years in the field. The course sequence and practicum experiences are pre-approved by the BACB . The university, located in the cradle of the Civil War, is one of the most attractive campuses in the South, just an hour's drive from hiking, ski slopes, and the nation's capital. It boasts one of the nation's leading conservatories in music and theater, which has performed on stages around the world.
 
66.

The Applied Behavior Analysis Program at Temple University

Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University), MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis program at Temple University prepares graduates to work in a variety of fields including education, developmental disabilities, autism, child protective services, mental health, residential supports, and rehabilitation and advances. Additionally, our certificate and professional development offerings enhance the knowledge and skills of current professionals, including but not limited to, regular and special education teachers, school psychologists, principals, guidance counselors, speech and language clinicians, occupational and physical therapists, reading specialists and home and school visitors.

 
67. The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles and Orange County Campuses
LESLIE A. MORRISON (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The Chicago School of Professional Psychology’s Southern California campuses offer M.S. and Ph.D. programs that are designed to prepare students in a wide variety of specialization areas within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. The M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program in Los Angeles and Orange County provide students with the training needed to understand the principles of Behavior Analysis and how they underlie applied practice. Students learn to implement Applied Behavior Analysis procedures correctly and ethically, and gain the skills needed in their professional progression, including eligibility for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst®. The Ph.D. in Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program in Los Angeles expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in the M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors and high-level supervisors and consultants. In addition, the Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization degree allows graduates to seek licensure as a Licensed Psychologist in the state of California.
 
68.

The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program

KRISTINA VARGO (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract:

The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism (LIDA) program at Sam Houston State University prepares students to become board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs). The program is designed for full-time students and working professionals, offering evening and online courses. Students who successfully complete the LIDA program coursework and a research project or thesis earn a Master of Arts degree in Special Education.

 
69.

The Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University

JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwells ABAI-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell Universitys state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities.

 
70. University of Massachusetts Lowell Master of Science in Autism Studies & Graduate Certificate Program
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Doreen Arcus (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Frye (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashleigh Hillier (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard Siegel (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The University of Massachusetts Lowell offers two graduate programs to prepare students to work with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in the field of behavior analysis: the Master of Science in Autism Studies and the Behavioral Intervention in Autism Graduate Certificate Program. The M.S. in Autism Studies Program is a 42-credit combination of online and face-to-face coursework and practical experiences that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ (BACB). The program is designed to prepare students to work with individuals with ASD from a behavior analytic, developmental, and community perspective, thus enhancing their effectiveness as a professional and a practitioner. We employ a scientist-practitioner model, whereby students are encouraged to take an empirical approach to their clinical experiences. Students have ample opportunity to gain research experience during the two-year program, and are encouraged but not required to complete a thesis project. The Certificate Program provides an online BACB-approved six-course sequence aimed at developing the students’ conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis and its application to individuals with ASD; students seek practicum experience on their own.
 
71. University of Saint Joseph - Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies - Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHN D. MOLTENI (University of Saint Joseph), Andrea B. Courtemanche (University of Saint Joseph), Laura B. Turner (University of Saint Joseph), Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: This expo poster will outline the programs in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism available at the University of Saint Joseph in West Hartford, Connecticut. The Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies offers several options for training in Applied Behavior Analysis including a Masters degree and Graduate and Undergraduate course sequences. Opportunities for students to engage in research and clinical training on-site and with arranged placements within community-based organizations and schools are also available. Faculty will be on site to discuss your professional goals and work with you to develop a program that meets your needs. All coursework at the graduate and undergraduate level is offered in the evening on-campus.
 
72. Whitworth University and Northwest Autism Center: A Collaboration for the Community
KIRA AUSTIN (Whitworth University)
Abstract: As a result of a recent state legal settlement, applied behavior analysis for children with developmental disabilities are now covered by medical insurance in Washington State. However, only individuals who are National Board Certified Behavior Analysts or are directly supervised by someone with these credentials are able to provide these services. The current demand far exceeds availability, both regionally and nationally. To respond to the needs of the community, one university collaborated with a variety of agencies to provide services to the local community. This presentation will describe the university’s applied behavior analysis coursework and building community support services. Through partnership with a regional behavior analytic therapy clinic the university has opened a university-based clinic to provide services to the community. The aforementioned law also required 3 hours of weekly therapy for the families of children in the clinic. This clinic will provide paid internships and supervision hours for university students in a Master’s in special education program in the applied behavior analysis track and pre-service marriage and family therapists. This poster will provide an overview of the university's program, coursework options, and community collaboration with outside agencies.
 
Keyword(s): Expo Posters
 
Expo Poster Session #144
ABAI Boards and Committees
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
73. ABAI Membership Board
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The ABAI Membership Board includes two committees. The Application Review Committee ensures the qualifications of applicants for full membership and the Student Committee facilitates the involvement and professional development of the ABAI student membership. This poster will provide updates on activities of the Board during the past year.
 
74. ABAI Science Board
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract: The ABAI Science Board promotes basic, translational, and applied research in behavior analysis. It organizes program hours at the national convention and oversees the Bejou and SEAB awards for theses and dissertation research in behavior analysis.
 
75. ABAI Special Interest Groups Board
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The SIG Board is designed to support ABAI’s 36 Special Interest Groups and assist the ABAI Executive Council in strategically promoting diversity of interests within the field of behavior analysis. The poster will provide an update on our progress this year, current initiatives, and future goals.
 
76.

ABAI Student Committee

KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University)
Abstract:

ABAI Student members constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is comprised of three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is also comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees—the events subcommittee, dissemination subcommittee, or awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions.

 
77. ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: This poster highlights the range and of ABAI affiliated chapters and the accomplishments of the board over the past year.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #145
Affiliated Chapters
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
78. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
79. Arkansas Travelers: Our State's Journey
SHEILA BARNES (Hope 4 Autism), Jennifer Kirby (Ozark Center for Autism), Beth McKee (Northwest Arkansas Center for Autism)
Abstract: Arkansas parents and professionals have worked together to advocate for children with autism and other needs. We want to share our struggles and successes as well as our hopes for the future.
 
80. Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis
HOLLY SENIUK (University of New Brunswick, Fredericton)
Abstract: Our association was formed in 2013 with the objective of representing the interests of our four Atlantic Provinces (New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island). In 2014 our association was approved as an affiliated chapter of ABAI. As a fledgling chapter we face many challenges but the extreme distances separating us is one of these challenges. For example, it is a two-hour flight from Halifax to St. John's Newfoundland and Labrador is even farther. Our bilingual culture is another challenge as is our relatively sparse population in some regions. In New Brunswick for example, about 40% of the population are francophone speakers and in the other three provinces there are smaller but significant proportions of francophone speakers. Despite these challenges our membership is growing actively and now sits at approximately 50 members. In addition, the number of members that have BACB certification has grown steadily. We are so excited that our school systems are willing and keen to embrace behavioural approaches. In this poster, we would like to present more information on our origins and on our accomplishments over the past three years. We will present some information about new directions for this chapter and especially present some ideas on how we plan to overcome the vast distances we represent.
 
81. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Leanna Gonzalez (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Karla Maschalko (ABA Pathways, LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
82.

Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi

NEELIMA DUNCAN (Mississippi Children's Home Services), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Matthew A. Davison (Autism Center of North Mississippi)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi was founded in February of 2015 by 32 individuals and became an affiliated Applied Behavior Analysis International chapter in October of 2015. The overall mission and purpose of the organization is to promote the science of behavior analysis and its associated technologies within the State of Mississippi.

 
83. Behaviour Analysis in Ireland
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract: The "Behaviour Analysis in Ireland" group was set up in 1977, and teaching and research in Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis continues to flourish in both parts of Ireland. In the early 21st century a decision was made to turn the group into the Division of Behaviour Analysis (DBA), Psychological Society of Ireland, to improve professional recognition. The DBA holds very successful annual meetings covering both ABA and EAB with distinguished guest speakers and workshops. The next conference is in Maynooth (15 miles from Dublin) in June 2016. This poster presents the history and current work of the DBA.
 
84. British Columbia Association of Behaviour Analysis
SARA WHITE (Sendan Center), Heidi St. Pierre (Behavior Consultant)
Abstract: This poster will highlight the work the British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis (BC-ABA) has been doing in the past year as a very active affiliate chapter of ABAI. Data will be presented on current and past membership levels, BC-ABA sponsored and co-sponsored events, annual conference attendance and presentation numbers, as well as new developments in behavior analysis in British Columbia.
 
85. California Association for Behavior Analysis
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: This poster will describe the mission and vision of the California Association for Behavior Analysis organization. Moreover, it will provide a summary of the activities we have conducted over the last year.
 
86. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review
SOLANDY FORTE (Connecticut ABA), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Center for Children with Special Needs), Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs), Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services), Kristine L. Marino (Connecticut Center for Child Development), Felicia Morgan (Center for Children with Special Needs), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: This poster is represents the Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) 2014-2015 year in review. The year in review includes information regarding our 11th Annual Conference, including lists of invited speakers and photographs from the conference. In addition, updated information regarding legislation in Connecticut, the 2015 Fall Workshop, supervision workshop, and member meetings. For more information about CTABA, please visit our website, www.ctaba.org.
 
87. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
KAORI G. NEPO (Autism Life Support)
Abstract: Founded in 2010, Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis is a group of individuals dedicated to promoting the science of behavior analysis in everyday life in Delaware.
 
88. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University), Ken G. Winn (Quest, Inc.), Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Michele Bishop (CARD), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University), Dixie D. Eastridge (Learning Services), David Matthew Cole (St. Cloud University)
Abstract: The mission of Four Corners ABA (4CABA) is to promote the science of behavior and evidence-based technologies derived from the basic sci-ence in the Four Corners (Utah, Arizona, Colorado and New Mexico) region.
 
88a. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA)
AMANDA N. KELLY (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis), Kristen E. Koba-Burdt (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis), Lara Bollinger (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Aloha! The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers, educate community leaders and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall HABA hosts an annual convention, located on Oahu. We hope you will stop by and talk story with us for a bit. We would love to hear what you've been up to!
 
89.

Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis

William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), KATHRYN M. PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Victoria Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services.

 
90. IABA - The Israeli Applied Behavior Analysis Chapter
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract: The Israeli Applied Behavior Analysis Chapter has been established in 2003 and held its 13th annual conference on February 2015, dealing with ethical issues. Annual conferences are based on "round tables" enabling members to take an active part in the discussion. We are now preparing the 14th conference dealing with "emotional and mental health issues". We have more than 160 active members who support Applied Behavior Analysis in various academic and clinical fields. There are a few hundred professionals taking part in programs and activities, and over 150 students who are enrolled yearly across a few different certification programs. We are offering opportunities for CE credits to certified behavior analysts who participate and present in conferences held in Israel. We maintain the association's website (http://www.iabaonline.com) and a yearly newsletter in Hebrew, sharing Applied Behavior Analysis projects and theoretical papers. The upcoming issue is devoted to collaboration with professionals from different disciplines. We took an active part in translating the Certification Board Ethics code, Glossary, task list and exam. We encourage various sectors to join the professional community, supporting the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis among Israeli Arabs, and have invited a representative of the religious sector (Charedic) to join the board of directors. Recently we have reached an agreement with a major insurance company offering coverage for behavior analysts on the one hand and families on the other hand.
 
91.

ICEABA- Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis 2004-2016

ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University), Atli F. Magnusson (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center of Iceland), Steinunn Hafsteinsdottir (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center of Iceland), Asa Ingimarsdottir (Klettaskóli), Bára Kolbrún Gylfadóttir (Árbær Municipal Service Center), Gyda Einarsdottir (Árbær Municipal Service Cente)
Abstract:

The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is now in its twelfth year. ICEABA is a young association with a diverse membership. Since the establishment of our organization we have grown in numbers and ambition. Our first conference was held in 2009 and we plan to hold a conference every other year with smaller events, such as workshops, in between. The Association places emphasis on informal meetings every month where members share information on research and work in the field. These meetings continue throughout the year. Our email list and facebook page have also been a great venue for lively discussions for members and these continue with verve. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis.

 
92. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA)
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA) is a state chapter of ABAI whose purpose is to promote behavior analysis, primarily through an annual convention. The goals of the organization include promote collaboration between Behavior Analysts in Illinois, foster relations between practices and Universities in Illinois, and to create a licensing bill for Behavior Analysts of Illinois.
 
93. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), Lisa Daniel (The Homestead), Abigail Grassmeyer (The Homestead), Todd W. Knealing (Briar Cliff University), James R. Prickett (Woodward Resource Center), Corey S. Stocco (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract: Founded in 2008, the Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) is a statewide organization whose purpose is to develop and advance the field of behavior analysis through research, education, and dissemination of information. Iowa ABA is organized as an affiliated state chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) for professional, scientific, and education purposes.
 
94. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA)
SATORU SHIMAMUNE (Hosei University), Kazuchika Manabe (Nihon University)
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1006 as of August 2015. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more.
 
95. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jill M. Koertner (University of Kansas Medical Center), Nanette L. Perrin (The University of Kansas), Tyler Re (Partners in Behavioral Milestones)
Abstract: This poster describes KansABA’s ongoing and newest initiatives. Our mission is to disseminate the science and practice of behavior analysis; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis throughout Kansas and in the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA is governed by an Executive Committee that consists of a president, full member representative, an affiliate representative, and a student representative. The Committee is assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. In addition, KansABA has a Legislative Affairs Committee, a Membership Committee, Web Site Committee, and a BACB Certification Committee. It just established a committee for developing a speaker’s series. KansABA’s main activity is its April conferences. Their theme is research-to-practice and practice-to-research. This year’s topic was “Expanding the Reach of Applied Behavior Analysis.” The keynote speaker was Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) on the importance of expanding its reach. The invited speakers were Jonathan Baker (Western Michigan University) on gerontology, Vince Francisco (University of Kansas) on public health, Jim Para-Cremer (NeuroRestorative) on traumatic head injury, and Derek Reed (University of Kansas) on conservation.
 
96. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
STEPHEN FOREMAN (Lee Specialty Clinic)
Abstract: KYABA has continued to grow in membership, organizational structure, and conference attendance. Over the last year, KYABA has put on a series of successful workshops and conferences drawing eager crowds from all over the nation to our events. These events have offered CEU's and professional networking opportunities to both Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as teachers, consultants, and parents who are interested in learning about ABA and service delivery. KYABA continues to grow and serve as the HUB of behavior analysis in the Bluegrass State and strive to make 2016 our best year to date. Please stop by our booth or find us online at http://www.kentuckyaba.org
 
97.

Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis

JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Texana Center), Ellen R. Catoe (Texana Center), Christie Enzinna (Therapy and Beyond, LLC)
Abstract:

Lone Star ABA (LSABA) serves the greater Houston area. The purpose of LSABA is to promote behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Houston area. LSABA meets every other month. These meetings provide an opportunity for professional networking, professional discussions, participation on six committees within LSABA, as well as continuing education. Visit us at the Expo to see what we have to offer!

 
98. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is the Louisiana affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which shares the Association for Behavior Analysis International's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association also strives to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and and to promote compliance with relevant ethics standards.
 
99. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
ASHLEY L. BORIS (University of Manitoba), Morena Miljkovic (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) is a non-profit organization founded in September of 2005 and officially approved for Affiliate status from the larger Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in May of 2006. MABA became an Affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) in August of 2015. MABA is composed of a large body of committed members; and the organization's direction and goals are determined by an elected executive committee and a number of other internal committees. MABA membership is entirely voluntary. Our mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behavior) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis.
 
100. MassABA - Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Massachusetts ABA (MassABA) is dedicated to supporting the professional development and interests of its members within the Commonwealth. The Association also works to supports consumers of behavior analysis services advocating on behalf of high quality services and consumer protections. We continually strive to offer CE events designed to help behavior analysts maintain the highest degree of clinical and ethical behavior. The association is focused on encouraging our membership to maintain contact with current research to ensure that they are aware of and implementing evidence-based practices through activities such as our annual conference and CE events. The Board of Directors has been diligently working with state legislators, advocacy groups, state agencies and other organizations to increase the availability of behavior analysis services statewide. MassABA has been instrumental in the passage of legislation to provide funding for ABA based intervention services for individuals with ASD as well as the passage of a state licensure law. MassABA will continue to advocate on behalf of practicing behavior analysts to ensure high quality ABA based intervention is available to all.
 
101. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis and Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Nadia Santillán (UNAM), Katya Quiñones (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This poster describes the mission of the Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta [Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis] (SMAC) and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (MJBA). The mission is to advance, communicate, and disseminate behavior analysis in Mexico and internationally. With this mission, MJBA and SMAC were created in 1975. Ever since, a national conference is organized, initially every other year, and, more recently, every year. The last conferences in 2014 and 2015 were organized at Guadalajara and Xalapa. Brief information about the 2016 conference will be provided. MJBA is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes papers in English and Spanish. It includes theoretical, experimental, and applied contributions relevant to behavior analysis. Three issues are published each year: two regular issues in June and December, and a Special Issue in September. The Special Issue is devoted to a topic of contemporary interest for behavior analysts around the world. The last three special issues were dedicated to Watson’s 1913 behaviorist manifesto, Behavior Analysis and Technology, and Resurgence and Response Recurrence. Contact information for SMAC and MJBA will be provided.
 
102. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA)
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Behave Your Best), Andrew E. Brandt (Ohio Wesleyan University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephen F. Walker (Aurora University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: A Midwest Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1974 and held its inaugural meeting in 1975 in Chicago. That organization quickly outgrew its regional roots and evolved into the Association for Behavior Analysis, now an international organization. Like the original MABA, we are a membership organization designed to promote scholarly exchange in behavior analysis, primarily through our annual convention. The new MABA took shape officially in 2001 and became an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis during the same year. Since that time, our annual conference has been held in the Fall and membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. The conference runs approximately 1.5 days on a single-speaker track, featuring talks that span a wide range of behavior analytic topics. This poster will present information about MABA membership, the annual conference, current officers, and the recent goals and objectives of the organization.
 
103.

Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis

MARY HALBUR (Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) was founded in 2005 to provide: A professional network and resource for behavior analysts A forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs A voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis A resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland The organization of an annual regional ABA conference Continuing education for professionals in the Northland

 
104.

Montana Association for Behavior Analysis

CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
Abstract:

Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MT ABA) was founded in 2013. This poster will highlight membership from the Big Sky state and recent activities related to this affiliate chapter of ABAI. Please stop by and visit our poster at Expo!

 
105. Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Fielding Graduate University/Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Kozue Matsuda (Children Center), Jane Yip (Purdue University), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dana Garner (Penn State), Lila Ayyad-Alharsha (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract: Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is a special interest group of the mother organization, Association for Behavior Analysis International. The ABAI organization consists of over 20,000 members from all over the world. The purpose of Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is to connect behavior analysts who have an interest and/or experience in serving multicultural/minority populations-whether they be ethnic, religious, geographic, or socio-economic. The hope is to create a network of behavior analysts who speak a language or have a skill set relevant to a given population with people who need those services, as well as to connect behavior analysts with others who share common interests. An additional purpose of the Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts is to spread the mission of ABAI worldwide while being in alignment with the NGO of the civil society of the United Nations. MultiABA is currently listed in the UN Civil Society database, and applying for consultative status with ECOSOC.
 
105a. Nebraska Association for Behavior Analysis
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The Nebraska Association for Behavior Analysis (NEABA) seeks to promote the science and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the state of Nebraska. To further this goal, NEABA serves as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for our members and disseminates information to promote our mission to a wider audience. Annual business meetings are organized to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. NEABA advises relevant political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to the effective and ethical application of the principles of ABA. NEABA informs stakeholders about the fundamental principles of ABA and its application in areas such as education, habilitation, rehabilitation, business, and government. We also encourage the involvement of parents, service providers, and professionals interested in expanding the application of ABA technology in Nebraska by identifying goals and promoting effective action.
 
106. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno), Annette Aloiau (Achievable Behavior Strategies), Christina A. Lydon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our mission is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice. Through participation in the Expo, the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis will promote awareness of this affiliate chapter and the resources currently available to members through our interactive website. NABA will also provide information about its annual, single-track conference held in the Fall. The poster will present information on NABA including history, current activities and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis growth and progress in Nevada.
 
107. New Hampshire ABA (NHABA)
THEA H. DAVIS (Autism Bridges), Cathy J. Booth (Autism Bridges), Jennifer Odierna (Autism Bridges), Rachel Alling (Autism Bridges)
Abstract: New Hampshire ABA (NHABA) was founded in 2013 to promote the development and awareness of behavioral services within the state of New Hampshire by: supporting the development of state standards for the practice of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting behavior analytic research within the state, promoting research, education, and practice-based principles of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting professional development of behavior analysts within the state, and raising awareness of the association and it services. NHABA will be having its first conference in 2016. As a newer chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), NHABA has already begun to work on specific tasks to help us achieve our mission as described in this poster.
 
108. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs), Shari L. Schatzman (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: As a State affiliate chapter of The Association for Behavior Analysis International, The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) is the representative body of the profession of behavior analysis within the State of New York. The poster will present information on NYSABA including history, current activities and future goals. Conference related activities within the state will be presented and described as well as important legislative issues related to the practice of behavior analysis and state licensing. Representatives from the NYSABA Board will be present at the expo to answer any questions and to network with other affiliate chapters, agencies and universities. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis happening in New York State.
 
109. New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis
ANNE C. MACASKILL (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: The New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis has members working in both applied behaviour analysis and the experimental analysis of behaviour. Two New Zealand universities offer programmes leading to BCBA certification. We host an annual conference each year- in 2016 we will meet at the University of Waikato in late August or early September. If you are interested in studying or working in behaviour analysis in New Zealand, or in attending our conference, come by and see our poster for more information.
 
110.

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis

Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Calandra Plattner (Carolina Center for ABA), Whitney Luffman (Carolina Center for ABA), Nancy Poteet (Carolina Center for ABA), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Kristi Toward (Carolina Center for ABA), Bradley Stevenson (University of North Carolina Charlotte), R. M. SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center)
Abstract:

The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis, NCABA, celebrated its 27th conference February 24-26, 2016, in Wilmington, NC. Callie Plattner, our NCABA President, coordinated an outstanding array of speakers including Jim Johnston, Jim Carr, Pat Friman, Denny Reid, Cynthia Anderson, Adam Ventura, Molly Pinney, Kerin Weingarten and others. The NCABA conference featured over 20 presentations, a poster session and six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received over 1000 behavior analyst CEs for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news about next year's 28th anniversary conference in February, 2017, and to view our NCABA newsletters and history of awards. Don't forget to "Catch someone doing good!"

 
111. Norwegian ABA
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Jon Arne Løkke (HiOF), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
112.

Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis (OHABA)

Tracy D. Guiou (Pathfinder Progress; BECA), BRYAN DROESCH (Haugland Learning Center), Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center), Jennifer Sweeney (Solutions Behavioral Consulting), Elizabeth A. Henry (Pathfinder Progress, LLC), Nathan Bishop (Haugland Learning Center; Western Michigan University), Whitney Sims (Nationwide Childrens Hospital), Nicole M. Powell (Nationwide Children's Hopsital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Abstract:

Founded in 2008, The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis (OHABA) is an affiliated chapter of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis is a professional organization dedicated to supporting the growth and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the public and private sectors. OHABA is an organization for people interested in behavior analysis and is primarily an interest group.

 
113. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA)
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health), David Phillips (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Nicole Alphonse (Independent Practice)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization (ABAI chapter affiliate) with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has over 500 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care.
 
114. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis
JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jennifer L. Bass (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Melissa J. Gard (Building Bridges; ORABA), Emily Kearney (ORABA)
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).
 
115. PennABA
JONATHAN W. IVY (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: The chapter's primary concerns are fostering the creation of more behavior analysts within Pennsylvania, clarifying BACB certification issues for our members, and maintaining the scientific integrity of the field in our practice as behavior analysts. PennABA provides a networking opportunity for behavior analysts, special educators, and students. Our annual conference provides BCBA, BCABA, and Act 48 continuing education credits at no additional charge. The Pennsylvania Chapter for the Association of Behavior Analysis (PennABA) was incorporated in 1998. Richard M. Foxx and William Helsel saw a need to support behavior analysis in the state of Pennsylvania. In 2000 Richard Kubina chaired a meeting at ABA to help elect PennABA's first set of officers. With the creation of PennABA, service providers, teachers, students, and families in Pennsylvania gained a resource, which fosters the application and growth of behavior analysis. PennABA has been encouraged with the growth in the demographics of its membership. Not only have seasoned professionals who provide ABA services maintain a membership in PennABA, but students, teachers, and direct care providers, and family members of those needing services have joined the ranks. With the goal of supplying members with skills and resources in behavior analysis, PennABA has dedicated its' annual conference to providing speakers who encourage and foster behavior analysis within the lives of its members.
 
116. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Philadelphia FIGHT)
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter was created with the mission to to bring together new and established behavior analysts from the region. The Philadelphia Metropolitan region includes areas regionally surrounding Philadelphia in the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland. Specifically this includes but is not limited to areas such as: New Castle County, Delaware; Cecil County, Maryland; Burlington, Camden, Cumberland, Gloucester, Mercer, and Salem Counties in New Jersey, and Berks, Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania. Our objective is to provide continuing education for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment.
 
117.

Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB)

Monika M. Suchowierska-Stephany (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), BARTLOMIEJ SWEBODZINSKI (University of Social Science and Humanities Warsaw)
Abstract:

The poster presents the mission, structure and history of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB). Selected events and accomplishments in the last decade are listed. The poster also includes a list of major events related to behavior analysis in Poland. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described as well as a joint program of studies (with California State University Stanislaus and Bangor University) focusing on behavior analysis. Lastly, future plans are listed.

 
118. Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis
MALENA ARGUMEDES (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Abstract: The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organisation founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Québec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organises an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organisations that share our vision.
 
119. RI ABAI: Big Things are Happening in the Smallest State
JANE I. CARLSON (The Groden Center)
Abstract: The Rhode Island Association for Behavior Analysis represents the smallest state in the US. Despite our diminutive size, we are a very active association with a growing membership. The Association has been active in promoting evidence-based practice and services for people with autism in rhode Island. We have developed and supported legislation resulting in insurance coverage for behavior analysis services, and legislation to allow for licensing of Behavior Analysts. We are currently working with the Department of Health to implement the licensing legislation. Goals of the organization include promoting further insurance reform, promoting behavior analysis in the state, advocating for appropriate services for people with ASD's, and providing accurate information to the media about evidence-based practices.
 
120. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis
Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Miranda Reed (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.
 
121. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
ULRIKA LANGH (Stockholm Autism Center and Karolinska Institutet), Dag Stromberg (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in September 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support SWABA, and do not live or work in Sweden). In the year 2001 SWABA was accepted as an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
122. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Abstract: The mission of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). Our poster will present information related to annual membership levels, conference participation, TxABA Special Interest Groups, our elected governing council, and contact information.
 
123.

The Development of Behavior Analysis in a Multicultural India (2004 2016)

SMITA AWASTHI (ABA India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Tasneem Nagri-Hegde (ABA India)
Abstract:

Till as late as 2004, there was no knowledge of the science of ABA in India. In 2015 we have 16 Behavior Analysts almost all working with children with autism. ABA India with its annual conference has advocated the science in various languages across various cities. Developmental paediatricians recommend ABA as an intervention for children with autism. Many ABA based special needs centers are providing quality services and innumerable parents of children with autism asking for ABA. A BACB approved course sequence, and approved faculty are providing ABA education within India. The 11 year journey in India has been full of challenges and made possible due to various strategic & bold decisions & campaigns. While the impact on the development of ABA in India is irreversible the challenges are multifold.

 
124. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Chrysalis), Justin Naylor (CTA/Affinity Treatment), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Amy Peters (Utah Association for Behavior Analysis), Jesse Yarger (Chrysalis), S. Lillian Adolphson (Utah Behavior Services)
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) seeks to encourage scientific activity, professional training and development, and intellectual activity related to behavior analysis. UtABA is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. This year we added three committees: (1) Professional Development, (2) Public Policy, and (3) Public Relations. The Professional Development Committee planned a successful annual conference featuring presentations on building a network to support ethical decision making, providing behavior consultation using technology, insurance billing, conducting research in community settings, and current research in play and language skills. Additionally, members of the Public Policy Committee and UtABA leadership successfully worked with state legislators to pass a licensure bill for behavior analysts practicing in Utah. And the Public Relations Committee created and maintains the UtABA website and Facebook page. For those interested in learning more about or becoming members of UtABA, membership information can be found at: http://www.ut-aba.org/.
 
125. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
MEGAN KIRBY (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis), Christine Evanko (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: This poster presents information regarding the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, including recent conference information as well as data representing Behavior Analysis in Virginia. The poster will display the organization's mission and goals and give information on how to join.
 
126. Washington Association for Behavior Analysis
CHRISTOPHER JONES (University of Washington), Charna Mintz (Imagine), Stacey L. Shook (Washington Association for Behavior Analysis), Ryan Hannig (WABA)
Abstract: The Washington Association for Behavior Analysis has done arguably more for the field in Washington State in it's 2 year history than it's predecessor association had in its entire decades old history. To name a few of its successes recently, WABA has successfully put on annual conferences, raised substantial funds to support legislative as well as to host several education opportunities for behavior analysts, and supported future behavior analysts still in school. WABAs biggest major achievement has been writing a licensure bill, supporting it across the various steps of the legislative process, and following it through until the Governor signed it into law. These achievement barely begin to describe the tremendous activities of this vibrant affiliate chapter. After the executive committee met recently, WABAs goals and targets for the future show no sign of this chapter slowing down any time soon.
 
127. Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis (WisABA) Open Chapter Meeting
ROGER FRANK BASS (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Visit the Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis to see friends, make new ones, and talk to us about our conferences, WisABA Roadshows, Socials, advocacy, and how one of the best ABAI Affiliate Chapter websites keeps members informed, connected, and active. Set up a Roadshow at your college or university, organization, or anywhere Behavior Analysis is spoken. We seek outreach opportunities with groups who use ABA services (parent groups, clinics, etc.), where behavior analysis can help meet your organization's goals but you want to learn more (e.g., business groups interested in performance management, improving education at all levels, increasing creativity of students, employees, etc.), and within academic discussions bearing on the human condition. WisABA welcomes those from neighboring states, business organizations, parents, education program representatives at all levels (K-college), health care, and all experimental and applied persuasions. Our goal is to foster civil, informed discussion on a full range of issues and to build bridges between fields where none were thought possible.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #146
Special Interest Groups
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
128. All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Direct Instruction Special Interest Group
ANN FAIRCHILD FILER (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Effective and efficient instruction benefits ALL students; however evidenced-based instructional practices are essential for teaching students with learning challenges. Direct Instruction is effective, efficient and evidence-based. To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. However, effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Importantly, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The Direct Instruction philosophy: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices!
 
129. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG)
Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell), ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Carroll College), Valerie Segura (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens)
Abstract: The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG) is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Membership in the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior and/or behavior management/therapy with animals in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. Animal behavior is a field recognized to require an extensive knowledge of species-specific ethology. However, animal behavior change requires the addition of a complete and academically supported awareness and understanding of the principles of behavior analysis and the application of these principles in applied settings. The AAB SIG promotes empirically verified applications of behavior analysis in animal behavior change treatments, and actively promotes the application of behavior analysis to applied animal behavior therapy.
 
130.

BAARTS: Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group

TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

This poster will provide information regarding the recently established special interest group, Behavior Analysis and the Arts. The purpose of the BAARTS SIGis to promote empirical exploration and understanding of the relation between behavior analysis and the arts. For the purposes of this SIG, the arts include visual, literary, and performing arts. The mission is to promote behavior analysis through networking, participation in special events, promotion of artistic activities, and dissemination of information.

 
131. Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group
KENNETH J. KILLINGSWORTH (Killingsworth Consulting), Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The behavior analysis and technology (BAT) SIG was formed to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The goals of the BAT SIG are: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, 2) to disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience, and 3) to organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.
 
132. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
133. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract: Our DEV SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with many complex kinds of behavioral phenomena such as stimulus equivalence, relational frames, language, motivation, problem solving, and autism, as well as normal and problematic behaviors and social interactions. In addition, our discussions have also dealt with historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The SIG has about 175 members, including faculty, students and practitioners who are members of other SIGs (e.g., autism, education) and are interested in our SIG's mission and Human Development Conference Program and discussions. This presentation displays the activities of the Behavioral Development Special Interest Group and our plans for the next year.
 
134.

Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group

RACHEL ARMSTRONG (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Allison A. Ilem (Puget Sound Health Care System, American Lake Division), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Christopher Walmsley (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (SIG) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems that occur during later life, typically referring to problems of individuals aged 65 and older. Attendees of ABAI's annual meeting will receive information about the current areas of special interest to behavior analysts working with older adults. Because of the diversity of the older adult population, these interest areas are broad. They range from self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, over staff or family training and individual clinical interventions, to human operant studies to examine the loss of skills in the case of neurodegenerative diseases. Provided with the poster will be references to the relevant clinical and research literature, clinical resources, and educational and training opportunities. The poster will also detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, and the steps to become a SIG member along with social media links and contact information.

 
135. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABA-I
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group promotes the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The Expo poster will be utilized to increased awareness of the group, the sponsored presentations at ABA-I, and to recruit new members.
 
136. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra Combs (Western Michigan University), Tara M. Grant (Brohavior), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: BFRS, the oldest SIG in ABAI, invites colleagues to learn how behavior analysis can promote progressive, systemic social change. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. BFSR publishes the journal "Behavior and Social Issues," maintains a visible presence at ABAI conventions with panels, symposia, and invited presenters, and provides leadership for generalizing behavior analytic science from academia to the real world.
 
137. Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) SIG
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. CBA clinicians work with the relationship between thoughts, feelings, and other behavior to help people move beyond their problems and toward living more fulfilling lives. The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply clinical populations. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application.
 
138.

Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract:

This SIG has much to offer those behavior analysts who are interested in the prevention and treatment of offenders to prevent recidivism, lessen the burden on our prison system, save society money, and overall reduce crime and the damage it does to families. The mission is to ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based behavior analytic therapy to reduce crime and delinquency. Journal of Behavior Analysis of Offender and Victim: Treatment and Prevention was sold to the American Psychological Association (APA) with the other BAO journals in 2012. The SIG is currently exploring a larger role in its relationship with APA to ensure that evidence-based behavior analytic practices used in working with offenders and in rehabilitation programs are published in the new APA combination journal Behavior Analysis Research and Practice.

 
139. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), Christine Evanko (Chapter Adjunct), Elizabeth G. Callahan (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. The DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand: providing a sense of what exactly our science and helping society realize the potential of this science. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeonholes, and publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions. If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, then this is the place for you.
 
140. Ethics & Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
DAVID J. COX (University of Florida)
Abstract: The mission of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis (EBA) SIG is to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title "behavior analyst." This is accomplished by engaging in analyses regarding what does ethical emission of behavior analytic activities look like as well as engaging in a behavioral analysis of ethical behavior.
 
141. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: This competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
 
142. Gambling Special Interest Group of Association for Behavior Analysis International
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Seth W. Whiting (Yale University)
Abstract: Membership in the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is open to any ABAI member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the Gambling Special Interest Group community of researchers and practitioners. Gambling Special Interest Group members have access to several custom-made software programs used in gambling research. Custom software includes roulette, dice rolling, and slot machine configurations. The Gambling Special Interest Group maintains a message board, website, and has a history of holding stand-alone conferences over the years, as well as symposia at the Association for Behavior Analysis International Annual Convention. Come and stop by the poster to talk with officers about the Gambling Special Interest Group, receive membership information, and discuss ideas about behavior analysis and gambling.
 
144.

Health, Sports and Fitness SIG

GABRIELLE TRAPENBERG TORRES (Behavior Basics LLC)
Abstract:

The mission of the Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sports and fitness (HSF). The Health, Sports & Fitness SIGs current activities and goals are (1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sports and fitness (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members. Current members participate in research and practice in the areas of health and wellness training with individuals with and without disabilities, sports training and workplace wellness. SIG members have the opportunity to network for practice and research purposes, as well as learning ways to become more involved in the areas of health, sports and fitness as behavior analysts.

 
145.

History of Behavior Analysis

EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc; TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
Abstract:

This poster describes the purview, vision, and mission of the Association for Behavior Analysiss Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purview is the long past, short history, and recent origins of behavior analysis. Our vision is to advance and expand behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the fields history and historiography. Our strategies have included maintaining a Listserv and a website and holding annual business meetings at the ABAI conventions. Last year, we developed our first strategic initiatives, among them creating a syllabus bank for instructors, creating lists of relevant archives, establishing an historian in every SIG and ABAI affiliate chapter, and preparing bibliographies of published and electronic sources. Still others await (e.g., an annual ABAI HoBA symposium, an awards program). These and more will be described on the poster.

 
146. Neuroscience SIG: Your Brain on Behavior!
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to visit the expo and speak to us.
 
147. Organizational Behavior Management Network (OBMN)
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Rachael Tilka (Western Michigan University), Jonathan Hochmuth (Western Michigan University), Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through: Research, Education, Practice, and Collaboration. The OBM Network is a non-profit organization, whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact to organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, and membership benefits. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the Network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the Network.
 
148. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Abstract: Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools or organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession.
 
149. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Active Steps)
Abstract: The PIBA SIG was initiated in 2007 as a support effort for Behavior Analyst Practitioners to promote independent practice, provide resources, and to provide a forum for discussion of pertinent issues. The SIG developed an early model licensure act and helped establish graduate course and supervised experience standards for licensure. We have also assisted with dissemination of behavior analysis methods and applied, as well as translational research, and provided an online discussion forum for practitioners who are members of ABAI to discuss issues of concern and needs of practitioners and those we serve. The poster will update current efforts and provide a means of maintaining this SIG to meet future needs of Behavior Analyst practitioners. Some areas include insurance coverage, home and community services, licensure issues, clinical behavior analysis and others
 
150. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: The purpose of this special interest group is to review issues of interest affecting individuals with acquired and traumatic brain injuries, stroke, brain tumor and related neurological deficits. Treatment for this population is complex and challenging, requiring the efforts of many therapeutic disciplines including behavior analysis, neuroscience, allied health therapists and medicine. This group provides an opportunity to network with rehabilitation professionals working in neurorehabilitation programs across the country. By bringing a diverse group of individuals together to discuss behavior analysis in non-autism populations encourages growth and learning. Past topics of interest has included student intern programs, research, funding, staff training, sports concussion, community reintegration, and military-related injuries. New concerns emerge which will impact the growth of ABA in rehabilitation, only strengthening the importance for the participation of supportive professionals in one of the oldest SIGs in ABAI. Interested parties can search “Facebook: ABA Special Interest Group” to connect with this group and join us at the business meeting.
 
151. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
BRIGID MCCORMICK (Precision ABA, LLC), Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno), Annette Griffith (Momentum Behavioral Health)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
152.

Spanish SIG: To Bring Together Spanish-Speaking ABAI Members

MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

El SIG Español se dedica a la difusión del análisis del comportamiento entre los miembros del ABAI que hablan español,y como a toda la comunidad de habla hispana, y aquella que provee servicios a individuos de habla hispana.

SIG Españolis dedicated to the dissemination of behavior analysis between ABA members who speak Spanish and the Spanish-speaking community, and provides services to Spanish-speaking individuals.

 
153. Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Landa L. Mark (Monarch House - Victoria), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay)
Abstract: The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in and donation to our SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally-oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.
 
154. Standard Celeration Society
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The Society’s heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley. The SCS has more recently been focusing its efforts on building a sustainable organization. The committed work of our leaders (i.e., an active Board of Directors, an incredible volunteer force of Co-Presidents, six Vice Presidents (VP), Associate VPs and committee members) is providing a strong foundation for accomplishing this goal. The Society has always encouraged the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promoted using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Come learn about member benefits, special-interest tracks at our annual conference, and so much more.
 
155. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
Abstract: Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis. TBA's purpose is simple - to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting where those activities occur. Those settings include formal classrooms; agencies and organizations that design behavioral interventions for children, adults, and animals; business concerns that provide performance management training for their personnel or consultees; and homes where the main concerns are caring and effective child-raising, supportive family relationships, and enjoyable, well-mannered pets.
 
156. Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues SIG
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Naomi Homayouni (California State University, Northridge), Todd A. Ward (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The TPC-SIG was borne from a collaboration of today’s most influential thinkers in behavior analysis. There is no one fundamental theoretical orientation in the SIG, and we welcome and value any collaboration that works towards increased awareness and interest in our primary focus: theory, philosophy, and conceptual issues. We encourage anyone, member of ABAI or not, to consider membership in the SIG so that all members can benefit from each other’s unique perspectives. Of particular interest in our SIG are those members who are new or early-career. We believe firmly that all behavior analysts, regardless of profession, can only be their best with a firm understanding in theory, philosophy, and conceptual issues. It is our mission to develop this interest, support efforts related to TPC issues within behavior analysis, and to further our understanding of theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual issues. Our mission is not just focused on behavior analysis, but all behavioral sciences, and indeed science as an enterprise, as it relates to our subject matter.
 
157.

Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group

JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Amanda P. Laprime (CCSN), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to parents and professionals worldwide. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. First, the VB SIG publishes two newsletters annually that highlight research and practice in verbal behavior with featured labs and interviews. Second, the VB SIG holds an annual student research competition. The best three student winners each receive a plaque, a small check, and a current copy of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Third, the VB SIG offers an annual student grant competition in which the winner receives $500 to support her or his project. Fourth, the Jack Michael Award is given to a distinguished researcher in verbal behavior. The VB SIG Council presents these awards at the annual business meeting at ABAI. Finally, the VB SIG Student Group contributes to disseminating information about verbal behavior through the website, Facebook, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the many activities of the VB SIG and to get involved.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #147
Other Organizations
Sunday, May 29, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
158. Association for Science in Autism Treatment
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup
 
159. Autism Home Support Services
JANA M. SARNO (Autism Home Support Services), Lisa K. Dworkin (Autism Home Support Services), Laura McKee (Autism Home Support), Steve Kaufman (Autism Home Support Services)
Abstract: Founded in 2009, Autism Home Support Services provides effective, high-quality ABA services to children diagnosed with autism and related disorders. The AHSS culture delivers results for our clients through Our Core Values: Teamwork, Positivity & Energy, Empathy, and Getting Stuff Done. Along with in-home and center-based ABA services, AHSS has additional services including school consulting and collaborative support with community resources, which provides a more tailored approach to meeting the specific needs of our clients. AHSS is proud to serve families in Michigan and Illinois. Being a BCBA at AHSS, means that you are vital member of a dynamic, highly-trained, and growing BCBA community. Our team fosters a collaborative relationship among peers and clinical support. With organizational supports that manage technology, scheduling, and billing, the BCBA is able to provide unparalleled clinical services to children and families. Regularly scheduled professional development opportunities are available, which allows the organization to bring cutting edge clinical knowledge to our team. Come learn about AHSS and grow with us!
 
160. Behavior Analysis Online at the University of North Texas
BROOK B. WHEETLEY (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of six self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) for BCBAs and BCaBAs. Students may also earn a 18-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 6-course sequence.
 
161.

Behavior and Philosophy

ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

Founded in 1973 under the name Behaviorism, Behavior and Philosophy is a journal devoted to the philosophical, metaphysical, and methodological foundations of the study of behavior, brain, and mind. In addition to original articles, critical or historical reviews and responses to articles are also welcome. While we hope that everything we publish will be scientifically and philosophically sound, we insist above all on clarity and directness, respecting Francis Bacons dictum that truth will sooner come from error than confusion. Every article should be accessible to an educated but unspecialized audience. Behavior and Philosophy is published online at www. behavior.org. It is important to note that papers published online in peer-reviewed journals have the same status as papers published in the printed version.

 
162. Division 25 American Psychological Association
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Leonard Green (Washington University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: The voice of psychology in the public policy arena is the American Psychological Association (APA) and the voice of Behavior Analysis within the APA is Division 25. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for Behavior Analysis when speaking with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. Division 25 was founded in 1964 to (a) Promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, (b) Encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and (c) Cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division.
 
163. Foxylearning: Awesome Online Learning for Behavioral Science!
ERIC J. FOX (Foxylearning LLC)
Abstract: Foxylearning provides fully online, interactive, multimedia, mobile-friendly tutorials focused on behavior analysis. Our tutorials are designed for easy integration into courses and can be completed for Type 2 continuing education units for maintaining certification as a BCBA or BCaBA. Tutorials on verbal behavior, relational frame theory, visual analysis of single-subject data, and teaching listener responding to children with autism are currently offered. This poster offers further details about the tutorials, guidelines for integrating them into a course or training program, and information for content experts interested in working with Foxylearning to develop new tutorials.
 
164. The Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research
JEANA L. KOERBER (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research)
Abstract: The Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research is located in southwest Michigan and uses applied behavior analysis to help children and families achieve their goals. The Great Lakes Center has an Intensive Residential program that is a licensed child caring institution serving children with autism from ages 6-17 who have severe aggression and/or self-injurious behavior. The program aims to decrease challenging behavior through function based treatment and increase adaptive skills. Outpatient services at the Great Lakes Center are offered at two locations and serve children from ages 18 months - 18 years, with a focus on early intervention, skill acquisition, challenging behavior reduction, and group social skill development. Caregiver coaching are integral components to both the intensive and outpatient programs. Stop by to learn more and to hear about employment opportunities for BCBAs, BCaBAs, and behavior technicians. Supervision opportunities for those working toward a BCBA or BCaBA are also available.
 
165.

United Arab Emirates- ABA

SHARIFA YATEEM (New England Center for Children), Rasha Baruni (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Nipa Bhuptani (UAE-ABA Chapter), Linda S Bailey (New England Center for Children; UAE), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
Abstract:

United Arab Emirates ABA (UAE-ABA) became an affiliated chapter of the ABAI in 2013 and was recognized by the Ministry of Social Affairs as a committee under the Emirates Autism Society in April 2015. UAE-ABA was created with the mission to disseminate behavior analysis across the seven emirates of the UAE; Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, Ras Al Khaimah, Fujairah, Ajman and Umm al Quwain. The current poster outlines the background of each of the committee members and describes the numerous achievements of UAE-ABA since its creation. These accomplishments include the provision of workshops (in both English and Arabic) and guest lectures, and the development of a website. The poster also outlines the objectives for the upcoming year

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}